The true travels, adventures, and observations of Captaine Iohn Smith, in Europe, Asia, Affrica, and America, from anno Domini 1593. to 1629 His accidents and sea-fights in the straights; his service and stratagems of warre in Hungaria, Transilvania, Wallachia, and Moldavia, against the Turks, and Tartars ... After how he was taken prisoner by the Turks, sold for a slave ... and escaped ... Together with a continuation of his generall History of Virginia, Summer-Iles, New England, and their proceedings, since 1624. to this present 1629; as also of the new plantations of the great river of the Amazons, the iles of St. Christopher, Mevis, and Barbados in the West Indies. All written by actuall authours, whose names you shall finde along the history.
         Smith, John, 1580-1631.
      
       
         
           1630
        
      
       Approx. 221 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 40 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2005-12 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A12471
         STC 22796
         ESTC S111906
         99847166
         99847166
         12189
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A12471)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 12189)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 2343:2b, 939:15)
      
       
         
           
             The true travels, adventures, and observations of Captaine Iohn Smith, in Europe, Asia, Affrica, and America, from anno Domini 1593. to 1629 His accidents and sea-fights in the straights; his service and stratagems of warre in Hungaria, Transilvania, Wallachia, and Moldavia, against the Turks, and Tartars ... After how he was taken prisoner by the Turks, sold for a slave ... and escaped ... Together with a continuation of his generall History of Virginia, Summer-Iles, New England, and their proceedings, since 1624. to this present 1629; as also of the new plantations of the great river of the Amazons, the iles of St. Christopher, Mevis, and Barbados in the West Indies. All written by actuall authours, whose names you shall finde along the history.
             Smith, John, 1580-1631.
             Cecil, Thomas, fl. 1630, engraver.
          
           [12], 60 p., [1] folded plate : b ill., coats of arms. ill. (metal cut), coat of arms.
           
             Printed by I[ohn] H[aviland] for Thomas Slater, and are to bee sold [by Michael Sparke] at the Blew Bible in Greene Arbour,
             London :
             1630.
          
           
             Printer's and publisher's names from STC.
             With a coat of arms on title page verso signed "T Cecill scul". A variant has this illustration printed on a separate leaf.
             The plate has imprint: London printed by James Reeue.
             Head- and taipieces, initials.
             Signatures: A6, B-G4, H6.
             Reproductions of the originals in: Henry E. Huntington Library and Art Gallery (reel 939:15) and Folger Shakespeare Library (reel 2343:2b).
             Bound and filmed with, at reel 2343:2b: STC (2nd ed.) 22790c.5, Smith, J. The generall historie of Virginia [etc.]. London, 1631.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Voyages and travels -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2005-04 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2005-06 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2005-07 Judith Siefring
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2005-07 Judith Siefring
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2005-10 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
         
         
           THE
           TRUE
           TRAVELS
           ,
           ADVENTVRES
           ,
           AND
           OBSERVATIONS
           OF
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           ,
           In
           
             Europe
             ,
             Asia
             ,
             Affrica
          
           ,
           and
           America
           ,
           from
           
             Anno
             Domini
          
           1593.
           to
           1629.
           
           His
           Accidents
           and
           Sea-fights
           in
           the
           Straights
           ;
           his
           Service
           and
           Stratagems
           of
           warre
           in
           
             Hungaria
             ,
             Transilvania
             ,
             Wallachia
          
           ,
           and
           Moldavia
           ,
           against
           the
           Turks
           ,
           and
           Tartars
           ;
           his
           three
           single
           combats
           betwixt
           the
           Christian
           Armie
           and
           the
           Turkes
           .
           After
           how
           he
           was
           taken
           prisoner
           by
           the
           Turks
           ,
           sold
           for
           a
           Slave
           ,
           sent
           into
           Tartaria
           ;
           his
           description
           of
           the
           Tartars
           ,
           their
           strange
           manners
           and
           customes
           of
           Religions
           ,
           Diets
           ,
           Buildings
           ,
           Warres
           ,
           Feasts
           ,
           Ceremonies
           ,
           and
           Living
           ;
           how
           hee
           slew
           the
           Bashaw
           of
           Nalbrits
           in
           Cambia
           ,
           and
           escaped
           from
           the
           Turkes
           and
           Tartars
           .
           Together
           with
           a
           continuation
           of
           his
           generall
           History
           of
           
             Virginia
             ,
             Summer-Iles
             ,
             New
             England
             ,
          
           and
           their
           proceedings
           ,
           since
           1624.
           to
           this
           present
           1629
           ;
           as
           also
           of
           the
           new
           Plantations
           of
           the
           great
           River
           of
           the
           Amazons
           ,
           the
           Iles
           of
           St.
           
             Christopher
             ,
             Mevis
          
           ,
           and
           Barbados
           in
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           .
        
         
           All
           written
           by
           actuall
           Authours
           ,
           whose
           names
           you
           shall
           finde
           along
           the
           History
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             J.
             H.
          
           for
           
             Thomas
             Slater
          
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           bee
           sold
           at
           the
           Blew
           Bible
           in
           
             Greene
             Arbour
          
           .
           1630.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           HONOVRABLE
           ,
           William
           EARLE
           OF
           PEMBROKE
           ,
           Lord
           Steward
           of
           his
           Majesties
           most
           Honourable
           Houshold
           .
           Robert
           EARLE
           OF
           LINDSEY
           ,
           Great
           Chamberlaine
           of
           ENGLAND
           .
           Henrie
           Lord
           Hunsdon
           ,
           Vicount
           Rochford
           ,
           Earle
           of
           Dover
           .
           And
           all
           your
           Honourable
           Friends
           and
           Well-willers
           .
        
         
           
             My
             Lords
             :
          
        
         
           SIR
           
             Robert
             Cotton
          
           ,
           that
           most
           learned
           Treasurer
           of
           Antiquitie
           ,
           having
           by
           perusall
           of
           my
           Generall
           Historie
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
           found
           that
           I
           had
           likewise
           undergone
           divers
           other
           as
           hard
           hazards
           in
           the
           other
           parts
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           requested
           me
           to
           fix
           the
           whole
           course
           of
           my
           passages
           in
           a
           booke
           by
           it selfe
           ,
           whose
           noble
           desire
           I
           could
           not
           but
           in
           part
           satisfie
           ;
           the
           rather
           ,
           because
           
           they
           have
           acted
           my
           fatall
           Tragedies
           upon
           the
           Stage
           ,
           and
           racked
           my
           Relations
           at
           their
           pleasure
           .
           To
           prevent
           therefore
           all
           future
           misprisions
           ,
           I
           have
           compiled
           this
           true
           discourse
           .
           Envie
           hath
           taxed
           me
           to
           have
           writ
           too
           much
           ,
           and
           done
           too
           little
           ;
           but
           that
           such
           should
           know
           ,
           how
           little
           I
           esteeme
           them
           ,
           I
           have
           writ
           this
           ,
           more
           for
           the
           satisfaction
           of
           my
           friends
           ,
           and
           all
           generous
           and
           well
           disposed
           Readers
           :
           To
           speake
           only
           of
           my selfe
           were
           intolerable
           ingratitude
           ;
           because
           ,
           having
           had
           so
           many
           co-partners
           with
           me
           ;
           I
           cannot
           make
           a
           Monument
           for
           my selfe
           ,
           and
           leave
           them
           unburied
           in
           the
           fields
           ,
           whose
           lives
           begot
           me
           the
           title
           of
           a
           Souldier
           ;
           for
           as
           they
           were
           companions
           with
           me
           in
           my
           dangers
           ,
           so
           shall
           they
           be
           partakers
           with
           me
           in
           this
           Tombe
           .
        
         
           For
           my
           
             Sea
             Grammar
          
           (
           caused
           to
           bee
           printed
           by
           my
           worthy
           friend
           ,
           Sir
           
             Samuel
             Saltonstall
          
           )
           hath
           found
           such
           good
           entertainment
           abroad
           ,
           that
           I
           have
           beene
           importuned
           by
           many
           noble
           persons
           ,
           to
           let
           this
           also
           passe
           the
           Presse
           .
           Many
           of
           the
           most
           eminent
           Warriers
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
           what
           their
           swords
           did
           ,
           their
           penns
           writ
           :
           Though
           I
           bee
           never
           so
           much
           their
           inferiour
           ,
           yet
           I
           hold
           it
           no
           great
           errour
           ,
           to
           follow
           good
           examples
           ;
           nor
           repine
           at
           them
           ,
           will
           doe
           the
           like
           .
        
         
           And
           now
           my
           most
           Honourable
           good
           Lords
           ,
           I
           know
           not
           to
           whom
           I
           may
           better
           present
           it
           ,
           than
           to
           your
           Lordships
           ,
           whose
           friendships
           ,
           as
           I
           conceive
           ,
           are
           as
           much
           to
           each
           others
           ,
           as
           my
           duty
           is
           to
           you
           all
           ;
           and
           because
           you
           are
           acquainted
           both
           with
           my
           endevours
           ,
           and
           writings
           ,
           I
           doubt
           not
           ,
           but
           your
           honours
           will
           as
           well
           accept
           of
           this
           ,
           as
           of
           the
           rest
           ,
           and
           Patronize
           it
           under
           the
           shadow
           of
           your
           most
           noble
           vertues
           ,
           which
           I
           am
           ever
           bound
           in
           all
           duty
           to
           reverence
           ,
           and
           under
           which
           I
           hope
           to
           have
           shelter
           ,
           against
           all
           stormes
           that
           dare
           threaten
           .
        
         
           
             Your
             Honours
             to
             be
             commanded
             ,
             
               IOHN
               SMITH
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           
             The
             Contents
             of
             the
             severall
             Chapters
             .
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               I.
            
             HIs
             birth
             ;
             apprentiship
             ;
             going
             into
             France
             ;
             his
             beginning
             with
             ten
             shillings
             and
             three
             pence
             ,
             his
             service
             in
             Netherlands
             ;
             his
             bad
             passage
             into
             Scotland
             ;
             his
             returne
             to
             Willoughby
             ;
             and
             how
             he
             lived
             in
             the
             woods
             .
             
               page
               1.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               2.
            
             
             The
             notable
             villany
             of
             foure
             French
             Gallants
             ,
             and
             his
             revenge
             ;
             Smith
             throwne
             over-boord
             ,
             Captaine
             
               La
               Roche
            
             of
             Saint
             Malo
             releeves
             him
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               3.
            
             
             A
             desperate
             Sea-sight
             in
             the
             Straights
             ;
             his
             passage
             to
             
               Rome
               ,
               Naples
            
             ,
             and
             the
             view
             of
             
               Italy
               .
               5.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               4.
            
             
             The
             Siege
             of
             Olumpagh
             ;
             an
             excellent
             stratagem
             by
             Smith
             ;
             another
             not
             much
             worse
             .
             6.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               5.
            
             
             The
             siege
             of
             Stowlle-Wesenburg
             ;
             the
             effects
             of
             Smiths
             Fire-workers
             ;
             a
             worthy
             exploit
             of
             the
             Earle
             Rosworme
             ;
             Earle
             Meldritch
             takes
             the
             Bashaw
             prisoner
             .
             8.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               6.
            
             
             A
             brave
             encounter
             of
             the
             Turks
             armie
             with
             the
             Christians
             ;
             Duke
             Mercury
             overthroweth
             
               Assan
               Bashaw
            
             ;
             He
             divides
             the
             Christian
             armie
             ;
             his
             noblenesse
             and
             death
             .
             9.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               7.
            
             
             The
             unhappy
             siege
             of
             Caniza
             ;
             Earle
             Meldritch
             serveth
             Prince
             Sigismundus
             ;
             Prince
             Moyses
             besiegeth
             
               Regall
               ;
               Smiths
            
             three
             single
             combats
             .
             11.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               8.
               
               Georgio
               Busca
            
             an
             Albane
             his
             ingratitude
             to
             Prince
             Sigismundus
             ;
             Prince
             Moyses
             his
             Lieutenant
             ,
             is
             overthrowne
             by
             Busca
             ,
             Generall
             for
             the
             Emperour
             
               Rodulphus
               ;
               Smiths
            
             Patent
             from
             Sigismundus
             ,
             and
             reward
             .
             14.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               9.
               
               Sigismundus
            
             sends
             Ambassadours
             unto
             the
             Emperour
             ;
             the
             conditions
             re-assured
             ;
             he
             yeeldeth
             up
             all
             to
             Busca
             ,
             and
             returneth
             to
             
               Prague
               .
               18.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               10.
            
             
             The
             Battell
             of
             Rottenton
             ;
             a
             pretty
             stratagem
             of
             fire-workes
             by
             
               Smith
               .
               20.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               11.
            
             
             The
             names
             of
             the
             English
             that
             were
             slaine
             in
             the
             battle
             
             of
             Rottenton
             ;
             and
             how
             Captaine
             Smith
             was
             taken
             prisoner
             ;
             and
             sold
             for
             a
             slave
             .
             21.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               12.
            
             
             How
             Captaine
             Smith
             was
             sent
             prisoner
             thorow
             the
             Blacke
             and
             Dissabacca
             Sea
             in
             Tartaria
             ;
             the
             description
             of
             those
             Seas
             ,
             and
             his
             usage
             .
             23.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               13.
            
             
             The
             Turks
             diet
             ;
             the
             Slaves
             diet
             ;
             the
             attire
             of
             the
             Tartars
             ;
             and
             manner
             of
             Warres
             and
             Religions
             ,
             
               &c.
               
               24.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               14.
            
             
             The
             description
             of
             the
             Crym-Tartars
             ;
             their
             houses
             and
             carts
             ;
             their
             idolatry
             in
             their
             lodgings
             .
             26.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               15.
            
             
             Their
             feasts
             ;
             common
             diet
             ;
             Princes
             estate
             ;
             buildings
             ;
             lawes
             ;
             slaves
             ;
             entertainment
             of
             Ambassadours
             .
             27.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               16.
            
             
             How
             be
             levieth
             an
             Armie
             ;
             their
             Armes
             and
             Provision
             ;
             how
             he
             divideth
             the
             spoile
             ;
             and
             his
             service
             to
             the
             
               Great
               Turke
               .
               29.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               17.
            
             
             How
             Captaine
             Smith
             escaped
             his
             captivity
             ;
             slew
             the
             Bashaw
             of
             Nalbrits
             in
             Cambia
             ;
             his
             passage
             to
             
               Russia
               ,
               Transilvania
            
             ,
             and
             the
             middest
             of
             Europe
             to
             
               Affrica
               .
               31.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               18.
            
             
             The
             observations
             of
             Captaine
             Smith
             ;
             Mr.
             
               Henry
               Archer
            
             ,
             and
             others
             in
             
               Barbary
               .
               34.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               19.
            
             
             The
             strange
             discoveries
             and
             observations
             of
             the
             Portugals
             in
             
               Affrica
               .
               37.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               20.
            
             
             A
             brave
             Sea-fight
             betwixt
             two
             Spanish
             men
             of
             warre
             ,
             and
             Captaine
             Merham
             ,
             with
             
               Smith
               .
               39.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               21.
            
             
             The
             continuation
             of
             the
             generall
             History
             of
             Virginia
             ;
             the
             
               Summer
               Iles
            
             ;
             and
             
               New
               England
            
             ;
             with
             their
             present
             estate
             from
             1624.
             to
             this
             present
             
               1629.
               41.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               22.
            
             
             The
             proceedings
             and
             present
             estate
             of
             the
             
               Summer
               Iles
            
             ,
             from
             
               An.
               Dom.
               1624.
            
             to
             this
             present
             
               1629.
               45.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               23.
            
             
             The
             proceedings
             and
             present
             estate
             of
             
               New
               England
            
             ,
             since
             1624.
             to
             this
             present
             
               1629.
               46.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               24.
            
             
             A
             briefe
             discourse
             of
             divers
             voyages
             made
             unto
             the
             goodly
             Country
             of
             Guiana
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             River
             of
             the
             Amazons
             ;
             relating
             also
             the
             present
             Plantation
             there
             .
             48.
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               25.
            
             
             The
             beginning
             and
             proceedings
             of
             the
             new
             plantation
             of
             
               St.
               Christopher
            
             by
             Captaine
             
               Warner
               .
               51.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               26.
            
             
             The
             first
             planting
             of
             the
             
               Barbados
               .
               55.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               27.
            
             
             The
             first
             plantation
             of
             the
             I
             le
             of
             
               Mevis
               .
               56.
            
             
          
           
             
               Chap.
               28.
            
             
             The
             bad
             life
             ,
             qualities
             and
             conditions
             of
             Pyrats
             ;
             and
             how
             they
             taught
             the
             Turks
             and
             Moores
             to
             become
             men
             of
             warre
             .
             58.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           my
           worthy
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           TWo
           greatest
           Shires
           of
           England
           did
           thee
           beare
           ,
        
         
           Renowned
           Yorkshire
           ,
           Gaunt-stild
           Lancashire
           ;
        
         
           But
           what
           's
           all
           this
           ?
           even
           Earth
           ,
           Sea
           ,
           Heaven
           above
           ,
        
         
           Callamata's
           love
           ,
        
         
           Deare
           Pocahontas
           ,
           Madam
           Shano●'s
           too
           ,
        
         
           Who
           did
           what
           love
           with
           modesty
           could
           doe
           :
        
         
           Record
           thy
           worth
           ,
           thy
           birth
           ,
           which
           as
           I
           live
           ,
        
         
           Even
           in
           thy
           reading
           such
           choice
           solace
           give
           ,
        
         
           As
           I
           could
           wish
           (
           such
           wishes
           would
           doe
           well
           )
        
         
           Many
           such
           Smiths
           in
           this
           our
           Israel
           .
        
         
           
             R.
             BRATHWAIT
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           To
           my
           noble
           brother
           and
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           THou
           hast
           a
           course
           so
           full
           of
           honour
           runne
           ,
        
         
           Envy
           may
           snarle
           ,
           as
           dogges
           against
           the
           Sunne
        
         
           May
           barke
           ,
           not
           bite
           :
           for
           what
           deservedly
        
         
           With
           thy
           lifes
           danger
           ,
           valour
           ,
           pollicy
           ,
        
         
           Quaint
           warlike
           stratagems
           ,
           abillity
        
         
           And
           judgement
           ,
           thou
           hast
           got
           ,
           fame
           sets
           so
           high
        
         
           Detraction
           cannot
           reach
           :
           thy
           worth
           shall
           stand
        
         
           A
           patterne
           to
           succeeding
           ages
           ,
           and
        
         
           Cloth'd
           in
           thy
           owne
           lines
           ,
           ever
           shall
           adde
           grace
           ,
        
         
           Vnto
           thy
           native
           Country
           and
           thy
           race
           ;
        
         
           And
           when
           dissolv'd
           ,
           laid
           in
           thy
           mothers
           wombe
           ;
        
         
           These
           ,
           Caesar-like
           ,
           Smiths
           Epitaph
           and
           tombe
           .
        
         
           
             ANTHONY
             FIREBY
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           his
           valiant
           and
           deserving
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           
             MOngst
             
               Frenchmen
               ,
               Spanyards
               ,
               Hungars
               ,
               Tartars
               ,
               Turks
               ,
            
          
           
             And
             wilde
             Virginians
             too
             ,
             this
             tells
             thy
             works
             :
          
           
             Now
             some
             will
             aske
             ,
             what
             benefit
             ?
             what
             gaine
             ?
          
           
             Is
             added
             to
             thy
             store
             for
             all
             this
             paine
             ?
          
           
             Th'
             art
             then
             content
             to
             say
             ,
             content
             is
             all
             ,
          
           
             Th'
             ast
             got
             content
             for
             perils
             ,
             paine
             and
             thrall
             ;
          
           
             T
             is
             lost
             to
             looke
             for
             more
             :
             for
             few
             men
             now
          
           
             Regard
             Wit
             ,
             Learning
             ,
             Valour
             ;
             but
             allow
          
           
             The
             quintessence
             of
             praise
             to
             him
             that
             can
          
           
             Number
             his
             owne
             got
             gold
             ,
             and
             riches
             ,
             than
          
           
             Th'
             art
             Valiant
             ,
             Learned
             ,
             Wise
             ;
             Pauls
             counsell
             will
             ,
          
           
             Admire
             thy
             merits
             ,
             magnifie
             thy
             skill
             .
          
           
             The
             last
             of
             thine
             to
             which
             I
             set
             my
             hand
          
           
             Was
             a
             
               Sea
               Grammar
            
             ;
             this
             by
             Sea
             and
             Land
             ,
          
           
             Serves
             us
             for
             imitation
             :
             I
             know
             none
             ,
          
           
             That
             like
             thy selfe
             hast
             come
             ,
             and
             runne
             ,
             and
             gone
             ,
          
           
             To
             such
             praise-worthy
             actions
             :
             bee
             't
             approu'd
             ,
          
           
             Th'
             ast
             well
             deserv'd
             of
             best
             men
             to
             be
             lou'd
             :
          
           
             If
             France
             ,
             or
             Spaine
             ,
             or
             any
             forren
             soile
          
           
             Could
             claime
             thee
             theirs
             ,
             for
             these
             thy
             paines
             and
             toile
             ,
          
           
             Th'adst
             got
             reward
             and
             honour
             :
             now
             adayes
             ,
          
           
             What
             our
             owne
             natives
             doe
             ,
             we
             seldome
             praise
             .
          
        
         
           
             Good
             men
             will
             yeeld
             thee
             praise
             ;
             then
             sleight
             the
             rest
             ;
          
           
             T
             is
             best
             praise-worthy
             to
             have
             pleas'd
             the
             best
             .
          
        
         
           
             Tuissimus
             ED.
             IORDEN
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           my
           worthy
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           DEare
           noble
           Captaine
           ,
           who
           by
           Sea
           and
           Land
           ,
        
         
           To
           act
           the
           earnest
           of
           thy
           name
           hast
           hand
        
         
           And
           heart
           ;
           who
           canst
           with
           skill
           designe
           the
           Fort
           ,
        
         
           The
           Leaguer
           ,
           Harbour
           ,
           City
           ,
           Shore
           ,
           and
           Port
           :
        
         
           Whose
           sword
           and
           pen
           in
           bold
           ,
           ruffe
           ,
           Martiall
           wise
           ,
        
         
           Put
           forth
           to
           try
           and
           beare
           away
           the
           prize
           ,
        
         
           From
           Caelar
           and
           
             Blaize
             Monluc
          
           :
           Can
           it
           be
           ,
        
         
           That
           Men
           alone
           in
           Gonnels
           fortune
           see
        
         
           Thy
           worth
           advanc'd
           ?
           no
           wonder
           since
           our
           age
           ,
        
         
           Is
           now
           at
           large
           a
           Bedlem
           or
           a
           Stage
           .
        
         
           
             RICH.
             IAMES
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           To
           his
           worthy
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           
             THou
             that
             hast
             had
             a
             spirit
             to
             flie
             like
             thunder
             ,
          
           
             Without
             thy
             Countries
             charge
             through
             those
             strange
             dangers
             ▪
          
           
             Doth
             make
             my
             muse
             amaz'd
             ,
             and
             more
             to
             wonder
             ,
          
           
             That
             thy
             deserts
             should
             shared
             be
             by
             strangers
             ,
          
           
             And
             thou
             neglected
             ;
             (
             ah
             miracle
             !
             )
             most
             lamented
             ,
          
           
             At
             thy
             great
             patience
             thus
             to
             rest
             contented
             .
          
        
         
           
             For
             none
             can
             truly
             say
             thou
             didst
             deceive
             ,
          
           
             Thy
             Souldiers
             ,
             Sailers
             ,
             Merchants
             ,
             nor
             thy
             friends
             ,
          
           
             But
             all
             from
             thee
             a
             true
             account
             receive
             ,
          
           
             Yet
             nought
             to
             thee
             all
             these
             thy
             vertues
             brings
             ;
          
           
             Is
             none
             so
             noble
             to
             advance
             thy
             merit
             ,
          
           
             If
             any
             be
             ,
             let
             him
             thy
             praise
             inherit
             .
          
        
         
           
             MA.
             HAWKINS
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           my
           worthy
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           
             TO
             combate
             with
             three
             Turks
             in
             single
             du'le
             ,
          
           
             Before
             two
             Armies
             ,
             who
             the
             like
             hath
             done
             ?
          
           
             Slaine
             thy
             great
             Iailor
             ;
             found
             a
             common
             weale
          
           
             In
             faire
             America
             where
             ;
             thou
             hast
             wonne
          
           
             No
             lesse
             renowne
             amongst
             their
             Savage
             Kings
             ,
          
           
             Than
             Turkish
             warres
             ,
             that
             thus
             thy
             honour
             sings
             .
          
        
         
           
             Could
             not
             those
             tyrants
             daunt
             thy
             matchlesse
             spirit
             ,
          
           
             Nor
             all
             the
             cruelty
             of
             envies
             spight
             :
          
           
             Will
             not
             thy
             Country
             yet
             reward
             thy
             merit
             ,
          
           
             Nor
             in
             thy
             acts
             and
             writings
             take
             delight
             ?
          
           
             Which
             here
             in
             so
             few
             sheets
             doth
             more
             expresse
          
           
             Than
             volumes
             great
             ,
             this
             is
             thy
             happinesse
             .
          
        
         
           
             RICHARD
             MEADE
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           To
           my
           well
           deserving
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           THou
           hast
           no
           need
           to
           covet
           new
           applause
           ,
        
         
           Nor
           doe
           I
           thinke
           vaine-glory
           moves
           thee
           to
           it
           ;
        
         
           But
           since
           it
           is
           thy
           will
           (
           though
           without
           cause
           )
        
         
           To
           move
           a
           needlesse
           thing
           ,
           yet
           will
           I
           doe
           it
           :
        
         
           Doe
           it
           in
           briefe
           I
           will
           ,
           or
           else
           I
           doe
           the
           wrong
           ,
        
         
           And
           say
           ,
           read
           or'e
           Captaine
           Smiths
           former
           song
           ;
        
         
           His
           first
           then
           will
           invite
           thee
           to
           his
           latter
           :
        
         
           
             Reader
             't
             is
             true
          
           ;
           I
           am
           not
           brib'd
           to
           flatter
           .
        
         
           
             EDW.
             INGHAM
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           his
           approved
           friend
           ,
           the
           Authour
           ;
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             old
             
               Greeke
               Beard
            
             ,
             counts
             him
             the
             onely
             man
             ,
          
           
             Who
             knowes
             strange
             Countries
             ,
             like
             his
             Ithacan
             ,
          
           
             And
             wise
             ,
             as
             valiant
             ,
             by
             his
             observation
             ,
          
           
             Can
             tell
             the
             severall
             customes
             of
             each
             Nation
             :
          
           
             All
             these
             are
             met
             in
             thee
             ,
             who
             will
             not
             then
          
           
             Repute
             thee
             in
             the
             ranke
             of
             worthiest
             men
             ?
          
        
         
           
             To
             th'
             Westerne
             world
             to
             former
             times
             unknowne
             ,
          
           
             Thy
             active
             spirit
             hath
             thy
             valour
             showne
             :
          
           
             The
             Turks
             and
             Tartars
             both
             can
             testifie
             ,
          
           
             Thee
             t'
             have
             deserv'd
             a
             Captaines
             dignity
             ;
          
           
             But
             verse
             ,
             thou
             need'st
             not
             to
             expresse
             thy
             worth
             ,
          
           
             Thy
             acts
             ,
             this
             booke
             doe
             plainly
             set
             it
             forth
             .
          
        
         
           
             M.
             CARTNER
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           To
           the
           Valourous
           and
           truly
           -
           vertuous
           souldier
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           NO
           *
           
             Faith
             in
             Campe
          
           ?
           t
           is
           false
           :
           see
           pious
           Smith
        
         
           Hath
           brought
           stragling
           Astraea
           backe
           ,
           and
           with
        
         
           An
           all-outdaring
           spirit
           made
           Valour
           stand
        
         
           Vpheld
           by
           Vertue
           in
           bold
           Mars
           his
           land
           :
        
         
           If
           Valourous
           ,
           be
           praise
           ;
           how
           great
           's
           his
           Name
           ?
        
         
           Whose
           Valour
           joynd
           with
           Vertue
           laud's
           his
           Fame
           .
        
         
           T'
           was
           Homers
           boast
           of
           wise
           Laertes
           sonne
           ,
        
         
           *
           
             Well-read
             in
             men
             and
             Cities
          
           :
           than
           thou
           none
        
         
           (
           Great
           Smith
           )
           of
           these
           can
           more
           true
           tales
           rehearse
           ;
        
         
           What
           want
           thy
           praises
           then
           ,
           but
           Homers
           verse
           ?
        
      
       
         
           Jn
           Smithum
           Distichon
           .
        
         
           
             Quisque
             suae
             sortis
          
           *
           
             Faber
             :
             an
             Faber
             exstitit
             unquam
          
        
         
           
             T●
             (
             Smithe
             )
             fortunae
             verior
             usque
             suae
             ?
          
        
         
           
             I.
             C.
             C.
             P.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           his
           noble
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           TO
           see
           bright
           honour
           sparkled
           all
           in
           gore
           ,
        
         
           Would
           steele
           a
           spirit
           that
           ne're
           fought
           before
           :
        
         
           And
           that
           's
           the
           height
           of
           Fame
           ,
           when
           our
           best
           bloud
           ,
        
         
           Is
           nobly
           spilt
           in
           actions
           great
           and
           good
           :
        
         
           So
           thou
           hast
           taught
           the
           world
           to
           purchase
           Fame
           ,
        
         
           Rearing
           thy
           story
           on
           a
           glorious
           frame
           ,
        
         
           And
           such
           foundation
           doth
           thy
           merits
           make
           it
           ,
        
         
           As
           all
           detractions
           rage
           shall
           never
           shake
           it
           ;
        
         
           Thy
           actions
           crowne
           themselves
           ,
           and
           thy
           owne
           pen
           ,
        
         
           Gives
           them
           the
           best
           and
           truest
           Epiphonem
           .
        
         
           
             BRIAN
             O
             ROVRKE
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           To
           his
           truly
           deserving
           friend
           ,
           Captaine
           IOHN
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           CAn
           one
           please
           all
           ?
           there
           's
           none
           from
           Censure
           free
           ,
        
         
           To
           looke
           for
           't
           then
           it
           were
           absurd
           in
           thee
           ;
        
         
           It
           's
           easie
           worke
           to
           censure
           sweetest
           Layes
           ,
        
         
           Where
           Ignorance
           is
           Iudge
           thou'd
           have
           no
           praise
           :
        
         
           Wisdome
           I
           know
           will
           mildly
           judge
           of
           all
           ,
        
         
           Envious
           hearts
           ,
           tongues
           ,
           pennes
           ,
           are
           dippt
           in
           Gall.
        
         
           Proud
           malignant
           times
           will
           you
           now
           bring
           forth
        
         
           Monsters
           at
           least
           to
           snarle
           at
           others
           worth
           ;
        
         
           O
           doe
           not
           so
           ,
           but
           wisely
           looke
           on
           him
        
         
           That
           wrought
           such
           Honours
           for
           his
           
             Countries
             King
          
           ▪
        
         
           Of
           Turks
           and
           Tartars
           thou
           hast
           wonne
           the
           field
           ,
        
         
           The
           great
           Bashaw
           his
           Courage
           thou
           hast
           quel'd
           ;
        
         
           In
           the
           
             Hungarian
             warre
          
           thou
           'st
           shewd
           thy
           Arts
           ,
        
         
           Prou'd
           thy
           Selfe
           a
           Souldier
           true
           in
           all
           parts
           :
        
         
           Thy
           Armes
           are
           deckt
           with
           that
           thy
           Sword
           hath
           wonne
           ,
        
         
           Which
           mallice
           can't
           out-weare
           till
           day
           be
           done
           :
        
         
           For
           three
           proud
           Turks
           in
           single
           fight
           thou
           'st
           slue
           ,
        
         
           Their
           Heads
           adorne
           thy
           Armes
           ,
           for
           witnesse
           true
           ;
        
         
           Let
           Mars
           and
           Neptune
           both
           with
           Pregnant
           wit
           ,
        
         
           Extoll
           thy
           due
           deserts
           ,
           He
           pray
           for
           it
           .
        
         
           
             SALO
             .
             TANNER
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         THE
         TRVE
         TRAVELS
         ,
         ADVENTVRES
         ,
         AND
         OBSERVATIONS
         OF
         CAPTAINE
         IOHN
         SMITH
         ,
         in
         Europe
         ,
         Asia
         ,
         Africke
         ,
         and
         America
         :
         beginning
         about
         the
         yeere
         1593.
         and
         continued
         to
         this
         present
         1629.
         
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           I.
           
        
         
           
             His
             Birth
             ;
             Apprentiship
             ;
             Going
             into
             France
             ;
             His
             beginning
             with
             ten
             shillings
             and
             three
             pence
             ;
             His
             Service
             in
             Netherlands
             ;
             His
             bad
             passage
             into
             Scotland
             ;
             His
             returne
             to
             Willoughby
             ;
             And
             how
             he
             lived
             in
             the
             Woods
             .
          
        
         
           HE
           was
           borne
           in
           Willoughby
           in
           Lincolne-shire
           ,
           and
           a
           Scholler
           in
           the
           two
           Free-schooles
           of
           Alford
           and
           Louth
           .
           His
           father
           anciently
           descended
           from
           the
           ancient
           Smiths
           of
           Crudley
           in
           Lancashire
           ;
           his
           mother
           from
           the
           Rickands
           at
           great
           Heck
           in
           York-shire
           .
           His
           parents
           dying
           when
           he
           was
           about
           thirteene
           yeeres
           of
           age
           ,
           left
           him
           a
           competent
           meanes
           ,
           which
           hee
           not
           being
           capable
           to
           manage
           ,
           little
           regarded
           ;
           his
           minde
           being
           even
           then
           set
           upon
           brave
           adventures
           ,
           sould
           his
           Satchell
           ,
           bookes
           ,
           and
           all
           he
           had
           ,
           intending
           secretly
           to
           
           get
           to
           Sea
           ,
           but
           that
           his
           fathers
           death
           stayed
           him
           .
           But
           now
           the
           ●uardians
           of
           his
           estate
           more
           regarding
           it
           than
           him
           ,
           he
           had
           libertie
           enough
           ,
           though
           no
           meanes
           ,
           to
           get
           beyond
           the
           Sea.
           About
           the
           age
           of
           fifteene
           yeares
           hee
           was
           bound
           an
           Apprentice
           to
           Mr.
           
             Thomas
             Sendall
          
           of
           Linne
           ,
           the
           greatest
           Merchant
           of
           all
           those
           parts
           ;
           but
           because
           hee
           would
           not
           presently
           send
           him
           to
           Sea
           ,
           he
           never
           saw
           his
           master
           in
           eight
           yeeres
           after
           .
           At
           last
           he
           ●ound
           meanes
           to
           attend
           Mr.
           
             Perigrine
             Barty
          
           into
           France
           ,
           second
           sonne
           to
           the
           Right
           Honourable
           Perigrine
           ,
           that
           generous
           Lord
           Willoughby
           ,
           and
           famous
           Souldier
           ;
           where
           comming
           to
           his
           brother
           Robert
           ,
           then
           at
           Orleans
           ,
           now
           Earle
           of
           Linsey
           ,
           and
           Lord
           great
           Chamberlaine
           of
           England
           ;
           being
           then
           but
           little
           youths
           under
           Tuto●age
           :
           his
           service
           being
           needlesse
           ,
           within
           a
           moneth
           or
           six
           weekes
           they
           sent
           him
           backe
           againe
           to
           his
           friends
           ;
           who
           when
           he
           came
           from
           London
           they
           liberally
           gave
           him
           (
           but
           out
           of
           his
           owne
           estate
           )
           ten
           shillings
           to
           be
           rid
           of
           him
           ;
           such
           oft
           is
           the
           share
           of
           fatherlesse
           children
           :
           but
           those
           two
           Honourable
           Brethren
           gave
           him
           sufficient
           to
           returne
           for
           England
           .
           But
           it
           was
           the
           least
           thought
           of
           his
           determination
           ,
           for
           now
           being
           freely
           at
           libertie
           in
           Paris
           ,
           growing
           acquainted
           with
           one
           Master
           
             David
             Hume
          
           ,
           who
           making
           some
           use
           of
           his
           purse
           ,
           gave
           him
           Letters
           to
           his
           friends
           in
           Scotland
           to
           preferre
           him
           to
           King
           Iames.
           Arriving
           at
           Roane
           ,
           he
           better
           bethinkes
           himselfe
           ,
           seeing
           his
           money
           neere
           spent
           ,
           downe
           the
           River
           he
           went
           to
           
             Haver
             de
             grace
          
           ,
           where
           he
           first
           began
           to
           learne
           the
           life
           of
           a
           souldier
           :
           Peace
           being
           concluded
           in
           France
           ,
           he
           went
           with
           Captaine
           
             Ioseph
             Duxbury
          
           into
           the
           Low-countries
           ,
           under
           whose
           Colours
           having
           served
           three
           or
           foure
           yeeres
           ,
           he
           tooke
           his
           journey
           for
           Scotland
           ,
           to
           deliver
           his
           Letters
           .
           At
           Ancusan
           he
           imbarked
           himselfe
           for
           Lethe
           ,
           but
           as
           much
           danger
           ,
           as
           shipwracke
           and
           sicknesse
           could
           endure
           ,
           hee
           had
           at
           the
           holy
           I
           le
           in
           Northumberland
           neere
           Barwicke
           :
           (
           being
           recovered
           )
           into
           Scotland
           he
           went
           to
           deliver
           his
           Letters
           .
           After
           much
           kinde
           usage
           amongst
           those
           honest
           Scots
           at
           Ripweth
           and
           Broxmoth
           ,
           but
           neither
           money
           nor
           meanes
           to
           make
           him
           a
           Courtier
           ,
           he
           returned
           to
           Willoughby
           in
           Lincolne-shire
           ;
           where
           within
           a
           short
           time
           being
           glutted
           with
           too
           much
           company
           ,
           wherein
           he
           took
           small
           delight
           ,
           he
           retired
           himselfe
           into
           a
           little
           wooddie
           pasture
           ,
           a
           good
           way
           from
           any
           towne
           ,
           invironed
           with
           many
           hundred
           Acres
           of
           other
           woods
           :
           Here
           by
           a
           faire
           brook
           he
           built
           a
           Pavillion
           of
           boughes
           ,
           where
           only
           in
           his
           cloaths
           he
           lay
           .
           His
           studie
           was
           Machiavills
           Art
           of
           warre
           ,
           and
           
             Marcus
             Aurelius
          
           ;
           his
           exercise
           a
           good
           horse
           ,
           with
           his
           lance
           and
           Ring
           ;
           his
           food
           was
           thought
           to
           be
           more
           of
           venison
           than
           any
           thing
           else
           ;
           what
           he
           wanted
           his
           man
           brought
           him
           .
           The
           countrey
           wondering
           at
           such
           an
           Hermite
           ;
           His
           friends
           perswaded
           one
           
             Seignior
             Theadora
             Polaloga
          
           ,
           Rider
           to
           Henry
           Earle
           of
           Lincolne
           ,
           an
           excellent
           Horse-man
           ,
           and
           a
           noble
           Italian
           Gentleman
           ,
           to
           insinuate
           into
           his
           wooddish
           acquaintances
           ,
           whose
           Languages
           and
           good
           discourse
           ,
           and
           exercise
           of
           riding
           drew
           him
           to
           stay
           with
           him
           at
           Tattersall
           .
           Long
           these
           pleasures
           could
           not
           content
           him
           ,
           but
           hee
           returned
           againe
           to
           the
           Low-Countreyes
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Chap
           II.
           
        
         
           
             The
             notable
             villany
             of
             foure
             French
             Gallants
             ,
             and
             his
             revenge
             ;
             Smith
             throwne
             over-board
             ;
             Captaine
             
               La
               Roche
            
             of
             Saint
             Malo
             releeves
             him
             .
          
        
         
           THus
           when
           France
           and
           Netherlands
           had
           taught
           him
           to
           ride
           a
           Horse
           and
           use
           his
           Armes
           ,
           with
           such
           rudiments
           of
           warre
           ,
           as
           his
           tender
           yeeres
           in
           those
           martiall
           Schooles
           could
           attaine
           unto
           ;
           he
           was
           desirous
           to
           see
           more
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           trie
           his
           fortune
           against
           the
           Turkes
           ,
           both
           lamenting
           and
           repenting
           to
           have
           seene
           so
           many
           Christians
           slaughter
           one
           another
           .
           Opportunitie
           casting
           him
           into
           the
           company
           of
           foure
           French
           Gallants
           well
           attended
           ,
           
           faining
           to
           him
           the
           one
           to
           be
           a
           great
           Lord
           ,
           the
           rest
           his
           Gentlemen
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           were
           all
           devoted
           that
           way
           ;
           over-perswaded
           him
           to
           goe
           with
           them
           into
           France
           ,
           to
           the
           Dutchesse
           of
           Mercury
           ,
           from
           whom
           they
           should
           not
           only
           have
           meanes
           ,
           but
           also
           Letters
           of
           favour
           to
           her
           noble
           Duke
           ,
           then
           Generall
           for
           the
           Emperour
           Rodolphus
           in
           Hungary
           ;
           which
           he
           did
           ,
           with
           such
           ill
           weather
           as
           winter
           affordeth
           ,
           in
           the
           darke
           night
           they
           arrived
           in
           the
           broad
           shallow
           In-let
           of
           Saint
           
             Va●leries
             sur
             Some
          
           in
           Picardie
           ;
           his
           French
           Lord
           knowing
           he
           had
           good
           apparell
           ,
           and
           better
           furnished
           with
           money
           than
           themselves
           ,
           so
           plotted
           with
           the
           Master
           of
           the
           ship
           to
           set
           his
           and
           their
           owne
           trunckes
           a
           shore
           leaving
           Smith
           aboard
           till
           the
           boat
           could
           returne
           ,
           which
           was
           the
           next
           day
           after
           towards
           evening
           ;
           the
           reason
           hee
           alleaged
           was
           the
           sea
           went
           so
           high
           hee
           could
           come
           no
           sooner
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           Lord
           was
           gone
           to
           Amiens
           where
           they
           would
           stay
           his
           comming
           ;
           which
           treacherous
           villany
           ,
           when
           divers
           other
           souldiers
           ,
           and
           passengers
           understood
           ,
           they
           had
           like
           to
           have
           slaine
           the
           Master
           ,
           and
           had
           they
           knowne
           how
           ,
           would
           have
           runne
           away
           with
           the
           ship
           .
        
         
           Comming
           on
           shore
           hee
           had
           but
           one
           Carralue
           ,
           
           was
           forced
           to
           sell
           his
           cloake
           to
           pay
           for
           his
           passage
           .
           One
           of
           the
           souldiers
           ,
           called
           Curzianvere
           ,
           compassionating
           his
           injury
           ,
           assured
           him
           this
           great
           Lord
           Depreau
           was
           only
           the
           sonne
           of
           a
           Lawyer
           of
           Mortaigne
           in
           base
           Britany
           ,
           and
           his
           Attendants
           
             Cursell
             ,
             La
             Nelie
          
           ,
           and
           Monferrat
           ,
           three
           young
           citizens
           ,
           as
           arrant
           cheats
           as
           himselfe
           ;
           but
           if
           he
           would
           accompany
           him
           ,
           he
           would
           bring
           him
           to
           their
           friends
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           interim
           supplied
           his
           wants
           :
           thus
           travelling
           by
           
             Deepe
             ,
             Codebeck
             ,
             Humphla
             ,
             Pount-demer
          
           in
           Normandie
           ,
           they
           came
           to
           Cane
           in
           base
           Normandie
           ;
           where
           both
           this
           noble
           Curzianvere
           ,
           and
           the
           great
           Prior
           of
           the
           great
           Abbey
           of
           
             S.
             Steven
          
           (
           where
           is
           the
           ruinous
           Tombe
           of
           William
           the
           Conquerour
           ,
           )
           and
           many
           other
           of
           his
           friends
           kindly
           welcomed
           him
           ,
           and
           brought
           him
           to
           Mortaigne
           ,
           where
           hee
           found
           Depreau
           and
           the
           rest
           ,
           but
           to
           small
           purpose
           ;
           for
           Mr.
           Curzianvere
           was
           a
           banished
           man
           ,
           and
           durst
           not
           be
           seene
           ,
           but
           to
           his
           friends
           :
           yet
           the
           bruit
           of
           their
           cosenage
           occasioned
           the
           Lady
           Collumber
           ,
           the
           Baron
           Larshan
           ,
           the
           Lord
           Shasghe
           ,
           and
           divers
           other
           honourable
           persons
           ,
           to
           supply
           his
           wants
           ,
           and
           with
           them
           to
           recreate
           himselfe
           so
           long
           as
           hee
           would
           :
           but
           such
           pleasant
           pleasures
           suited
           little
           with
           his
           poore
           estate
           ,
           and
           his
           restlesse
           spirit
           ,
           that
           could
           never
           finde
           content
           ,
           to
           receive
           such
           noble
           favours
           ,
           as
           he
           could
           neither
           deserve
           nor
           requite
           :
           
           but
           wandring
           from
           Port
           to
           Port
           to
           finde
           some
           man
           of
           war
           ,
           spent
           that
           he
           had
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           Forest
           ,
           neere
           dead
           with
           griefe
           and
           cold
           ,
           a
           rich
           Farmer
           found
           him
           by
           a
           faire
           Fountaine
           under
           a
           tree
           :
           This
           kinde
           Pesant
           releeved
           him
           againe
           to
           his
           content
           ,
           to
           follow
           his
           intent
           .
           Not
           long
           after
           ,
           as
           he
           passed
           thorow
           a
           great
           grove
           of
           trees
           ,
           
           betweene
           Pounterson
           and
           Dina
           in
           Britaine
           ,
           it
           was
           has
           chance
           to
           meet
           Cursell
           ,
           more
           miserable
           than
           himselfe
           :
           His
           piercing
           injuries
           had
           so
           small
           patience
           ,
           as
           without
           any
           word
           they
           both
           drew
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           short
           time
           Cursell
           fell
           to
           the
           ground
           ,
           where
           from
           an
           old
           ruinated
           Tower
           the
           inhabitants
           seeing
           them
           ,
           were
           satisfied
           ,
           when
           they
           heard
           Cursell
           confesse
           what
           had
           formerly
           passed
           ;
           and
           that
           how
           in
           the
           dividing
           that
           they
           had
           stolne
           from
           him
           ,
           they
           fell
           by
           the
           ears
           amongst
           themselves
           ,
           that
           were
           actors
           in
           it
           ;
           but
           for
           his
           part
           ,
           he
           excused
           himselfe
           to
           be
           innocent
           as
           well
           of
           the
           one
           ,
           as
           of
           the
           other
           .
           In
           regard
           of
           his
           hurt
           ,
           Smith
           was
           glad
           to
           be
           so
           rid
           of
           him
           ,
           directing
           his
           course
           to
           an
           honourable
           Lord
           ,
           
           the
           Earle
           of
           Ployer
           ,
           who
           during
           the
           warre
           in
           France
           ,
           with
           his
           two
           brethren
           ,
           Viscount
           Poomory
           ,
           and
           Baron
           
             d'
             Mercy
          
           ,
           who
           had
           beene
           brought
           up
           in
           England
           ;
           by
           him
           he
           was
           better
           refurnished
           than
           ever
           .
           When
           they
           had
           shewed
           him
           Saint
           Malo
           Mount
           ,
           Saint
           
             Michael
             ,
             Lambal
             ,
             Simbreack
             ,
             Lanion
             ,
          
           and
           their
           owne
           faire
           Castle
           of
           
             Tuncadeck
             ,
             Gingan
          
           ,
           and
           divers
           other
           places
           in
           Britanny
           ,
           (
           and
           their
           
             Brittish
             Cornwaile
          
           )
           taking
           his
           leave
           ,
           he
           tooke
           his
           way
           to
           Raynes
           ,
           the
           Britaines
           chiefe
           Citie
           ,
           and
           so
           to
           
             Nantes
             ,
             Poyters
             ,
             Rochell
          
           ,
           and
           Burdeaux
           .
           The
           ●umour
           of
           the
           strength
           of
           Bayon
           in
           Biskay
           ,
           caused
           him
           to
           see
           it
           ;
           and
           from
           thence
           tooke
           his
           way
           from
           Leskar
           in
           Biearne
           ,
           &
           Paw
           in
           the
           kingdom
           of
           Navar
           to
           
             Tolouz
             〈◊〉
             Gascoigne
             ,
             Bezers
          
           and
           
             Carcassone
             ,
             Narbone
             ,
             Montpellier
             ,
             Nimes
          
           in
           Languedock
           ,
           and
           thorow
           the
           Country
           of
           Avignion
           ,
           by
           Arles
           to
           Marcellos
           in
           Province
           ,
           there
           imbarking
           himselfe
           for
           Italy
           ,
           the
           ship
           was
           enforced
           to
           Tolonne
           ,
           and
           putting
           againe
           to
           sea
           ,
           ill
           weather
           so
           grew
           upon
           them
           ,
           they
           anchored
           close
           aboard
           the
           shore
           ,
           under
           the
           little
           Isle
           of
           
             S.
             Mary
          
           ,
           against
           Neice
           in
           Savoy
           .
           Here
           the
           inhumane
           Provincialls
           ,
           
           with
           a
           rabble
           of
           Pilgrimes
           of
           divers
           Nations
           going
           to
           Rome
           ,
           hourely
           cursing
           him
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           a
           Hugonoit
           ,
           but
           his
           Nation
           they
           swore
           were
           all
           Pyrats
           ,
           and
           so
           vildly
           railed
           on
           his
           dread
           Soveraigne
           Queene
           Elizabeth
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           never
           should
           have
           faire
           weather
           so
           long
           as
           hee
           was
           aboard
           them
           ;
           their
           disputations
           grew
           to
           that
           passion
           ,
           that
           they
           threw
           him
           over-board
           ,
           yet
           God
           brought
           him
           to
           that
           little
           Isle
           ,
           where
           was
           no
           inhabitants
           ,
           but
           a
           few
           kine
           and
           goats
           .
           The
           next
           morning
           he
           espied
           two
           ships
           more
           riding
           by
           them
           ,
           put
           in
           by
           the
           storme
           ,
           that
           fetched
           him
           aboard
           ,
           well
           refreshed
           him
           ,
           and
           so
           kindly
           used
           him
           ,
           that
           he
           was
           well
           contented
           to
           trie
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           fortune
           with
           them
           .
           After
           he
           had
           related
           unto
           them
           his
           former
           discourse
           ,
           what
           for
           pitie
           ,
           and
           the
           love
           of
           the
           Honourable
           Earle
           of
           Ployer
           ,
           this
           noble
           Britaine
           his
           neighbour
           ,
           Captaine
           
             la
             Roche
          
           of
           Saint
           Malo
           ,
           
           regarded
           and
           entertained
           him
           for
           his
           well
           respected
           friend
           .
           With
           the
           next
           faire
           wind
           they
           failed
           along
           by
           the
           Coast
           of
           Corsica
           and
           Sardinia
           ,
           and
           crossing
           the
           gulfe
           of
           Tunis
           ,
           passed
           by
           
             Cape
             Bona
          
           to
           the
           Isle
           of
           Lampadosa
           ,
           leaving
           the
           coast
           of
           Barbary
           till
           they
           came
           at
           
             Cape
             Rosata
          
           ,
           and
           so
           along
           the
           African
           shore
           ,
           for
           Alexandria
           in
           Aegypt
           .
           There
           delivering
           their
           fraught
           ,
           they
           went
           to
           Scandaroone
           ;
           rather
           to
           view
           what
           ships
           was
           in
           the
           Roade
           ,
           than
           any
           thing
           else
           :
           keeping
           their
           
           course
           by
           Cypres
           and
           the
           coast
           of
           Asia
           ,
           sayling
           by
           Rhodes
           ,
           the
           
             Archipellagans
             ,
             Candia
          
           ,
           and
           the
           coast
           of
           Grecia
           ,
           and
           the
           Isle
           of
           Zaffalonia
           .
           They
           lay
           to
           and
           againe
           a
           few
           dayes
           betwixt
           the
           Isle
           of
           Corfue
           and
           the
           Cape
           of
           Otranto
           in
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Naples
           ,
           in
           the
           Entrance
           of
           the
           Adriatike
           sea
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           III.
           
        
         
           
             A
             desperate
             Sea-fight
             in
             the
             Straights
             ;
             His
             passage
             to
             
               Rome
               ,
               Naples
            
             ,
             and
             the
             view
             of
             Italy
             .
          
        
         
           BEtwixt
           the
           two
           Capes
           they
           meet
           with
           an
           Argosie
           of
           Venice
           ,
           it
           seemed
           the
           Captaine
           desired
           to
           speake
           with
           them
           ,
           
           whose
           untoward
           answer
           was
           such
           ,
           as
           slew
           them
           a
           man
           ;
           whereupon
           the
           Britaine
           presently
           gave
           them
           the
           broad-side
           ,
           then
           his
           Sterne
           ,
           and
           his
           other
           broad-side
           also
           ,
           and
           continued
           the
           chase
           ,
           with
           his
           chase
           peeces
           ,
           till
           he
           gave
           them
           so
           many
           broad-sides
           one
           after
           another
           ,
           that
           the
           Argosies
           sayles
           and
           tackling
           was
           so
           torne
           ,
           she
           stood
           to
           her
           defence
           ,
           and
           made
           shot
           for
           shot
           ;
           twice
           in
           one
           houre
           and
           a
           halfe
           the
           Britaine
           boarded
           her
           ,
           yet
           they
           cleared
           themselves
           ,
           but
           clapping
           her
           aboard
           againe
           ,
           the
           Argosie
           fired
           him
           ,
           which
           with
           much
           danger
           to
           them
           both
           was
           presently
           quenched
           .
           This
           rather
           augmented
           the
           Britaines
           rage
           ,
           than
           abated
           his
           courage
           ;
           for
           having
           reaccommodated
           himselfe
           againe
           ,
           shot
           her
           so
           oft
           betweene
           wind
           and
           water
           ,
           shee
           was
           readie
           to
           sinke
           ,
           then
           they
           yeelded
           ;
           the
           Britaine
           lost
           fifteene
           men
           ,
           she
           twentie
           ,
           besides
           divers
           were
           hurt
           ,
           the
           rest
           went
           to
           worke
           on
           all
           hands
           ;
           some
           to
           stop
           the
           leakes
           ,
           others
           to
           guard
           the
           prisoners
           that
           were
           chained
           ,
           the
           rest
           to
           rifle
           her
           .
           The
           Silkes
           ,
           Velvets
           ,
           Cloth
           of
           gold
           ,
           and
           Tissue
           ,
           Pyasters
           ,
           Chicqueenes
           and
           Sultanies
           ,
           which
           is
           gold
           and
           silver
           ,
           they
           unloaded
           in
           foure
           and
           twentie
           houres
           ,
           was
           wonderfull
           ,
           where
           of
           having
           sufficient
           ,
           and
           tired
           with
           toile
           ,
           they
           cast
           her
           off
           with
           her
           company
           ,
           with
           as
           much
           good
           merchandize
           as
           would
           have
           fraughted
           such
           another
           Britaine
           ,
           that
           was
           but
           two
           hundred
           Tunnes
           ,
           she
           foure
           or
           five
           hundred
           .
        
         
           To
           repaire
           his
           defects
           ,
           hee
           stood
           for
           the
           coast
           of
           Calabria
           ,
           but
           hearing
           there
           was
           six
           or
           seven
           Galleyes
           at
           Mesina
           hee
           departed
           thence
           for
           Malta
           ,
           but
           the
           wind
           comming
           faire
           ,
           he
           kept
           his
           course
           along
           the
           coast
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Sicilia
           by
           Sardinia
           and
           Corsica
           ,
           till
           he
           came
           to
           the
           Road
           of
           Antibo
           in
           Peamon
           ,
           where
           he
           set
           Smith
           on
           shore
           with
           fiue
           hundred
           chicqueenes
           ,
           and
           a
           little
           box
           God
           sent
           him
           worth
           neere
           as
           much
           more
           .
           Here
           he
           left
           this
           noble
           Britaine
           ,
           and
           embarked
           himselfe
           for
           Lygorne
           ,
           being
           glad
           to
           have
           such
           opportunitie
           and
           meanes
           to
           better
           his
           experience
           by
           the
           view
           of
           Italy
           ;
           and
           having
           passed
           Tuskany
           ,
           and
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Sieana
           ,
           where
           hee
           found
           his
           deare
           friends
           ,
           the
           two
           Honourable
           Brethren
           ,
           the
           Lord
           Willoughby
           and
           his
           Brother
           cruelly
           wounded
           ,
           in
           a
           desperate
           fray
           ,
           yet
           to
           their
           exceeding
           great
           honour
           .
           
           Then
           to
           Viterbo
           and
           many
           other
           Cities
           he
           came
           to
           Rome
           ,
           where
           it
           was
           his
           chance
           to
           see
           Pope
           Clement
           the
           eight
           ,
           with
           many
           Cardinalls
           ,
           creepe
           up
           the
           holy
           Stayres
           ,
           which
           they
           say
           are
           those
           our
           Saviour
           Christ
           went
           up
           to
           
             Pontius
             Pilate
          
           ,
           where
           bloud
           falling
           from
           his
           head
           ,
           being
           pricked
           with
           his
           crowne
           of
           thornes
           ,
           the
           drops
           
           are
           marked
           with
           nailes
           of
           steele
           ,
           upon
           them
           none
           dare
           goe
           but
           in
           that
           manner
           ,
           saying
           so
           many
           Ave-Maries
           and
           Pater-nosters
           ,
           as
           is
           their
           devoton
           ,
           and
           to
           kisse
           the
           nailes
           of
           steele
           :
           But
           on
           each
           side
           is
           a
           paire
           of
           such
           like
           staires
           ,
           up
           which
           you
           may
           goe
           ,
           stand
           ,
           or
           kneele
           ,
           but
           divided
           from
           the
           holy
           Staires
           by
           two
           walls
           :
           right
           against
           them
           is
           a
           Chappell
           ,
           where
           hangs
           a
           great
           silver
           Lampe
           ,
           which
           burneth
           continually
           ,
           yet
           they
           say
           the
           oyle
           neither
           increaseth
           nor
           diminisheth
           .
           A
           little
           distant
           is
           the
           ancient
           Church
           of
           Saint
           
             Iohn
             de
             Laterane
          
           ,
           where
           he
           saw
           him
           say
           Masse
           ,
           which
           commonly
           he
           doth
           upon
           some
           Friday
           once
           a
           moneth
           .
           Having
           saluted
           Father
           Parsons
           ,
           that
           famous
           English
           Iesuite
           ,
           and
           satisfied
           himselfe
           with
           the
           rarities
           of
           Rome
           ,
           he
           went
           downe
           the
           River
           of
           Tiber
           to
           
             Civita
             Vechia
          
           ,
           where
           he
           embarked
           himselfe
           to
           satisfie
           his
           eye
           with
           the
           faire
           Citie
           of
           Naples
           ,
           and
           her
           Kingdomes
           nobilitie
           ;
           returning
           by
           
             Capua
             ,
             Rome
          
           and
           Seana
           ,
           he
           passed
           by
           that
           admired
           C●tie
           of
           Florence
           ,
           the
           Cities
           and
           Countries
           of
           
             Bolonia
             ,
             Ferrara
             ,
             Mantua
             ,
             Padu
             ,
          
           and
           Venice
           ,
           whose
           Gulfe
           he
           passed
           from
           Malamoco
           and
           the
           Adriatike
           Sea
           for
           Ragouza
           ,
           spending
           some
           time
           to
           see
           that
           barren
           broken
           coast
           of
           Albania
           and
           Dalmatia
           ,
           to
           
             Capo
             de
             Islria
          
           ,
           travelling
           the
           maine
           of
           poore
           Slavonia
           by
           Lubbiano
           ,
           till
           he
           came
           to
           Grates
           in
           Steria
           ,
           the
           Seat
           of
           Ferdinando
           Arch-duke
           of
           Austria
           ,
           now
           Emperour
           of
           Almania
           :
           where
           he
           met
           an
           English
           man
           ,
           and
           an
           Irish
           Iesuite
           ,
           who
           acquainted
           him
           with
           many
           brave
           Gentlemen
           of
           good
           qualitie
           ,
           especially
           with
           the
           Lord
           Ebersbaught
           ,
           with
           whom
           trying
           such
           conclusions
           ,
           as
           he
           projected
           to
           undertake
           ,
           preferred
           him
           to
           Baron
           Kisell
           ,
           Generall
           of
           the
           Ar●llery
           ,
           and
           he
           to
           a
           worthy
           Collonell
           ,
           the
           Earle
           of
           Meldritch
           ,
           with
           whom
           going
           to
           Vienne
           in
           Austria
           ,
           under
           whose
           Regiment
           ,
           in
           what
           service
           ,
           and
           how
           he
           spent
           his
           time
           ,
           this
           ensuing
           Discourse
           will
           declare
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           IV.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Siege
             of
             Olumpagh
             ;
             An
             excellent
             Stratagem
             by
             Smith
             ;
             Another
             not
             much
             worse
             .
          
        
         
           
           AFter
           the
           losse
           of
           Caniza
           ,
           the
           Turkes
           with
           twentie
           thousand
           besieged
           the
           strong
           Towne
           of
           Olumpagh
           so
           straightly
           ,
           as
           they
           were
           cut
           off
           from
           all
           intelligence
           and
           hope
           of
           succour
           ;
           till
           
             Iohn
             Smith
          
           ,
           this
           English
           Gentleman
           ,
           acquainted
           Baron
           Kisell
           ,
           Generall
           of
           the
           Arch-dukes
           Artillery
           ,
           he
           had
           taught
           the
           Governour
           ,
           his
           worthy
           friend
           ,
           such
           a
           Rule
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           undertake
           to
           make
           him
           know
           any
           thing
           he
           intended
           ,
           and
           have
           his
           answer
           ,
           would
           they
           bring
           him
           but
           to
           some
           place
           where
           he
           might
           make
           the
           flame
           of
           a
           Torch
           seene
           to
           the
           Towne
           ;
           Kisell
           inflamed
           with
           this
           strange
           invention
           ;
           Smith
           made
           it
           so
           plaine
           ,
           that
           forthwith
           hee
           gave
           him
           guides
           ,
           who
           in
           the
           darke
           night
           brought
           him
           to
           a
           mountaine
           ,
           where
           he
           shewed
           three
           Torches
           equidistant
           from
           other
           ,
           which
           plainly
           appearing
           to
           the
           Towne
           ,
           the
           Governour
           presently
           apprehended
           ,
           and
           answered
           againe
           with
           three
           other
           fires
           in
           like
           manner
           ;
           each
           knowing
           the
           others
           being
           and
           intent
           ;
           Smith
           ,
           though
           distant
           seven
           miles
           ,
           signified
           to
           him
           these
           words
           :
           On
           Thursday
           at
           night
           I
           will
           charge
           on
           the
           East
           ,
           at
           the
           
           Alarum
           ,
           salley
           you
           ;
           Ebersbaught
           answered
           he
           would
           ,
           and
           thus
           it
           was
           done
           :
           First
           he
           writ
           his
           message
           as
           briefe
           ,
           you
           see
           ,
           as
           could
           be
           ,
           then
           divided
           the
           Alphabet
           in
           two
           parts
           thus
           ;
        
         
           
             A.
             b.
             c.
             d.
             e.
             f.
             g.
             h.
             i.
             k.
             l.
             
          
        
         
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           1.
           
        
         
           
             m.
             n.
             o.
             p.
             q.
             r.
             s.
             t.
             v.
             w.
             x.
             
          
        
         
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           2.
           
        
         
           
             y.
             z.
          
           
        
         
           2.
           2.
           
        
         
           The
           first
           part
           from
           A.
           to
           L.
           
           is
           signified
           by
           shewing
           and
           hiding
           one
           link●
           ,
           so
           oft
           as
           there
           is
           letters
           from
           A.
           to
           that
           letter
           you
           meane
           ;
           the
           other
           part
           from
           M.
           to
           Z.
           is
           mentioned
           by
           two
           lights
           in
           like
           manner
           .
           The
           end
           of
           a
           word
           is
           signified
           by
           shewing
           of
           three
           lights
           ,
           ever
           staying
           your
           light
           at
           that
           letter
           you
           meane
           ,
           till
           the
           other
           may
           write
           it
           in
           a
           paper
           ,
           and
           answer
           by
           his
           signall
           ,
           which
           is
           one
           light
           ,
           it
           is
           done
           ,
           beginning
           to
           count
           the
           letters
           by
           the
           lights
           ,
           every
           time
           from
           A.
           to
           M.
           by
           this
           meanes
           also
           the
           other
           returned
           his
           answer
           ,
           whereby
           each
           did
           understand
           other
           .
           The
           Guides
           all
           this
           time
           having
           well
           viewed
           the
           Campe
           ,
           returned
           to
           Kisell
           ,
           who
           ,
           doubting
           of
           his
           power
           being
           but
           ten
           thousand
           ,
           was
           animated
           by
           the
           Guides
           ,
           how
           the
           Turkes
           were
           so
           divided
           by
           the
           River
           in
           two
           parts
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           easily
           second
           each
           other
           .
           
           To
           which
           Smith
           added
           this
           conclusion
           ;
           that
           two
           or
           three
           thousand
           pieces
           of
           match
           fastened
           to
           divers
           small
           lines
           of
           an
           hundred
           fathome
           in
           length
           being
           armed
           with
           powder
           ,
           might
           all
           be
           fired
           and
           stretched
           at
           an
           instant
           before
           the
           Alarum
           ,
           upon
           the
           Plaine
           of
           Hysnaburg
           ,
           supported
           by
           two
           staves
           ,
           at
           each
           lines
           end
           ,
           in
           that
           manner
           would
           seeme
           like
           so
           many
           Musketteers
           ;
           which
           was
           put
           in
           practice
           ;
           and
           being
           discovered
           by
           the
           Turkes
           ,
           they
           prepared
           to
           encounter
           these
           false
           fires
           ,
           thinking
           there
           had
           beene
           some
           great
           Armie
           :
           whilest
           Kisell
           with
           his
           ten
           thousand
           being
           entred
           the
           Turks
           quarter
           ,
           who
           ranne
           up
           and
           downe
           as
           men
           amazed
           .
           It
           was
           not
           long
           ere
           Ebersbaught
           was
           pell-mell
           with
           them
           in
           their
           Trenches
           ;
           in
           which
           distracted
           confusion
           ,
           a
           third
           part
           of
           the
           Turkes
           ,
           that
           besieged
           that
           side
           towards
           Knousbruck
           ,
           were
           slaine
           ;
           many
           of
           the
           rest
           drowned
           ,
           but
           all
           fled
           .
           The
           other
           part
           of
           the
           Armie
           was
           so
           busied
           to
           resist
           the
           false
           fires
           ,
           that
           Kisell
           before
           the
           morning
           put
           two
           thousand
           good
           souldiers
           in
           the
           Towne
           ,
           and
           with
           small
           losse
           was
           retired
           ;
           the
           Garrison
           was
           well
           releeved
           with
           that
           they
           found
           in
           the
           Turkes
           quarter
           ,
           which
           caused
           the
           Turkes
           to
           raise
           their
           siege
           and
           returne
           to
           Caniza
           :
           and
           Kisell
           with
           much
           honour
           was
           received
           at
           Kerment
           ,
           and
           occasioned
           the
           Author
           a
           good
           reward
           and
           preferment
           ,
           to
           be
           Captaine
           of
           two
           hundred
           and
           fiftie
           Horse-men
           ,
           under
           the
           Conduct
           of
           Colonell
           Voldo
           ,
           Earle
           of
           Meldritch
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           CHAP.
           V.
           
        
         
           
             The
             siege
             of
             Stowlle-wesenburg
             ;
             The
             effects
             of
             Smiths
             Fire-workes
             ;
             A
             worthy
             exploit
             of
             Earle
             Rosworme
             ;
             Earle
             Meldritch
             takes
             the
             Bashaw
             prisoner
             .
          
        
         
           A
           Generall
           rumour
           of
           a
           generall
           peace
           ,
           now
           spred
           it selfe
           over
           all
           the
           face
           of
           those
           tormented
           Countries
           :
           but
           the
           Turke
           intended
           no
           such
           matter
           ,
           but
           levied
           souldiers
           from
           all
           parts
           he
           could
           .
           The
           Emperour
           also
           ,
           by
           the
           assistance
           of
           the
           Christian
           Princes
           ,
           provided
           three
           Armies
           ,
           the
           one
           led
           by
           the
           Arch-duke
           Mathias
           ,
           the
           Emperours
           brother
           ,
           and
           his
           Lieutenant
           Duke
           Mercury
           to
           defend
           Low
           Hungary
           ,
           the
           second
           ,
           by
           Ferdinando
           the
           Arch-duke
           of
           Steria
           ,
           and
           the
           Duke
           of
           Mantua
           his
           Lieutenant
           to
           regaine
           Caniza
           ;
           the
           third
           by
           Gonzago
           ,
           Governour
           of
           High
           Hungary
           ,
           to
           joyne
           with
           
             Georgio
             Busca
          
           ,
           to
           make
           an
           absolute
           conquest
           of
           Transilvania
           .
        
         
           
           Duke
           Mercury
           with
           an
           Armie
           of
           thirtie
           thousand
           ,
           whereof
           neere
           ten
           thousand
           were
           French
           ,
           besieged
           Stowlle-wesenburg
           ,
           otherwise
           called
           
             Alba
             Regalis
          
           ,
           a
           place
           so
           strong
           by
           Art
           and
           Nature
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           thought
           impregnable
           .
           At
           his
           first
           comming
           ,
           the
           Turkes
           sallied
           upon
           the
           Germane
           quarter
           ,
           slew
           neere
           five
           hundred
           ,
           and
           returned
           before
           they
           were
           thought
           on
           .
           The
           next
           night
           in
           like
           manner
           they
           did
           neere
           as
           much
           to
           the
           Bemers
           ,
           and
           Hungarians
           ;
           of
           which
           fortune
           still
           presuming
           ,
           thinking
           to
           have
           found
           the
           French
           quarter
           as
           carelesse
           ,
           eight
           or
           nine
           hundred
           of
           them
           were
           cut
           in
           pieces
           and
           taken
           prisoners
           .
           In
           this
           encounter
           Mousieur
           Grandvile
           ,
           a
           brave
           French
           Colonell
           ,
           received
           seven
           or
           eight
           cruell
           wounds
           ,
           yet
           followed
           the
           Enemie
           to
           the
           Ports
           ;
           he
           came
           off
           alive
           ,
           but
           within
           three
           or
           foure
           dayes
           died
           .
        
         
           Earle
           Meldritch
           ,
           by
           the
           information
           of
           three
           or
           foure
           Christians
           ,
           (
           escaped
           out
           of
           the
           Towne
           )
           upon
           every
           Alarum
           ,
           where
           there
           was
           greatest
           assemblies
           and
           throng
           of
           people
           ,
           
           caused
           Captaine
           Smith
           to
           put
           in
           practice
           his
           fiery
           Dragons
           ,
           hee
           had
           demonstrated
           unto
           him
           ,
           and
           the
           Earle
           
             Von
             Sulch
          
           at
           Comora
           ,
           which
           hee
           thus
           performed
           :
           Having
           prepared
           fortie
           or
           fiftie
           round-bellied
           earthen
           pots
           ,
           and
           filled
           them
           with
           hand
           Gunpowder
           ,
           then
           covered
           them
           with
           Pitch
           ,
           mingled
           with
           Brimstone
           and
           Turpentine
           ;
           and
           quartering
           as
           many
           Musket-bullets
           ,
           that
           hung
           together
           but
           only
           at
           the
           Center
           of
           the
           division
           ,
           stucke
           them
           round
           in
           the
           mixture
           about
           the
           pots
           ,
           and
           covered
           them
           againe
           with
           the
           same
           mixture
           ,
           over
           that
           a
           strong
           Searcloth
           ,
           then
           over
           all
           a
           good
           thicknesse
           of
           Towze-match
           well
           tempered
           with
           oyle
           of
           Lin-seed
           ,
           Campheer
           ,
           and
           powder
           of
           Brimstone
           ,
           these
           he
           fitly
           placed
           in
           Slings
           ,
           graduated
           so
           neere
           as
           they
           could
           to
           the
           places
           of
           these
           Assemblies
           .
           At
           midnight
           upon
           the
           Alarum
           ,
           it
           was
           a
           fearfull
           sight
           to
           see
           the
           short
           flaming
           course
           of
           their
           flight
           in
           the
           aire
           ,
           but
           presently
           after
           their
           fall
           ,
           the
           lamentable
           noise
           of
           the
           miserable
           slaughtered
           Turkes
           was
           most
           wonderfull
           to
           heare
           :
           Besides
           ,
           they
           had
           fired
           that
           Suburbe
           at
           the
           Port
           of
           Buda
           in
           two
           or
           three
           places
           ,
           which
           so
           troubled
           the
           Turkes
           to
           quench
           ,
           that
           had
           there
           beene
           any
           meanes
           to
           have
           assaulted
           
           them
           ,
           they
           could
           hardly
           have
           resisted
           the
           fire
           ,
           and
           their
           enemies
           .
           The
           Earle
           Rosworme
           ,
           contrary
           to
           the
           opinion
           of
           all
           men
           ,
           would
           needs
           undertake
           to
           finde
           meanes
           to
           surprize
           the
           Segeth
           and
           Suburbe
           of
           the
           Citie
           ,
           strongly
           defended
           by
           a
           muddie
           Lake
           ,
           which
           was
           thought
           unpassable
           .
        
         
           The
           Duke
           having
           planted
           his
           Ordnance
           ,
           battered
           the
           other
           side
           ,
           
           whilest
           Rosworme
           ,
           in
           the
           darke
           night
           ,
           with
           every
           man
           a
           bundle
           of
           sedge
           and
           bavins
           still
           throwne
           before
           them
           ,
           so
           laded
           up
           the
           Lake
           ,
           as
           they
           surprized
           that
           unregarded
           Suburbe
           before
           they
           were
           discovered
           :
           upon
           which
           unexpected
           Alarum
           ,
           the
           Turkes
           fled
           into
           the
           Citie
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           Suburbe
           not
           knowing
           the
           matter
           ,
           got
           into
           the
           Citie
           also
           ,
           leaving
           their
           Suburbe
           for
           the
           Duke
           ,
           who
           ,
           with
           no
           great
           resistance
           ,
           tooke
           it
           ,
           with
           many
           peeces
           of
           Ordnance
           ;
           the
           Citie
           ,
           being
           of
           no
           such
           strength
           as
           the
           Suburbs
           ,
           with
           their
           owne
           Ordnance
           was
           so
           battered
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           taken
           perforce
           ,
           with
           such
           a
           mercilesse
           execution
           ,
           as
           was
           most
           pitifull
           to
           behold
           .
           
           The
           Bashaw
           notwithstanding
           drew
           together
           a
           partie
           of
           five
           hundred
           before
           his
           owne
           Pallace
           ,
           where
           he
           intended
           to
           die
           ;
           but
           seeing
           most
           of
           his
           men
           slaine
           before
           him
           ,
           by
           the
           valiant
           Captaine
           Earle
           Meldritch
           ,
           who
           tooke
           him
           prisoner
           with
           his
           owne
           hands
           ;
           and
           with
           the
           hazard
           of
           himselfe
           saved
           him
           from
           the
           fury
           of
           other
           troopes
           ,
           that
           did
           pull
           downe
           his
           Pallace
           ,
           and
           would
           have
           rent
           him
           in
           peeces
           ;
           had
           he
           not
           beene
           thus
           preserved
           .
           The
           Duke
           thought
           his
           victory
           much
           honoured
           with
           such
           a
           Prisoner
           ;
           tooke
           order
           hee
           should
           bee
           used
           like
           a
           Prince
           ,
           and
           with
           all
           expedition
           gave
           charge
           presently
           to
           repaire
           the
           breaches
           ,
           and
           the
           ruines
           of
           this
           famous
           Citie
           ,
           that
           had
           beene
           in
           the
           possession
           of
           the
           Turkes
           neere
           threescore
           yeares
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           VI.
           
        
         
           
             A
             brave
             encounter
             of
             the
             Turkes
             Armie
             with
             the
             Christians
             ;
             Duke
             Mercury
             overthroweth
             
               Assan
               Bashaw
            
             ;
             Hee
             divides
             the
             Christian
             Armie
             ;
             His
             noblenesse
             and
             death
             .
          
        
         
           MAHOMET
           ,
           the
           great
           Turke
           ,
           during
           the
           siege
           ,
           had
           raised
           an
           Armie
           of
           sixtie
           thousand
           men
           to
           have
           releeved
           it
           ;
           but
           hearing
           it
           was
           lost
           ,
           he
           sent
           
             Assan
             Bashaw
          
           Generall
           of
           his
           Armie
           ,
           the
           Bashaw
           of
           
             Buda
             ,
             Bashaw
             Amaro●
          
           ,
           to
           see
           if
           it
           were
           possible
           to
           regaine
           it
           ;
           The
           Duke
           understanding
           there
           could
           be
           no
           great
           experience
           in
           such
           a
           new
           levied
           Armie
           as
           Assan
           had
           ;
           having
           put
           a
           strong
           Garrison
           into
           it
           :
           and
           with
           the
           brave
           Colonell
           
             Rosworme
             ,
             Culnits
             ,
             Meldritch
          
           ,
           the
           
             Rhine-Grave
             ,
             Vahan
          
           and
           many
           others
           ;
           with
           twenty
           thousand
           good
           souldiers
           ,
           set
           forward
           to
           meet
           the
           Turke
           in
           the
           Plaines
           of
           Girke
           .
           
           Those
           two
           Armies
           encountred
           as
           they
           marehed
           ,
           where
           began
           a
           hot
           and
           bloudy
           Skirmish
           betwixt
           them
           ,
           Regiment
           against
           Regiment
           ,
           as
           they
           came
           in
           order
           ,
           till
           the
           night
           parted
           them
           :
           Here
           Earle
           Meldritch
           was
           so
           invironed
           amongst
           those
           halfe
           circuler
           Regiments
           of
           Turkes
           ,
           they
           supposed
           him
           their
           Prisoner
           ,
           and
           his
           Regiment
           lost
           ;
           but
           his
           two
           most
           couragious
           friends
           ,
           Vihan
           and
           Culnits
           ,
           
           made
           such
           a
           passage
           amongst
           them
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           a
           terror
           to
           see
           how
           horse
           and
           man
           lay
           sprawling
           and
           tumbling
           ,
           some
           one
           way
           ,
           some
           another
           on
           the
           ground
           .
           The
           Earle
           there
           at
           that
           time
           made
           his
           valo●
           shine
           more
           bright
           than
           his
           armour
           ,
           which
           seemed
           then
           painted
           with
           Turkish
           bloud
           ,
           he
           slew
           the
           brave
           
             Zanzack
             Bugola
          
           ,
           and
           made
           his
           passage
           to
           his
           friends
           ,
           but
           neere
           halfe
           his
           Regiment
           was
           slaine
           .
           Captain
           Smith
           had
           his
           horse
           sl●●e
           under
           him
           ,
           and
           himselfe
           sore
           wounded
           ;
           but
           he
           was
           not
           long
           unmounted
           ,
           for
           there
           was
           choice
           enough
           of
           horses
           ,
           that
           wanted
           masters
           .
           The
           Turke
           thinking
           the
           victory
           sure
           against
           the
           Duke
           ,
           whose
           Armie
           ,
           by
           the
           Siege
           and
           the
           Garrison
           ,
           he
           had
           left
           behind
           him
           ,
           was
           much
           weakned
           ,
           would
           not
           be
           content
           with
           one
           ,
           but
           he
           would
           have
           all
           ;
           and
           left
           the
           Duke
           should
           returne
           to
           
             Alba
             Regalis
          
           ,
           he
           sent
           that
           night
           twenty
           thousand
           to
           besiege
           the
           Citie
           ,
           assuring
           them
           he
           would
           keepe
           the
           Duke
           or
           any
           other
           from
           releeving
           them
           .
           Two
           or
           three
           dayes
           they
           lay
           each
           by
           other
           ,
           entrenching
           themselves
           ;
           the
           Turkes
           daring
           the
           Duke
           daily
           to
           a
           sett
           battell
           ,
           who
           at
           length
           drew
           out
           his
           Army
           ,
           led
           by
           the
           
             Rhine-Grave
             ,
             Culnits
          
           and
           Meldritch
           ,
           who
           upon
           their
           first
           encounter
           ,
           charged
           with
           that
           resolute
           and
           valiant
           courage
           ,
           as
           disordered
           not
           only
           the
           formost
           squadrons
           of
           the
           Turkes
           ,
           but
           enforced
           all
           the
           whole
           Armie
           to
           retire
           to
           the
           Campe
           ,
           
           with
           the
           losse
           of
           five
           or
           six
           thousand
           ,
           with
           the
           Bashaw
           of
           Buda
           ,
           and
           foure
           or
           five
           Zanzacks
           ,
           with
           divers
           other
           great
           Commanders
           ,
           two
           hundred
           Prisoners
           ,
           and
           nine
           pecces
           of
           Ordnance
           .
           At
           that
           instant
           appeared
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           another
           Armie
           comming
           out
           of
           a
           valley
           over
           a
           plaine
           hill
           ,
           that
           caused
           the
           Duke
           at
           that
           time
           to
           be
           contented
           ,
           and
           to
           retire
           to
           his
           Trenches
           ;
           which
           gave
           time
           to
           Assan
           to
           reorder
           his
           disordered
           squadrons
           :
           Here
           they
           lay
           nine
           or
           ten
           dayes
           ,
           and
           more
           supplies
           repaired
           to
           them
           ,
           expecting
           to
           try
           the
           event
           in
           a
           sett
           battell
           ;
           but
           the
           souldiers
           on
           both
           parties
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           their
           great
           wants
           and
           approach
           of
           winter
           ,
           grew
           so
           discontented
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           ready
           of
           themselves
           to
           breake
           up
           the
           Leager
           ;
           the
           Bashaw
           ,
           retiring
           himselfe
           to
           Buda
           ,
           had
           some
           of
           the
           Reare
           Troopes
           cut
           off
           .
           
             Amaroz
             Bashaw
          
           hearing
           of
           this
           ,
           found
           such
           bad
           welcome
           at
           
             Alba
             Regalis
          
           ,
           and
           the
           Towne
           so
           strongly
           repaired
           ,
           with
           so
           brave
           a
           Garrison
           ,
           raised
           his
           siege
           ,
           and
           retired
           to
           Zigetum
           .
        
         
           The
           Duke
           understanding
           that
           the
           Arch-duke
           Ferdinando
           had
           so
           resolutely
           besieged
           Caniza
           ,
           as
           what
           by
           the
           losse
           of
           
             Alba
             Regalis
          
           ,
           and
           the
           Turks
           retreat
           to
           Buda
           ,
           being
           void
           of
           hope
           of
           any
           reliefe
           ,
           doubted
           not
           but
           it
           would
           become
           againe
           the
           Christians
           .
           
           To
           the
           furtherance
           whereof
           ,
           the
           Duke
           divided
           his
           Armie
           into
           three
           parts
           .
           The
           Earle
           of
           Rosworme
           went
           with
           seven
           thousand
           to
           Caniza
           ;
           the
           Earle
           of
           Meldritch
           with
           six
           thousand
           he
           sent
           to
           assist
           
             Georgio
             Busca
          
           against
           the
           Transilvanians
           ,
           the
           rest
           went
           with
           himselfe
           to
           the
           Garrisons
           of
           Strigonium
           and
           Komara
           ;
           having
           thus
           worthily
           behaved
           himselfe
           ,
           he
           arrived
           at
           Vienne
           ,
           where
           the
           Arch-dukes
           and
           the
           Nobilitie
           with
           as
           much
           honour
           received
           him
           ,
           as
           if
           he
           had
           conquered
           all
           Hungaria
           ;
           his
           very
           Picture
           they
           esteemed
           would
           make
           them
           fortunate
           ,
           which
           thousands
           kept
           as
           curiously
           as
           a
           precious
           relique
           .
           To
           requite
           this
           honour
           ,
           preparing
           himselfe
           to
           returne
           into
           France
           ,
           to
           raise
           new
           Forces
           against
           the
           next
           yeare
           ,
           with
           the
           two
           Arch-dukes
           ,
           Mathias
           and
           Maximilian
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           of
           the
           Nobilitie
           ,
           was
           with
           great
           magnificence
           
           conducted
           to
           Nurenburg
           ,
           there
           by
           them
           royally
           feasted
           ,
           
           (
           how
           it
           chanced
           is
           not
           knowne
           ;
           )
           but
           the
           next
           morning
           he
           was
           found
           dead
           ,
           and
           his
           brother
           in
           law
           died
           two
           dayes
           after
           ;
           whose
           hearts
           ,
           after
           this
           great
           triumph
           ,
           with
           much
           sorrow
           were
           carried
           into
           France
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           VII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             unhappie
             Siege
             of
             Caniza
             ;
             Earle
             Meldritch
             serveth
             Prince
             Sigismundus
             ;
             Prince
             Moyses
             besiegeth
             
               Regall
               ;
               Smiths
            
             three
             single
             combats
             ;
             His
             Patent
             from
             Sigismundus
             ,
             and
             reward
             .
          
        
         
           THe
           worthy
           Lord
           Rosworme
           had
           not
           a
           worse
           journey
           to
           the
           miserable
           Seige
           of
           Caniza
           ,
           
           (
           where
           by
           the
           extremitie
           of
           an
           extraordinary
           continuing
           tempest
           of
           haile
           ,
           wind
           ,
           frost
           and
           snow
           ,
           in
           so
           much
           that
           the
           Christians
           were
           forced
           to
           leave
           their
           Tents
           and
           Artillery
           ,
           and
           what
           they
           had
           ;
           it
           being
           so
           cold
           that
           three
           or
           foure
           hundred
           of
           them
           were
           frozen
           to
           death
           in
           a
           night
           ,
           and
           two
           or
           three
           thousand
           lost
           in
           that
           miserable
           flight
           in
           the
           snowie
           tempest
           ,
           though
           they
           did
           know
           no
           enemie
           at
           all
           to
           follow
           them
           :
           )
           than
           the
           noble
           Earle
           of
           Meldritch
           had
           to
           Transilvania
           ,
           where
           hearing
           of
           the
           death
           of
           Michael
           and
           the
           brave
           Duke
           Mercury
           ,
           and
           knowing
           the
           policie
           of
           Busca
           ,
           and
           the
           Prince
           his
           Roialtie
           ,
           being
           now
           beyond
           all
           beleefe
           of
           men
           ,
           in
           possession
           of
           the
           best
           part
           of
           Transilvania
           ,
           perswaded
           his
           troopes
           ,
           in
           so
           honest
           a
           cause
           ,
           to
           assist
           the
           Prince
           against
           the
           Turke
           ,
           rather
           than
           Busca
           against
           the
           Prince
           .
        
         
           The
           souldiers
           being
           worne
           out
           with
           those
           hard
           payes
           and
           travells
           ,
           
           upon
           hope
           to
           have
           free
           libertie
           to
           make
           bootie
           upon
           what
           they
           could
           get
           possession
           of
           from
           the
           Turkes
           ,
           was
           easily
           perswaded
           to
           follow
           him
           whithersoever
           .
           Now
           this
           noble
           Earle
           was
           a
           Transilvanian
           borne
           ,
           and
           his
           fathers
           Countrey
           yet
           inhabited
           by
           the
           Turkes
           ;
           for
           Transilvania
           was
           yet
           in
           three
           divisions
           ,
           though
           the
           Prince
           had
           the
           hearts
           both
           of
           Country
           and
           people
           ;
           yet
           the
           Frontiers
           had
           a
           Garrison
           amongst
           the
           unpassable
           mountaines
           ,
           some
           for
           the
           Emperour
           ,
           some
           for
           the
           Prince
           ,
           and
           some
           for
           the
           Turke
           :
           to
           regaine
           which
           small
           estate
           ,
           hee
           desired
           leave
           of
           the
           Prince
           to
           trie
           his
           fortunes
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           use
           of
           that
           experience
           ,
           the
           time
           of
           twentie
           yeares
           had
           taught
           him
           in
           the
           Emperours
           service
           ,
           promising
           to
           spend
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           dayes
           for
           his
           countries
           defence
           in
           his
           Excellencies
           service
           .
           The
           Prince
           glad
           of
           so
           brave
           a
           Commander
           ,
           and
           so
           many
           expert
           and
           ancient
           souldiers
           ,
           made
           him
           Campe-master
           of
           his
           Armie
           ,
           gave
           him
           all
           necessary
           releefe
           for
           his
           troopes
           and
           what
           freedome
           they
           desired
           to
           plunder
           the
           Turkes
           .
        
         
           The
           Earle
           having
           made
           many
           incursions
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Zarkam
           among
           those
           rockie
           mountains
           ,
           where
           were
           some
           Turks
           ,
           some
           Tartars
           ,
           
           but
           most
           
             Bandittoes
             ,
             Rennegadoes
          
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           which
           sometimes
           hee
           forced
           into
           the
           Plaines
           of
           Regall
           ,
           where
           is
           a
           Citie
           not
           only
           of
           men
           and
           fortifications
           ,
           strong
           of
           it selfe
           ,
           but
           so
           environed
           with
           mountaines
           ,
           that
           made
           the
           passages
           so
           difficult
           ,
           that
           in
           all
           these
           warres
           no
           attempt
           had
           beene
           made
           upon
           it
           to
           any
           purpose
           :
           Having
           satisfied
           himselfe
           with
           the
           Situation
           
           and
           the
           most
           convenient
           passages
           to
           bring
           his
           Armie
           unto
           it
           :
           The
           earth
           no
           sooner
           put
           on
           her
           greene
           habit
           ,
           than
           the
           Earle
           overspread
           her
           with
           his
           armed
           troopes
           .
           To
           possesse
           himselfe
           first
           of
           the
           most
           convenient
           passage
           ,
           which
           was
           a
           narrow
           valley
           betwixt
           two
           high
           mountaines
           ;
           he
           sent
           Colonell
           Veltus
           with
           his
           Regiment
           ,
           dispersed
           in
           companies
           to
           lye
           in
           Ambuscado
           ,
           as
           he
           had
           directed
           them
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           morning
           to
           driue
           all
           the
           cattell
           they
           could
           finde
           before
           a
           Fort
           in
           that
           passage
           ,
           whom
           he
           supposed
           would
           sally
           ,
           seeing
           but
           some
           small
           partie
           ,
           to
           recover
           their
           prey
           ;
           which
           tooke
           such
           good
           successe
           ,
           that
           the
           Garrison
           was
           cut
           off
           by
           the
           Ambuscado
           ,
           and
           Veltus
           seized
           on
           the
           Skonces
           ,
           which
           was
           abandoned
           .
           Meldritch
           glad
           of
           so
           fortunate
           a
           beginning
           ,
           it
           was
           six
           dayes
           ere
           he
           could
           with
           six
           thousand
           Pioners
           make
           passage
           for
           his
           Ordnance
           :
           The
           Turkes
           having
           such
           warning
           ,
           strengthned
           the
           Towne
           so
           with
           men
           and
           provision
           ,
           that
           they
           made
           a
           scorne
           of
           so
           small
           a
           number
           as
           Meldritch
           brought
           with
           him
           before
           the
           Citie
           ,
           which
           was
           but
           eight
           thousand
           .
           Before
           they
           had
           pitched
           their
           Tents
           ,
           the
           Turkes
           sallied
           in
           such
           abundance
           ,
           as
           for
           an
           houre
           they
           had
           rather
           a
           bloudy
           battell
           than
           a
           skirmish
           ,
           but
           with
           the
           losse
           of
           neere
           fifteene
           hundred
           on
           both
           sides
           .
           
           The
           Turkes
           were
           chased
           till
           the
           Cities
           Ordnance
           caused
           the
           Earle
           to
           retire
           .
           The
           next
           day
           
             Zachel
             Moyses
          
           ,
           Generall
           of
           the
           Armie
           ,
           pitched
           also
           his
           tents
           with
           nine
           thousand
           foot
           and
           horse
           ,
           and
           six
           and
           twenty
           peeces
           of
           Ordnance
           ;
           but
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           situation
           of
           this
           strong
           Fortresse
           ,
           they
           did
           neither
           feare
           them
           nor
           hurt
           them
           ,
           being
           upon
           the
           point
           of
           a
           faire
           promontory
           ,
           environed
           on
           the
           one
           side
           within
           halfe
           a
           mile
           with
           an
           un-usefull
           mountaine
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           other
           side
           with
           a
           faire
           Plaine
           ,
           where
           the
           Christians
           encamped
           ,
           but
           so
           commanded
           by
           their
           Ordnance
           ,
           they
           spent
           neere
           a
           month
           in
           entrenching
           themselves
           ,
           and
           raising
           their
           mounts
           to
           plant
           their
           batteries
           ;
           which
           slow
           proceedings
           the
           Turkes
           oft
           derided
           ,
           that
           their
           Ordnance
           were
           at
           pawne
           ,
           and
           how
           they
           grew
           fat
           for
           want
           of
           exercise
           ,
           and
           fearing
           lest
           they
           should
           depart
           ere
           they
           could
           assault
           their
           Citie
           ,
           sent
           this
           Challenge
           to
           any
           Captaine
           in
           the
           Armie
           .
        
         
           That
           to
           delight
           the
           Ladies
           ,
           who
           did
           long
           to
           see
           some
           court-like
           pastime
           ,
           the
           Lord
           Turbashaw
           did
           defie
           any
           Captaine
           ,
           that
           had
           the
           command
           of
           a
           Company
           ,
           who
           durst
           combate
           with
           him
           for
           his
           head
           :
           The
           matter
           being
           discussed
           ,
           it
           was
           accepted
           ,
           but
           so
           many
           questions
           grew
           for
           the
           undertaking
           ,
           it
           was
           decided
           by
           lots
           ,
           which
           fell
           upon
           Captaine
           Smith
           ,
           before
           spoken
           of
           .
        
         
           
           
           Truce
           being
           made
           for
           that
           time
           ,
           the
           Rampiers
           all
           beset
           with
           faire
           Dames
           ,
           and
           men
           in
           Armes
           ,
           the
           Christians
           in
           
             Battalio
             ;
             Turbashaw
          
           with
           a
           noise
           of
           Howboyes
           entred
           the
           fields
           well
           mounted
           and
           armed
           ;
           on
           his
           shoulders
           were
           fixed
           a
           paire
           of
           great
           wings
           ,
           compacted
           of
           Eagles
           feathers
           within
           a
           ridge
           of
           silver
           ,
           richly
           garnished
           with
           gold
           and
           precious
           stones
           ,
           a
           Ianizary
           before
           him
           ,
           bearing
           his
           Lance
           ,
           on
           each
           side
           another
           leading
           his
           horse
           ;
           where
           long
           hee
           stayed
           nor
           ,
           ere
           Smith
           with
           a
           noise
           of
           Trumpets
           ,
           only
           a
           Page
           bearing
           his
           Lance
           ,
           passing
           by
           him
           with
           a
           courteous
           salute
           ,
           tooke
           his
           ground
           with
           such
           good
           successe
           ,
           that
           at
           the
           sound
           of
           the
           charge
           ,
           he
           passed
           the
           Turke
           thorow
           the
           sight
           of
           his
           Beaver
           ,
           face
           ,
           head
           and
           all
           ,
           that
           he
           fell
           dead
           to
           the
           ground
           ,
           where
           alighting
           and
           unbracing
           
           
           
           his
           Helmet
           ,
           cut
           off
           his
           head
           ,
           and
           the
           Turkes
           tooke
           his
           body
           ;
           and
           so
           returned
           without
           any
           hurt
           at
           all
           .
           The
           head
           hee
           presented
           to
           the
           Lord
           Moses
           ,
           the
           Generall
           ,
           who
           kindly
           accepted
           it
           ,
           and
           with
           joy
           to
           the
           whole
           armie
           he
           was
           generally
           welcomed
           .
        
         
           
           The
           death
           of
           this
           Captaine
           so
           swelled
           in
           the
           heart
           of
           one
           Grualgo
           ,
           his
           vowed
           friend
           ,
           as
           rather
           inraged
           with
           madnesse
           than
           choller
           ,
           he
           directed
           a
           particular
           challenge
           to
           the
           Conquerour
           ,
           to
           regaine
           his
           friends
           head
           ,
           or
           lose
           his
           owne
           ,
           with
           his
           horse
           and
           Armour
           for
           advantage
           ,
           which
           according
           to
           his
           desire
           ,
           was
           the
           next
           day
           undertaken
           :
           as
           before
           upon
           the
           sound
           of
           the
           Trumpets
           ,
           their
           Lances
           flew
           in
           peeces
           upon
           a
           cleare
           passage
           ,
           but
           the
           Turke
           was
           neere
           unhorsed
           .
           Their
           Pistolls
           was
           the
           next
           ,
           which
           marked
           Smith
           upon
           the
           placard
           ;
           but
           the
           next
           shot
           the
           Turke
           was
           so
           wounded
           in
           the
           left
           arme
           ,
           that
           being
           not
           able
           to
           rule
           his
           horse
           ,
           and
           defend
           himselfe
           ,
           he
           was
           throwne
           to
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           so
           bruised
           with
           the
           fall
           ,
           that
           he
           lost
           his
           head
           ,
           as
           his
           friend
           before
           him
           ;
           with
           his
           horse
           and
           Armour
           ;
           but
           his
           body
           and
           his
           rich
           apparell
           was
           sent
           backe
           to
           the
           Towne
           .
        
         
           Every
           day
           the
           Turkes
           made
           some
           sallies
           ,
           but
           few
           skirmishes
           would
           they
           endure
           to
           any
           purpose
           .
           Our
           workes
           and
           approaches
           being
           not
           yet
           advanced
           to
           that
           height
           and
           effect
           which
           was
           of
           necessitie
           to
           be
           performed
           ;
           to
           delude
           time
           ,
           Smith
           with
           so
           many
           incontradictible
           perswading
           reasons
           ,
           obtained
           leave
           that
           the
           Ladies
           might
           know
           he
           was
           not
           so
           much
           enamoured
           of
           their
           servants
           heads
           ,
           but
           if
           any
           Turke
           of
           their
           ranke
           would
           come
           to
           the
           place
           of
           combate
           to
           redeeme
           them
           ,
           should
           have
           his
           also
           upon
           the
           like
           conditions
           ,
           if
           he
           could
           winne
           it
           .
        
         
           
           The
           challenge
           presently
           was
           accepted
           by
           
             Bonny
             Mulgro
          
           .
           The
           next
           day
           both
           the
           Champions
           entring
           the
           field
           as
           before
           ,
           each
           discharging
           their
           Pistoll
           ,
           having
           no
           Lances
           ,
           but
           such
           martiall
           weapons
           as
           the
           defendant
           appointed
           ,
           no
           hurt
           was
           done
           ;
           their
           Battle-axes
           was
           the
           next
           ,
           whose
           piercing
           bils
           made
           sometime
           the
           one
           ,
           sometime
           the
           other
           to
           have
           scarce
           sense
           to
           keepe
           their
           saddles
           ,
           specially
           the
           Christian
           received
           such
           a
           blow
           that
           he
           lost
           his
           Battle-axe
           ,
           and
           failed
           not
           much
           to
           have
           fallen
           after
           it
           ,
           wherat
           the
           supposing
           conquering
           Turk
           ,
           had
           a
           great
           shout
           from
           the
           Rampiers
           .
           The
           Turk
           prosecuted
           his
           advantage
           to
           the
           uttermost
           of
           his
           power
           ;
           yet
           the
           other
           ,
           what
           by
           the
           readinesse
           of
           his
           horse
           ,
           and
           his
           judgement
           and
           dexterity
           in
           such
           a
           businesse
           ,
           beyond
           all
           mens
           expectation
           ,
           by
           Gods
           assistance
           ,
           not
           onely
           avoided
           the
           Turkes
           violence
           ,
           but
           having
           drawne
           his
           Faulchion
           ,
           pierced
           the
           Turke
           so
           under
           the
           Culets
           thorow
           backe
           and
           body
           ,
           that
           although
           he
           alighted
           from
           his
           horse
           ,
           he
           stood
           not
           long
           ere
           hee
           lost
           his
           head
           ,
           as
           the
           rest
           had
           done
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           CHAP.
           VIII
           .
        
         
           
             
               Georgio
               Busca
            
             an
             Albane
             his
             ingratitude
             to
             Prince
             Sigismundus
             ;
             Prince
             Moyses
             his
             Lieutenant
             ,
             is
             overthrowne
             by
             Busca
             ,
             Generall
             for
             the
             Emperour
             
               Rodolphus
               ;
               Sigismundus
            
             yeeldeth
             his
             Countrey
             to
             
               Rodolphus
               ;
               Busca
            
             assisteth
             Prince
             Rodoll
             in
             Wallachia
             .
          
        
         
           THis
           good
           successe
           gave
           such
           great
           encouragement
           to
           the
           whole
           Armie
           ,
           that
           with
           a
           guard
           of
           six
           thousand
           ,
           three
           spare
           horses
           ,
           before
           each
           a
           Turkes
           head
           upon
           a
           Lance
           ,
           he
           was
           conducted
           to
           the
           Generalls
           Pavillion
           with
           his
           Presents
           .
           Moyses
           received
           both
           him
           and
           them
           with
           as
           much
           respect
           as
           the
           occasion
           deserved
           ,
           embracing
           him
           in
           his
           armes
           ,
           gave
           him
           a
           faire
           Horse
           richly
           furnished
           ,
           a
           S●mitere
           and
           belt
           worth
           three
           hundred
           ducats
           ;
           and
           Meldritch
           made
           him
           Sergeant
           major
           of
           his
           Regiment
           .
           But
           now
           to
           the
           siege
           ,
           having
           mounted
           six
           and
           twenty
           peeces
           of
           Ordnance
           fifty
           or
           sixty
           foot
           above
           the
           Plaine
           ,
           made
           them
           so
           plainly
           tell
           his
           meaning
           ,
           that
           within
           fifteene
           dayes
           two
           breaches
           were
           made
           ,
           which
           the
           Turkes
           as
           valiantly
           defended
           as
           men
           could
           ;
           that
           day
           was
           made
           a
           darksome
           night
           ,
           but
           by
           the
           light
           that
           proceeded
           from
           the
           murdering
           Muskets
           ,
           and
           peace-making
           Canon
           ,
           whilest
           their
           slothfull
           Governour
           lay
           in
           a
           Castle
           on
           the
           top
           of
           a
           high
           mountaine
           ,
           and
           like
           a
           valiant
           Prince
           asketh
           what
           's
           the
           matter
           ,
           when
           horrour
           and
           death
           stood
           amazed
           each
           at
           other
           ,
           to
           see
           who
           should
           prevaile
           to
           make
           him
           victorious
           :
           Moyses
           commanding
           a
           generall
           assault
           upon
           the
           sloping
           front
           of
           the
           high
           Promontory
           ,
           
           where
           the
           Barons
           of
           Budendorfe
           and
           Oberwin
           lost
           neere
           halfe
           their
           Regiments
           ,
           by
           logs
           ,
           bags
           of
           powder
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           tumbling
           downe
           the
           hill
           ,
           they
           were
           to
           mount
           ere
           they
           could
           come
           to
           the
           breach
           ;
           notwithstanding
           with
           an
           incredible
           courage
           they
           advanced
           to
           the
           push
           of
           the
           Pike
           with
           the
           defendāts
           ,
           that
           with
           the
           like
           courage
           repulsed
           ,
           till
           the
           Earle
           
             Meldritch
             ,
             Becklefield
          
           and
           Zarvana
           ,
           with
           their
           fresh
           Regiments
           seconded
           them
           with
           that
           fury
           ,
           that
           the
           Turks
           retired
           and
           fled
           into
           the
           Castle
           ,
           from
           whence
           by
           a
           flag
           of
           truce
           they
           desired
           composition
           .
           The
           Earle
           remembring
           his
           fathers
           death
           ,
           battered
           it
           with
           all
           the
           Ordnance
           in
           the
           Towne
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           day
           tooke
           it
           ;
           all
           he
           found
           could
           beare
           Armes
           he
           put
           to
           the
           sword
           ,
           and
           set
           their
           heads
           upon
           stakes
           round
           about
           the
           walles
           ,
           in
           the
           same
           manner
           they
           had
           used
           the
           Christians
           ,
           when
           they
           tooke
           it
           .
           Moyses
           having
           repaired
           the
           Rampiers
           ,
           and
           throwne
           downe
           the
           worke
           in
           his
           Campe
           ,
           he
           put
           in
           it
           a
           strong
           Garrison
           ,
           though
           the
           pillage
           he
           had
           gotten
           in
           the
           Towne
           was
           much
           ,
           having
           beene
           for
           a
           long
           time
           an
           impregnable
           den
           of
           theeves
           ;
           yet
           the
           losse
           of
           the
           Armie
           so
           intermingled
           the
           sowre
           with
           the
           sweet
           ,
           as
           forced
           Moyses
           to
           seek
           a
           further
           revenge
           ,
           that
           he
           sacked
           
             Veratio
             ,
             Solmos
          
           ,
           and
           Kupronka
           ,
           and
           with
           two
           thousand
           prisoners
           ,
           most
           women
           and
           children
           ,
           came
           to
           Esenberg
           ,
           not
           farre
           from
           the
           Princes
           Palace
           ,
           where
           he
           there
           Encamped
           .
        
         
           Sigismundus
           comming
           to
           view
           his
           Armie
           ,
           was
           presented
           with
           the
           Prisoners
           ,
           
           and
           six
           and
           thirtie
           Ensignes
           ;
           where
           celebrating
           thankes
           to
           Almightie
           God
           in
           triumph
           of
           those
           victories
           ,
           hee
           was
           made
           acquainted
           with
           the
           service
           Smith
           had
           done
           at
           
             Olumpagh
             ,
             Stowle-Wesenburg
          
           and
           Regall
           ,
           for
           which
           with
           great
           honour
           hee
           gave
           him
           three
           Turkes
           heads
           in
           a
           Shield
           for
           his
           Armes
           ,
           by
           Patent
           ,
           under
           his
           hand
           and
           Seale
           ,
           with
           an
           Oath
           ever
           to
           weare
           them
           in
           his
           Colours
           ,
           his
           Picture
           in
           Gould
           ,
           and
           three
           hundred
           Ducats
           ,
           yearely
           for
           a
           Pension
           .
        
         
           
             
               
                 
                   
                
                 
                   
                   SIGISMVNDVS
                   BATHORI
                   ,
                   Dei
                   gratia
                   Dux
                   
                     Transilvaniae
                     ,
                     Wallachiae
                  
                   ,
                   &
                   Vandalorum
                   ;
                   Comes
                   
                     Anchard
                     ,
                     Salford
                     ,
                     Growenda
                  
                   ;
                   Cunctis
                   his
                   literis
                   significansus
                   qui
                   eas
                   lecturi
                   aut
                   audituri
                   sunt
                   ,
                   concessam
                   licentiam
                   aut
                   facultatem
                   
                     Iohanni
                     Smith
                  
                   ,
                   natione
                   Anglo
                   Generoso
                   ,
                   250.
                   militum
                   Capitan●o
                   sub
                   Illustrissimi
                   &
                   Gravissimi
                   
                     Henrici
                     Volda
                  
                   ,
                   Comitis
                   de
                   
                     Meldri
                     ,
                     Salmariae
                  
                   ,
                   &
                   Peldoiae
                   primario
                   ,
                   ex
                   1000.
                   equitibus
                   &
                   1500.
                   peditibus
                   bello
                   Vngarico
                   conductione
                   in
                   Provincias
                   suprascriptas
                   sub
                   Authoritate
                   nostra
                   :
                   cui
                   servituti
                   omni
                   laude
                   ,
                   perpetuaque
                   memoria
                   dignum
                   praebuit
                   sese
                   erga
                   nos
                   ,
                   ut
                   virum
                   strenuum
                   pugnantem
                   pro
                   aris
                   &
                   focis
                   decet
                   .
                   Quare
                   è
                   favore
                   nostro
                   militario
                   ipsumordine
                   condonavimus
                   ,
                   &
                   in
                   Sigillum
                   illius
                   tria
                   Turcica
                   Capita
                   designare
                   &
                   deprimere
                   concessimus
                   ,
                   quae
                   ipse
                   gladio
                   suo
                   ad
                   Vrbem
                   Regalem
                   in
                   singulari
                   praelio
                   vicit
                   ,
                   mactavit
                   ,
                   atque
                   decollavit
                   in
                   Transilvaniae
                   Provincia
                   :
                   Sed
                   fortuna
                   cum
                   variabilis
                   ancepsque
                   sit
                   idem
                   forte
                   fortuito
                   in
                   Wallachia
                   Provincia
                   Anno
                   Domini
                   1602.
                   die
                   Mensis
                   Novembris
                   18.
                   cum
                   multis
                   aliis
                   etian
                   Nobilibus
                   &
                   aliis
                   quibusdam
                   militibus
                   captus
                   est
                   à
                   Domino
                   Bascha
                   electo
                   ex
                   Cambia
                   regionis
                   Tartariae
                   ,
                   cujus
                   severitate
                   adductus
                   salutem
                   quantam
                   potuit
                   quaesivit
                   ,
                   tantumque
                   effecit
                   ,
                   Deo
                   omnipotente
                   adjuvante
                   ,
                   ut
                   deliberavit
                   se
                   ,
                   &
                   ad
                   suos
                   Commilitones
                   revertit
                   ;
                   ex
                   quibus
                   ipsum
                   liberavimus
                   ,
                   &
                   haec
                   nobis
                   testimonia
                   habuit
                   ut
                   majori
                   licentia
                   frueretur
                   qua
                   dignus
                   esset
                   ,
                   jam
                   tendet
                   in
                   patriam
                   suam
                   dulcissimam
                   :
                   Rogamus
                   ergo
                   omnes
                   nostros
                   charissimos
                   ,
                   confinitimos
                   ,
                   Duces
                   ,
                   Principes
                   ,
                   Comites
                   ,
                   Barones
                   ,
                   Gubernatores
                   
                   Vrbium
                   &
                   Navium
                   in
                   eadem
                   Regione
                   &
                   caeterarum
                   Provinciarum
                   in
                   quibus
                   ille
                   residere
                   conatiu
                   fuerit
                   ut
                   idem
                   permittatur
                   Capitancus
                   libere
                   sine
                   obstaculo
                   omni
                   versari
                   .
                   Haec
                   ●cientes
                   pergra●um
                   nobis
                   feceritis
                   .
                   Signatum
                   Lesprizia
                   in
                   Misnia
                   die
                   Mensis
                   Decembris
                   9.
                   
                   Anno
                   Domini
                   1603.
                   
                
                 
                   
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Cum
                       Privilegio
                       propriae
                       Majestatis
                    
                     .
                     SIGISMVNDVS
                     BATHORI
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   UNIVERSIS
                   ,
                   &
                   singulis
                   ,
                   cujuscunque
                   loci
                   ,
                   status
                   ,
                   gradus
                   ordinis
                   ,
                   ac
                   conditionis
                   ad
                   quos
                   hoc
                   praesens
                   scriptum
                   pervenerit
                   ,
                   
                     Guilielmus
                     Segar
                  
                   Eques
                   auratus
                   aliàs
                   dictus
                   Garterus
                   Principalis
                   Rex
                   Armorum
                   Anglicorum
                   ,
                   Salutem
                   .
                   Sciatis
                   ,
                   quod
                   Ego
                   praedictus
                   Garterus
                   ,
                   notum
                   ,
                   testatumque
                   facio
                   ,
                   quod
                   Patentem
                   suprascripium
                   ,
                   cum
                   manu
                   propriapraedicti
                   Ducis
                   Transilvaniae
                   subsignatum
                   ,
                   &
                   Sigillo
                   suo
                   affixum
                   ,
                   Vidi
                   :
                   &
                   Copiam
                   veram
                   ejusdem
                   (
                   in
                   perpetuam
                   rei
                   memoriam
                   )
                   transcripsi
                   ,
                   &
                   recordavi
                   in
                   Archivis
                   ,
                   &
                   
                     Registris
                     Officii
                  
                   Armorum
                   .
                   Datum
                   
                     Londini
                     19.
                  
                   die
                   Augusti
                   ,
                   Anno
                   Domini
                   1625.
                   
                   Annoque
                   Regni
                   Domini
                   nostri
                   CAROLI
                   Dei
                   gratia
                   Magnae
                   
                     Britanniae
                     ,
                     Franciae
                  
                   ,
                   &
                   Hiberniae
                   Regis
                   ,
                   Fidei
                   Defensoris
                   ,
                   &c.
                   Primo
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     GVILIELMVS
                     SEGAR
                     ,
                     Garterus
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                   SIGISMVNDVS
                   BATHOR
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Grace
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   Duke
                   of
                   
                     Transilvania
                     ,
                     Wallachia
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Moldavia
                   ,
                   Earle
                   of
                   
                     Anchard
                     ,
                     Salford
                  
                   and
                   Growenda
                   ;
                   to
                   whom
                   this
                   Writing
                   may
                   come
                   or
                   appeare
                   .
                   Know
                   that
                   We
                   have
                   given
                   leave
                   and
                   licence
                   to
                   
                     Iohn
                     Smith
                  
                   an
                   English
                   Gentleman
                   ,
                   Captaine
                   of
                   250.
                   
                   Souldiers
                   ,
                   under
                   the
                   most
                   Generous
                   and
                   Honourable
                   
                     Henry
                     
                     Volda
                  
                   ,
                   Earle
                   of
                   
                     Meldritch
                     ,
                     Salmaria
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Peldoia
                   ,
                   Colonell
                   of
                   a
                   thousand
                   horse
                   ,
                   and
                   fifteene
                   hundred
                   foot
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   warres
                   of
                   Hungary
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Provinces
                   aforesaid
                   under
                   our
                   authority
                   ;
                   whose
                   service
                   doth
                   deserve
                   all
                   praise
                   and
                   perpetuall
                   memory
                   towards
                   us
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   man
                   that
                   did
                   for
                   God
                   and
                   his
                   Country
                   overcome
                   his
                   enemies
                   :
                   Wherefore
                   out
                   of
                   Our
                   love
                   and
                   favour
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   law
                   of
                   Armes
                   ,
                   We
                   have
                   ordained
                   and
                   given
                   him
                   in
                   his
                   shield
                   of
                   Armes
                   ,
                   the
                   figure
                   and
                   description
                   of
                   three
                   Turks
                   heads
                   ,
                   which
                   with
                   his
                   sword
                   before
                   the
                   towne
                   of
                   Regall
                   ,
                   in
                   single
                   combat
                   he
                   did
                   overcome
                   ,
                   kill
                   ,
                   and
                   cut
                   off
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Province
                   of
                   Transilvania
                   .
                   But
                   fortune
                   ,
                   as
                   she
                   is
                   very
                   variable
                   ,
                   so
                   it
                   chanced
                   and
                   happened
                   to
                   him
                   in
                   the
                   Province
                   of
                   Wallachia
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   yeare
                   our
                   Lord
                   ,
                   1602.
                   the
                   18.
                   day
                   of
                   November
                   ,
                   with
                   many
                   others
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   Noble
                   men
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   divers
                   other
                   Souldiers
                   ,
                   were
                   taken
                   prisoners
                   by
                   the
                   Lord
                   Bashaw
                   of
                   Cambia
                   ,
                   a
                   Country
                   of
                   Tartaria
                   ;
                   whose
                   cruelty
                   brought
                   him
                   such
                   good
                   fortune
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   helpe
                   and
                   power
                   of
                   Almighty
                   God
                   ,
                   that
                   hee
                   delivered
                   himselfe
                   ,
                   and
                   returned
                   againe
                   to
                   his
                   company
                   and
                   fellow
                   souldiers
                   ,
                   of
                   whom
                   We
                   doe
                   discharge
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   hee
                   hath
                   in
                   witnesse
                   thereof
                   ,
                   being
                   much
                   more
                   worthy
                   of
                   a
                   better
                   reward
                   ;
                   and
                   now
                   intends
                   to
                   returne
                   to
                   his
                   owne
                   sweet
                   Country
                   .
                   We
                   desire
                   therefore
                   all
                   our
                   loving
                   and
                   kinde
                   kinsmen
                   ,
                   Dukes
                   ,
                   Princes
                   ,
                   Earles
                   ,
                   Barons
                   ,
                   Governours
                   of
                   Townes
                   ,
                   Cities
                   ,
                   or
                   Ships
                   ,
                   in
                   this
                   Kingdome
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   Provinces
                   he
                   shall
                   come
                   in
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   freely
                   let
                   passe
                   this
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Captaine
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   hinderance
                   or
                   molestation
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   doing
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   kindnesse
                   we
                   are
                   alwayes
                   ready
                   to
                   doe
                   the
                   like
                   for
                   you
                   .
                   Sealed
                   at
                   Lipswick
                   in
                   Misenland
                   ,
                   the
                   ninth
                   of
                   December
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   yeare
                   of
                   our
                   Lord
                   ,
                   1603.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     
                       With
                       the
                       proper
                       privilege
                       of
                       his
                       Majestie
                       .
                    
                     SIGISMVNDVS
                     BATHOR
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   TO
                   all
                   and
                   singular
                   ,
                   in
                   what
                   place
                   ,
                   state
                   ,
                   degree
                   ,
                   order
                   ,
                   or
                   condition
                   whatsoever
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   this
                   present
                   writing
                   shall
                   come
                   :
                   [
                   
                     William
                     Segar
                  
                   Knight
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   Garter
                   ,
                   and
                   principall
                   King
                   of
                   Armes
                   of
                   England
                   ,
                   wish
                   health
                   .
                   Know
                   that
                   I
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Garter
                   ,
                   do
                   witnesse
                   and
                   approve
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   aforesaid
                   Patent
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   seene
                   ,
                   signed
                   ,
                   &
                   sealed
                   ,
                   under
                   the
                   proper
                   hand
                   
                   and
                   Seale
                   Manual
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Duke
                   of
                   Transilvania
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   true
                   coppy
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   thing
                   for
                   perpetuall
                   memory
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   subscribed
                   and
                   recorded
                   in
                   the
                   Register
                   and
                   office
                   of
                   the
                   Heralds
                   of
                   Armes
                   .
                   Dated
                   at
                   London
                   the
                   nineteenth
                   day
                   of
                   August
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   yeare
                   of
                   our
                   Lord
                   ,
                   1625.
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   yeare
                   of
                   our
                   Soueraigne
                   Lord
                   Charles
                   by
                   the
                   grace
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   King
                   of
                   great
                   
                     Britaine
                     ,
                     France
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Ireland
                   ;
                   Defender
                   of
                   the
                   faith
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     WILLIAM
                     SEGAR
                     .
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           IX
           .
        
         
           
             Sigismundus
             sends
             Ambassadours
             vnto
             the
             Emperour
             ;
             the
             conditions
             re-assured
             ;
             He
             yeeldeth
             up
             all
             to
             Busca
             ,
             and
             returneth
             to
             Prague
             .
          
        
         
           BVsca
           having
           all
           this
           time
           beene
           raising
           new
           forces
           ,
           was
           commanded
           from
           the
           Emperour
           againe
           to
           invade
           Transilvania
           ,
           which
           being
           one
           of
           the
           fruitfullest
           and
           strongest
           Countries
           in
           those
           parts
           ,
           was
           now
           rather
           a
           desart
           ,
           or
           the
           very
           spectacle
           of
           desolation
           ;
           their
           fruits
           and
           fields
           overgrowne
           with
           weeds
           ,
           their
           Churches
           and
           battered
           Palaces
           and
           best
           buildings
           ,
           as
           for
           feare
           ,
           hid
           with
           Mosse
           and
           Ivy
           ;
           being
           the
           very
           Bulwarke
           and
           Rampire
           of
           a
           great
           part
           of
           Europe
           ,
           most
           fit
           by
           all
           Christians
           to
           have
           beene
           supplyed
           and
           maintained
           ,
           was
           thus
           brought
           to
           ruine
           by
           them
           it
           most
           concerned
           to
           support
           it
           .
           But
           alas
           ,
           what
           is
           it
           ,
           when
           the
           power
           of
           Majestie
           pampered
           in
           all
           delights
           of
           pleasant
           vanity
           ,
           neither
           knowing
           nor
           considering
           the
           labour
           of
           the
           Ploughman
           ,
           the
           hazard
           of
           the
           Merchant
           ,
           the
           oppression
           of
           Statesmen
           ;
           nor
           feeling
           the
           piercing
           tormēts
           of
           broken
           limbes
           ,
           &
           inveterated
           wounds
           ,
           the
           toilsome
           marches
           ,
           the
           bad
           lodging
           ,
           the
           hungry
           diet
           ,
           and
           the
           extreme
           misery
           that
           Souldiers
           endure
           to
           secure
           all
           those
           estates
           ,
           and
           yet
           by
           the
           spight
           of
           malicious
           detraction
           ,
           starves
           for
           want
           of
           their
           reward
           and
           recompences
           ;
           whilest
           the
           politique
           Courtier
           ,
           that
           cōmonly
           aimes
           more
           at
           his
           owne
           honors
           &
           ends
           ,
           than
           his
           Countries
           good
           ,
           or
           his
           Princes
           glory
           ,
           honour
           ,
           or
           security
           ,
           as
           this
           worthy
           Prince
           too
           well
           could
           testifie
           .
           But
           the
           Emperor
           being
           certified
           how
           weak
           and
           desperate
           his
           estate
           was
           ,
           sent
           Busca
           againe
           with
           a
           great
           Army
           ,
           to
           trie
           his
           fortune
           once
           more
           in
           Transilvania
           .
           The
           Prince
           considering
           how
           his
           Country
           &
           subjects
           were
           consumed
           ,
           the
           small
           means
           he
           had
           any
           longer
           to
           defend
           his
           estate
           ,
           both
           against
           the
           cruelty
           of
           the
           Turke
           ,
           &
           the
           power
           of
           the
           Emperor
           ,
           &
           the
           small
           care
           the
           Polanders
           had
           in
           supplying
           him
           ,
           as
           they
           had
           promised
           ,
           sent
           to
           Busca
           to
           haue
           truce
           ,
           till
           messengers
           might
           be
           sent
           to
           the
           Emperour
           for
           some
           better
           agreement
           ,
           wherewith
           Busca
           was
           contented
           .
           The
           Ambassadours
           so
           prevailed
           ,
           that
           the
           Emperour
           re-assured
           vnto
           them
           the
           conditions
           he
           had
           promised
           the
           Prince
           at
           their
           confederacie
           for
           the
           lands
           in
           Silesia
           ,
           with
           60000.
           ducats
           presently
           in
           hand
           ,
           and
           50000.
           ducats
           yearely
           as
           a
           pension
           .
           When
           this
           conclusion
           was
           
           knowne
           to
           Moyses
           his
           Liestenant
           then
           in
           the
           field
           with
           the
           Army
           ,
           that
           would
           doe
           any
           thing
           rather
           than
           come
           in
           subjection
           to
           the
           Germans
           ,
           
           he
           encouraged
           his
           Souldiers
           ,
           and
           without
           any
           more
           adoe
           marched
           to
           encounter
           Busca
           ,
           whom
           he
           found
           much
           better
           provided
           than
           he
           expected
           ;
           so
           that
           betwixt
           them
           in
           six
           or
           seven
           houres
           ,
           more
           than
           five
           or
           six
           thousand
           on
           both
           sides
           lay
           dead
           in
           the
           field
           .
           Moyses
           thus
           overthrowne
           ,
           〈◊〉
           to
           the
           Turks
           at
           Temesware
           ,
           and
           his
           scattered
           troopes
           some
           one
           way
           ,
           some
           another
           .
        
         
           The
           Prince
           vnderstanding
           of
           this
           so
           sudden
           and
           unexpected
           accident
           ,
           onely
           accompanied
           with
           an
           hundred
           of
           his
           Gentry
           and
           Nobility
           ,
           went
           into
           the
           campe
           to
           Busca
           ,
           to
           let
           him
           know
           ,
           how
           ignorant
           he
           was
           of
           his
           Liestenants
           errour
           ,
           that
           had
           done
           it
           without
           his
           direction
           or
           knowledge
           ,
           freely
           offering
           to
           performe
           what
           was
           concluded
           by
           his
           Ambassadours
           with
           the
           Emperour
           ;
           
           and
           so
           causing
           all
           his
           Garrisons
           to
           come
           out
           of
           their
           strong
           holds
           ,
           he
           delivered
           all
           to
           Busca
           for
           the
           Emperour
           ,
           and
           so
           went
           to
           Prague
           ,
           where
           he
           was
           honourably
           receiued
           ,
           and
           established
           in
           his
           possessions
           ,
           as
           his
           Emperiall
           Majestie
           had
           promised
           .
           Busca
           assembling
           all
           the
           Nobility
           ,
           tooke
           their
           oaths
           of
           allegeance
           and
           fidelity
           ,
           and
           thus
           their
           Prince
           being
           gone
           ,
           Trasilvania
           became
           againe
           subject
           to
           the
           Emperour
           .
        
         
           Now
           after
           the
           death
           of
           Michael
           ,
           
           Vavoyd
           of
           Wallachia
           ,
           the
           Turke
           sent
           one
           Ieremie
           to
           be
           their
           Vavoyd
           or
           Prince
           ;
           whose
           insulting
           tyranny
           caused
           the
           people
           to
           take
           Armes
           against
           him
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           was
           forced
           to
           flie
           into
           the
           confines
           of
           Moldavia
           ;
           and
           Busca
           in
           the
           behalfe
           of
           the
           Emperour
           ,
           proclaimed
           the
           Lord
           Rodoll
           in
           his
           stead
           .
           But
           Ieremy
           having
           assembled
           an
           Army
           of
           forty
           thousand
           
             Turks
             ,
             Tartars
          
           ,
           and
           Moldavians
           ,
           returned
           into
           
             Wallachia
             .
             Rodoll
          
           not
           yet
           able
           to
           raise
           such
           a
           power
           ,
           fled
           into
           Transilvania
           to
           Busca
           ,
           his
           ancient
           friend
           ;
           who
           considering
           well
           of
           the
           matter
           ,
           and
           how
           good
           it
           would
           be
           for
           his
           owne
           security
           to
           have
           Wallachia
           subject
           to
           the
           Emperour
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           such
           an
           employment
           for
           the
           remainders
           of
           the
           old
           Regiments
           of
           Sigismundus
           ,
           (
           of
           whose
           greatnesse
           and
           true
           affection
           hee
           was
           very
           suspitious
           ,
           )
           sent
           them
           with
           Rodoll
           to
           recover
           Wallachia
           ,
           conducted
           by
           the
           valiant
           Captaines
           ,
           the
           Earle
           Meldritch
           ,
           Earle
           Veltus
           ,
           Earle
           Nederspolt
           ,
           Earle
           Zarvana
           ,
           the
           Lord
           Bechlefield
           ,
           the
           Lord
           Budendorfe
           ,
           with
           their
           Regiments
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           of
           great
           ranke
           and
           quality
           ,
           the
           greatest
           friends
           and
           alliances
           the
           Prince
           had
           ;
           who
           with
           thirty
           thousand
           ,
           marched
           along
           by
           the
           river
           Altus
           ,
           to
           the
           streights
           of
           Rebrinke
           ,
           where
           they
           entred
           Wallachia
           ,
           encamping
           at
           
             Raza
             ;
             Ieremie
          
           lying
           at
           Argish
           ,
           drew
           his
           Army
           into
           his
           old
           campe
           ,
           in
           the
           plaines
           of
           Peteske
           ,
           and
           with
           his
           best
           diligence
           fortified
           it
           ,
           intending
           to
           defend
           himselfe
           till
           more
           power
           came
           to
           him
           from
           the
           Crym-Tartar
           .
           Many
           small
           parties
           that
           came
           to
           his
           campe
           ,
           Rodoll
           cut
           off
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           nights
           would
           cause
           their
           heads
           to
           be
           throwne
           vp
           and
           downe
           before
           the
           trenches
           .
           Seven
           of
           their
           Porters
           were
           taken
           ,
           whom
           Ieremie
           commanded
           to
           be
           stayed
           quicke
           ,
           and
           after
           hung
           their
           skinnes
           vpon
           poles
           ,
           and
           their
           carkasses
           and
           heads
           on
           stakes
           by
           them
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           CHAP.
           X.
           
        
         
           
             The
             battell
             of
             Rotenton
             ;
             a
             pretty
             stratagem
             of
             fire-workes
             by
             Smith
             .
          
        
         
           ROdoll
           not
           knowing
           how
           to
           draw
           the
           enemie
           to
           battell
           ,
           raised
           his
           Armie
           ,
           burning
           and
           spoyling
           all
           where
           he
           came
           ,
           and
           returned
           againe
           towards
           Rebrinke
           in
           the
           night
           ,
           as
           if
           he
           had
           fled
           vpon
           the
           generall
           rumour
           of
           the
           Crym-Tartars
           comming
           ,
           which
           so
           inflamed
           the
           Turkes
           of
           a
           happy
           victory
           ,
           they
           vrged
           Ieremy
           against
           his
           will
           to
           follow
           them
           .
           Rodoll
           seeing
           his
           plot
           fell
           out
           as
           he
           desired
           ,
           so
           ordered
           the
           matter
           ,
           that
           having
           regained
           the
           streights
           ,
           he
           put
           his
           Army
           in
           order
           ,
           that
           had
           beene
           neere
           two
           dayes
           pursued
           ,
           with
           continuall
           skirmishes
           in
           his
           Reare
           ,
           
           which
           now
           making
           head
           against
           the
           enemie
           ,
           that
           followed
           with
           their
           whole
           Armie
           in
           the
           best
           manner
           they
           could
           ,
           was
           furiously
           charged
           with
           six
           thousand
           
             Hydukes
             ,
             Wallachians
          
           ,
           and
           Moldavians
           ,
           led
           by
           three
           Colonells
           ,
           
             Oversall
             ,
             Dubras
          
           ,
           and
           Calab
           ,
           to
           entertaine
           the
           time
           till
           the
           rest
           came
           up
           ;
           Veltus
           and
           Nederspolt
           with
           their
           Regiments
           ,
           entertained
           them
           with
           the
           like
           courage
           ,
           till
           the
           Zanzacke
           Hamesbeg
           ,
           with
           six
           thousand
           more
           ,
           came
           with
           a
           fresh
           charge
           ,
           which
           Meldritch
           and
           Budendorfe
           ,
           rather
           like
           enraged
           lions
           ,
           than
           men
           ,
           so
           bravely
           encountred
           ,
           as
           if
           in
           them
           only
           had
           consisted
           the
           victory
           ;
           Meldritchs
           horse
           being
           slaine
           vnder
           him
           ,
           the
           Turks
           pressed
           what
           they
           could
           to
           have
           taken
           him
           prisoner
           ,
           but
           being
           remounted
           ,
           it
           was
           thought
           with
           his
           owne
           hand
           he
           slew
           the
           valiant
           Zanzacke
           ,
           whereupon
           his
           troopes
           retyring
           ,
           the
           two
           proud
           
             Bashawes
             ,
             Aladin
          
           ,
           and
           Zizimmus
           ,
           brought
           up
           the
           front
           of
           the
           body
           of
           their
           battell
           .
           Veltus
           and
           Nederspolt
           having
           breathed
           ,
           and
           joyning
           their
           troopes
           with
           Becklefield
           and
           Zarvana
           ,
           with
           such
           an
           incredible
           courage
           charged
           the
           left
           flancke
           of
           Zizimmus
           ,
           as
           put
           them
           all
           in
           disorder
           ,
           where
           Zizimmus
           the
           Bashaw
           was
           taken
           prisoner
           ,
           but
           died
           presently
           upon
           his
           wounds
           .
           Ieremie
           seeing
           now
           the
           maine
           battell
           of
           Rodoll
           advance
           ,
           being
           thus
           constrained
           ,
           like
           a
           valiant
           Prince
           in
           his
           front
           of
           the
           Vantgard
           ,
           by
           his
           example
           so
           brauely
           encouraged
           his
           souldiers
           ,
           that
           Rodoll
           found
           no
           great
           assurance
           of
           the
           victorie
           .
           Thus
           being
           joyned
           in
           this
           bloudy
           massacre
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           scarce
           ground
           to
           stand
           upon
           ,
           but
           upon
           the
           dead
           carkasses
           ,
           which
           in
           lesse
           than
           an
           hower
           were
           so
           mingled
           ,
           as
           if
           each
           Regiment
           had
           singled
           out
           other
           .
           The
           admired
           Aladin
           that
           day
           did
           leave
           behinde
           him
           a
           glorious
           name
           for
           his
           valour
           ,
           whose
           death
           many
           of
           his
           enemies
           did
           lament
           after
           the
           victory
           ,
           which
           at
           that
           instant
           sell
           to
           Rodoll
           .
           It
           was
           reported
           Ieremie
           was
           also
           slaine
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           not
           so
           ,
           but
           fled
           with
           the
           remainder
           of
           his
           Armie
           to
           Moldavia
           ,
           leaving
           five
           and
           twenty
           thousand
           dead
           in
           the
           field
           ,
           of
           both
           Armies
           .
           
           And
           thus
           Rodoll
           was
           seated
           againe
           in
           his
           Soueraignty
           ,
           and
           Wallachia
           became
           subject
           to
           the
           Emperour
           .
        
         
           But
           long
           he
           rested
           not
           to
           settle
           his
           new
           estate
           ,
           but
           there
           came
           newes
           ,
           that
           certaine
           Regiments
           of
           stragling
           Tartars
           ,
           were
           forraging
           those
           parts
           towards
           
             Moldavia
             .
             Meldritch
          
           with
           thirteene
           thousand
           men
           was
           sent
           against
           them
           ,
           but
           when
           they
           heard
           it
           was
           the
           Crym-Tartar
           and
           his
           two
           
           sonnes
           ,
           with
           an
           Armie
           of
           thirty
           thousand
           ;
           and
           Ieremie
           ,
           that
           had
           escaped
           with
           fourteene
           or
           fifteene
           thousand
           ,
           lay
           in
           ambush
           for
           them
           about
           Langanaw
           ,
           he
           retired
           towards
           Rottenton
           ,
           a
           strong
           garrison
           for
           Rodoll
           ;
           but
           they
           were
           so
           invironed
           with
           these
           hellish
           numbers
           ,
           they
           could
           make
           no
           great
           haste
           for
           skirmishing
           with
           their
           scouts
           ,
           forragers
           ,
           and
           small
           parties
           that
           still
           encountred
           them
           .
           But
           one
           night
           amongst
           the
           rest
           ,
           having
           made
           a
           passage
           through
           a
           wood
           ,
           with
           an
           incredible
           expedition
           ,
           cutting
           trees
           thwart
           each
           other
           to
           hinder
           their
           passage
           ,
           in
           a
           thicke
           fogge
           early
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           unexpectedly
           they
           met
           two
           thousand
           loaded
           with
           pillage
           ,
           and
           two
           or
           three
           hundred
           horse
           and
           cattell
           ;
           the
           most
           of
           them
           were
           slaine
           and
           taken
           prisoners
           ,
           who
           told
           them
           where
           Ieremie
           lay
           in
           the
           passage
           ,
           expecting
           the
           Crym-Tartar
           that
           was
           not
           farre
           from
           him
           .
           Meldritch
           intending
           to
           make
           his
           passage
           perforce
           ,
           was
           advised
           of
           a
           pretty
           stratagem
           by
           the
           English
           Smith
           ,
           which
           presently
           he
           thus
           accomplished
           ;
           for
           having
           accommodated
           two
           or
           three
           hundred
           truncks
           with
           wilde
           fire
           ,
           vpon
           the
           heads
           of
           lances
           ,
           and
           charging
           the
           enemie
           in
           the
           night
           ,
           gave
           fire
           to
           the
           truncks
           ,
           which
           blazed
           forth
           such
           flames
           and
           sparkles
           ,
           that
           it
           so
           amazed
           not
           onely
           their
           horses
           ,
           but
           their
           foot
           also
           ;
           that
           by
           the
           meanes
           of
           this
           fl●ming
           encounter
           ,
           their
           owne
           horses
           turned
           tailes
           with
           such
           fury
           ,
           as
           by
           their
           violence
           overthrew
           Ieremy
           &
           his
           Army
           ,
           without
           any
           losse
           at
           all
           to
           speake
           of
           to
           Meldritch
           .
           But
           of
           this
           victory
           long
           they
           triumphed
           not
           ;
           for
           being
           within
           three
           leagues
           of
           Rottenton
           ,
           the
           Tartar
           with
           neere
           forty
           thousand
           so
           beset
           them
           ,
           that
           they
           must
           either
           fight
           ,
           or
           be
           cut
           in
           peeces
           flying
           .
           Here
           Busca
           and
           the
           Emperour
           had
           their
           desire
           ;
           for
           the
           Sunne
           no
           sooner
           displayed
           his
           beames
           ,
           than
           the
           Tartar
           his
           colours
           ;
           where
           at
           midday
           he
           stayed
           a
           while
           ,
           to
           see
           the
           passage
           of
           a
           tyrannicall
           and
           treacherous
           imposture
           ,
           till
           the
           earth
           did
           blush
           with
           the
           bloud
           of
           honesty
           ,
           that
           the
           Sunne
           for
           shame
           did
           hide
           himselfe
           ,
           from
           so
           monstrous
           sight
           of
           a
           cowardly
           calamity
           .
           It
           was
           a
           most
           brave
           sight
           to
           see
           the
           banners
           and
           ensignes
           streaming
           in
           the
           aire
           ,
           the
           glittering
           of
           Armour
           ,
           the
           variety
           of
           colours
           ,
           the
           motion
           of
           plumes
           ,
           the
           forrests
           of
           lances
           ,
           and
           the
           thicknesse
           of
           shorter
           weapons
           ,
           till
           the
           silent
           expedition
           of
           the
           bloudy
           blast
           from
           the
           murdering
           Ordnance
           ,
           whose
           roaring
           voice
           is
           not
           so
           soone
           heard
           ,
           as
           felt
           by
           the
           aymed
           at
           object
           ,
           which
           made
           among
           them
           a
           most
           lamentable
           slaughter
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XI
           .
        
         
           
             The
             names
             of
             the
             English
             that
             were
             slaine
             in
             the
             battell
             of
             Rottenton
             ;
             and
             how
             Captaine
             Smith
             is
             taken
             prisoner
             ;
             and
             sold
             for
             a
             slave
             .
          
        
         
           IN
           the
           valley
           of
           Veristhorne
           ,
           betwixt
           the
           riuer
           of
           Altus
           ,
           and
           the
           mountaine
           of
           Rottenton
           ,
           was
           this
           bloudy
           encounter
           ,
           where
           the
           most
           of
           the
           dearest
           friends
           of
           the
           noble
           Prince
           Sigismundus
           perished
           .
           Meldritch
           having
           ordered
           his
           eleuen
           thousand
           in
           the
           best
           manner
           he
           could
           ,
           at
           the
           ●oot
           of
           the
           mountaine
           upon
           his
           flancks
           ,
           and
           before
           his
           front
           ,
           he
           had
           pitched
           
           sharpe
           stakes
           ,
           their
           heads
           hardned
           in
           the
           fire
           ,
           and
           bent
           against
           the
           enemie
           ,
           as
           three
           battalion
           of
           Pikes
           ,
           amongst
           the
           which
           also
           there
           was
           digged
           many
           small
           holes
           .
           
           Amongst
           those
           stakes
           was
           ranged
           his
           footmen
           ,
           that
           upon
           the
           charge
           was
           to
           retire
           ,
           as
           there
           was
           occasion
           .
           The
           Tartar
           having
           ordered
           his
           40000.
           for
           his
           best
           advantage
           ,
           appointed
           
             Mustapha
             Bashaw
          
           to
           beginne
           the
           battell
           ,
           with
           a
           generall
           shout
           ,
           all
           their
           Ensignes
           displaying
           ,
           Drummes
           beating
           ,
           Trumpets
           and
           Howboyes
           sounding
           .
           Nederspolt
           and
           Mavazo
           with
           their
           Regiments
           of
           horse
           most
           valiantly
           encountred
           ,
           and
           forced
           them
           to
           retire
           ;
           the
           
             Tartar
             Begolgi
          
           with
           his
           Squadrons
           ,
           darkening
           the
           skies
           with
           their
           flights
           of
           numberles
           arrowes
           ,
           who
           was
           as
           bravely
           encountred
           by
           Veltus
           and
           Oberwin
           ,
           which
           bloudie
           slaughter
           continued
           more
           than
           an
           houre
           ,
           till
           the
           matchlesse
           multitude
           of
           the
           Tartars
           so
           increased
           ,
           that
           they
           retired
           within
           their
           Squadrons
           of
           stakes
           ,
           as
           was
           directed
           .
           The
           bloudy
           Tartar
           ,
           as
           scorning
           he
           should
           st●y
           so
           long
           for
           the
           victorie
           ,
           with
           his
           massie
           troopes
           prosecuted
           the
           charge
           :
           but
           it
           was
           a
           wonder
           to
           see
           how
           horse
           and
           man
           came
           to
           the
           ground
           among
           the
           stakes
           ,
           whose
           disordered
           troopes
           were
           there
           so
           mangled
           ,
           that
           the
           Christians
           with
           a
           loud
           shout
           cryed
           Victoria
           ;
           and
           with
           five
           or
           six
           field
           peeces
           ,
           planted
           vpon
           the
           rising
           of
           the
           mountaine
           ,
           did
           much
           hurt
           to
           the
           enemy
           that
           still
           continued
           the
           battell
           with
           that
           furie
           ,
           that
           Meldritch
           seeing
           there
           was
           no
           possibilitie
           long
           to
           preuaile
           ,
           ioyned
           his
           small
           troopes
           in
           one
           body
           ,
           resolued
           directly
           to
           make
           his
           passage
           or
           die
           in
           the
           conclusion
           ;
           and
           thus
           in
           grosse
           gaue
           a
           generall
           charge
           ,
           and
           for
           more
           than
           halfe
           an
           houre
           made
           his
           way
           plaine
           before
           him
           ,
           till
           the
           maine
           battel
           of
           the
           Crym-Tartar
           with
           two
           Regiments
           of
           Turkes
           and
           Ianizaries
           so
           overmatched
           them
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           overthrowen
           .
           The
           night
           approaching
           ,
           the
           Earle
           with
           some
           thirteene
           or
           foureteene
           hundred
           horse
           ,
           swamme
           the
           River
           ,
           some
           were
           drowned
           ,
           all
           the
           rest
           slaine
           or
           taken
           prisoners
           :
           And
           thus
           in
           this
           bloudy
           field
           ,
           neere
           30000.
           lay
           ,
           some
           headlesse
           ,
           armelesse
           and
           leglesse
           ,
           all
           cut
           and
           mangled
           ;
           where
           breathing
           their
           last
           ,
           they
           gaue
           this
           knowledge
           to
           the
           world
           ,
           that
           for
           the
           liues
           of
           so
           few
           ,
           the
           Crym-Tartar
           neuer
           paid
           dearer
           .
           But
           now
           the
           Countreyes
           of
           Transilvania
           and
           Wallachia
           ,
           (
           subjected
           to
           the
           Emperour
           )
           and
           Sigismundus
           that
           brave
           Prince
           his
           Subject
           and
           Pensioner
           ,
           the
           most
           of
           his
           Nobilitie
           ,
           brave
           Captaines
           and
           Souldiers
           ,
           became
           a
           prey
           to
           the
           cruell
           devouring
           Turke
           :
           where
           had
           the
           Emperor
           been
           as
           ready
           to
           have
           assisted
           him
           ,
           and
           those
           three
           Armies
           led
           by
           three
           such
           worthy
           Captaines
           ,
           as
           
             Michael
             ,
             Busca
          
           ,
           and
           Himselfe
           ,
           and
           had
           those
           three
           Armies
           joyned
           together
           against
           the
           Turke
           ,
           
           let
           all
           men
           judge
           ,
           how
           happie
           it
           might
           have
           beene
           for
           all
           Christendome
           :
           and
           have
           either
           regained
           Bulgaria
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           have
           beat
           him
           out
           of
           Hungaria
           ,
           where
           hee
           hath
           taken
           much
           more
           from
           the
           Emperour
           ,
           than
           hath
           the
           Emperour
           from
           Transilvania
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           dismall
           battell
           ,
           where
           
             Nederspolt
             ,
             Veltus
             ,
             Zarvana
             ,
             Mavazo
             ,
             Bavell
             ,
          
           and
           many
           other
           Earles
           ,
           Barons
           ,
           Colonels
           ,
           Captaines
           ,
           brave
           Gentlemen
           ,
           and
           Souldiers
           were
           slaine
           .
           Give
           mee
           leave
           to
           remember
           the
           names
           of
           our
           owne
           Country-men
           with
           him
           in
           those
           exploits
           ,
           
           that
           as
           resolutely
           as
           the
           best
           in
           the
           defence
           of
           Christ
           and
           his
           Gospell
           ,
           ended
           their
           dayes
           ,
           as
           
             Bask●rfield
             ,
             Hardwicke
             ,
             Thomas
             Milemer
             ,
             Robert
             Mullineux
             ,
             
             Thomas
             Bishop
             ,
             Francis
             Compton
             ,
             George
             Davison
             ,
             Nicholas
             Williams
             ,
          
           and
           one
           Iohn
           a
           Scot
           ,
           did
           what
           men
           could
           doe
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           could
           doe
           no
           more
           ,
           left
           there
           their
           bodies
           in
           testimonie
           of
           their
           mindes
           ;
           only
           Ensigne
           Carleton
           and
           Sergeant
           Robinson
           escaped
           :
           but
           Smith
           among
           the
           slaughtered
           dead
           bodies
           ,
           and
           many
           a
           gasping
           soule
           ,
           with
           toile
           and
           wounds
           lay
           groaning
           among
           the
           rest
           ,
           till
           being
           found
           by
           the
           Pillagers
           hee
           was
           able
           to
           live
           ,
           and
           perceiving
           by
           his
           armor
           &
           habit
           ,
           his
           ransome
           might
           be
           better
           to
           them
           ,
           than
           his
           death
           ,
           they
           led
           him
           prisoner
           with
           many
           others
           ;
           well
           they
           used
           him
           till
           his
           wounds
           were
           cured
           ,
           and
           at
           Axopolis
           they
           were
           all
           sold
           for
           slaves
           ,
           like
           beasts
           in
           a
           market-place
           ,
           where
           everie
           Merchant
           ,
           viewing
           their
           limbs
           and
           wounds
           ,
           caused
           other
           slaves
           to
           struggle
           with
           them
           ,
           to
           trie
           their
           strength
           ,
           hee
           fell
           to
           the
           share
           of
           
             Bashaw
             Bogall
          
           ,
           who
           sent
           him
           forthwith
           to
           Adrinopolis
           ,
           so
           for
           Constantinople
           to
           his
           faire
           Mistresse
           for
           a
           slave
           .
           By
           twentie
           and
           twentie
           chained
           by
           the
           neckes
           ,
           they
           marched
           in
           file
           to
           this
           great
           Citie
           ,
           where
           they
           were
           delivered
           to
           their
           severall
           Masters
           ,
           and
           he
           to
           the
           young
           
             Charatza
             Tragabig
             zanda
          
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XII
           .
        
         
           
             How
             Captaine
             Smith
             was
             sent
             prisoner
             thorow
             the
             Blacke
             and
             Dissabacca
             Sea
             in
             Tartaria
             ;
             the
             description
             of
             those
             Seas
             ,
             and
             his
             usage
             .
          
        
         
           This
           Noble
           Gentlewoman
           tooke
           sometime
           occasion
           to
           shew
           him
           to
           some
           friends
           ,
           or
           rather
           to
           speake
           with
           him
           ,
           because
           shee
           could
           speake
           Italian
           ,
           would
           feigne
           her selfe
           sick
           when
           she
           should
           goe
           to
           the
           Banians
           ,
           or
           weepe
           over
           the
           graves
           ,
           to
           know
           how
           Bogall
           tooke
           him
           prisoner
           ;
           and
           if
           he
           were
           as
           the
           Bashaw
           writ
           to
           her
           ,
           a
           Bohemian
           Lord
           conquered
           by
           his
           hand
           ,
           as
           hee
           had
           many
           others
           ,
           which
           ere
           long
           hee
           would
           present
           her
           ,
           whose
           ransomes
           should
           adorne
           her
           with
           the
           glorie
           of
           his
           conquests
           .
        
         
           But
           when
           she
           heard
           him
           protest
           he
           knew
           no
           such
           matter
           ,
           nor
           ever
           saw
           Bogall
           till
           he
           bought
           him
           at
           Axopolis
           ,
           and
           that
           hee
           was
           an
           English-man
           ,
           onely
           by
           his
           adventures
           made
           a
           Captaine
           in
           those
           Countreyes
           .
           To
           trie
           the
           truth
           ,
           shee
           found
           meanes
           to
           finde
           out
           many
           could
           speake
           English
           ,
           French
           ,
           Dutch
           ,
           and
           Italian
           ,
           to
           whom
           relating
           most
           part
           of
           these
           former
           passages
           he
           thought
           necessarie
           ,
           which
           they
           so
           honestly
           reported
           to
           her
           ,
           she
           tooke
           (
           as
           it
           seemed
           )
           much
           compassion
           on
           him
           ;
           but
           having
           no
           use
           for
           him
           ,
           left
           her
           mother
           should
           sell
           him
           ,
           she
           sent
           him
           to
           her
           brother
           ,
           the
           
             Tymor
             Bashaw
          
           of
           Nalbrits
           ,
           in
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Cambia
           ,
           a
           Province
           in
           Tartaria
           .
        
         
           Here
           now
           let
           us
           remember
           his
           passing
           in
           this
           speculative
           course
           from
           Constantinople
           by
           
             Sander
             ,
             Screwe
             ,
             Panassa
             ,
             Musa
             ,
             Lastilla
             ,
          
           to
           Varna
           ,
           
           an
           ancient
           Citie
           upon
           the
           Blacke
           Sea.
           In
           all
           which
           journey
           ,
           having
           little
           more
           libertie
           ,
           than
           his
           eyes
           judgement
           since
           his
           captivitie
           ,
           he
           might
           see
           the
           Townes
           with
           their
           short
           Towers
           ,
           and
           a
           most
           plaine
           ,
           fertile
           ,
           and
           delicate
           
           Countrey
           ,
           especially
           that
           most
           admired
           place
           of
           Greece
           ,
           now
           called
           Romania
           ,
           but
           from
           Varna
           ,
           nothing
           but
           the
           Blacke
           Sea
           water
           ,
           〈◊〉
           he
           came
           to
           the
           two
           Capes
           of
           Taur
           and
           Pergilos
           ,
           where
           hee
           passed
           the
           Straight
           of
           Niger
           ,
           which
           (
           as
           he
           conjectured
           )
           is
           some
           ten
           leagues
           long
           ,
           and
           three
           broad
           ,
           betwixt
           two
           low
           lands
           ,
           the
           Channell
           is
           deepe
           ,
           but
           at
           the
           entrance
           of
           the
           Sea
           Dissabacca
           ,
           
           their
           are
           many
           great
           Osie-shou●ds
           ,
           and
           many
           great
           blacke
           ro●kes
           ,
           which
           the
           Turkes
           said
           were
           trees
           ,
           weeds
           ,
           and
           mud
           ,
           throwen
           from
           the
           in-land
           Countryes
           ,
           by
           the
           inundations
           and
           violence
           of
           the
           Current
           ,
           and
           cast
           there
           by
           the
           Eddy
           .
           They
           sayled
           by
           many
           low
           Iles
           ,
           and
           saw
           many
           more
           of
           those
           muddy
           ro●kes
           ,
           and
           nothing
           else
           ,
           but
           salt
           water
           ,
           till
           they
           came
           betwixt
           Susax
           and
           Curuske
           ,
           only
           two
           white
           townes
           at
           the
           entrance
           of
           the
           river
           Bruapo
           appeared
           :
           In
           six
           or
           seven
           dayes
           saile
           ,
           he
           saw
           foure
           or
           five
           seeming
           strong
           castles
           of
           stone
           ,
           with
           flat
           tops
           and
           battlements
           about
           them
           ,
           but
           arriving
           at
           Cambia
           ,
           he
           was
           (
           according
           to
           their
           custome
           )
           well
           used
           .
           The
           river
           was
           there
           more
           than
           halfe
           a
           mile
           broad
           .
           The
           Castle
           was
           of
           a
           large
           circumference
           ,
           foure●●ene
           or
           fifteene
           foot
           thicke
           ,
           in
           the
           foundation
           some
           six
           foot
           from
           the
           wall
           ,
           is
           a
           Paliizado
           ,
           and
           then
           a
           Ditch
           of
           about
           fortie
           foot
           broad
           full
           of
           water
           .
           On
           the
           west
           side
           of
           it
           ,
           is
           a
           Towne
           all
           of
           low
           flat
           houses
           ,
           which
           as
           be
           conceived
           could
           bee
           of
           no
           great
           strength
           ,
           yet
           it
           keepes
           all
           them
           barbarous
           Countreyes
           about
           it
           in
           admiration
           and
           subjection
           .
           After
           he
           had
           stayed
           there
           three
           dayes
           ;
           it
           was
           two
           dayes
           more
           before
           his
           guides
           brought
           him
           to
           Nalbrits
           ,
           where
           the
           Tymor
           then
           was
           resident
           ,
           in
           a
           great
           vast
           stonie
           Castle
           with
           many
           great
           Courts
           about
           it
           ,
           invironed
           with
           high
           stone
           wals
           ,
           where
           was
           quartered
           their
           Armes
           ,
           when
           they
           first
           subjected
           those
           Countreyes
           ,
           which
           only
           live
           to
           labour
           for
           those
           tyrannicall
           Turkes
           .
        
         
           
           To
           her
           unkinde
           brother
           ,
           this
           kinde
           Ladie
           writ
           so
           much
           for
           his
           good
           usage
           ,
           that
           hee
           halfe
           suspected
           ,
           as
           much
           as
           she
           intended
           ;
           for
           shee
           told
           him
           ,
           he
           should
           there
           but
           sojourne
           to
           learne
           the
           language
           ,
           and
           what
           it
           was
           to
           be
           a
           Turke
           ,
           till
           time
           made
           her
           Master
           of
           her selfe
           .
           But
           the
           Tymor
           her
           brother
           ,
           diverted
           all
           this
           to
           the
           worst
           of
           crueltie
           ,
           for
           within
           an
           hour●
           after
           his
           arrivall
           ,
           he
           caused
           his
           Drub-man
           to
           strip
           him
           naked
           ,
           and
           shave
           his
           head
           and
           beard
           so
           bare
           as
           his
           hand
           ,
           a
           great
           ring
           of
           iron
           ,
           with
           a
           long
           stalke
           bowed
           like
           a
           sickle
           ,
           rivetted
           about
           his
           necke
           ,
           and
           a
           coat
           made
           of
           Vlgries
           haire
           ,
           guarded
           about
           with
           a
           peece
           of
           an
           undrest
           skinne
           .
           There
           were
           many
           more
           Christian
           slaves
           ,
           and
           neere
           an
           hundred
           Forsados
           of
           Turkes
           and
           Moores
           ,
           and
           he
           being
           the
           last
           ,
           was
           slave
           of
           slaves
           to
           them
           all
           .
           Among
           these
           slavish
           fortunes
           there
           was
           no
           great
           choice
           ;
           for
           the
           best
           was
           so
           bad
           ,
           a
           dog
           could
           hardly
           have
           lived
           to
           endure
           ,
           and
           yet
           for
           all
           their
           paines
           and
           labours
           no
           more
           regarded
           than
           a
           beast
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XIII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Turkes
             diet
             ;
             the
             Slaves
             diet
             ;
             the
             attire
             of
             the
             Tartars
             ;
             and
             manner
             of
             Warres
             and
             Religions
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
           THe
           Tymor
           and
           his
           friends
           fed
           upon
           Pillaw
           ,
           which
           is
           boiled
           Rice
           and
           Garnances
           ,
           with
           little
           bits
           of
           mutton
           or
           Buckones
           ,
           which
           is
           rosted
           
           peeces
           of
           Horse
           ,
           Bull
           ,
           Vlgrie
           ,
           or
           any
           beasts
           .
           Samboyses
           and
           Muselbit
           ▪
           are
           great
           dainties
           ,
           and
           yet
           but
           round
           pies
           ,
           full
           of
           all
           sorts
           of
           flesh
           they
           can
           get
           chopped
           with
           varietie
           of
           herbs
           .
           Their
           best
           drinke
           is
           Coffa
           ,
           of
           a
           graine
           they
           call
           Coava
           ,
           boiled
           with
           water
           ;
           and
           Sherbecke
           ,
           which
           is
           only
           honey
           and
           water
           ;
           M●res
           milke
           ,
           or
           the
           milke
           of
           any
           beast
           ,
           they
           hold
           restorative
           :
           but
           all
           the
           Comminaltie
           drinke
           pure
           water
           .
           
           Their
           bread
           is
           made
           of
           this
           Coava
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           kinde
           of
           blacke
           whea●
           ,
           and
           Cuskus
           a
           small
           white
           seed
           like
           Millya
           in
           Biskay
           :
           but
           our
           common
           victuall
           ,
           the
           entrailes
           of
           Horse
           and
           Vlgries
           ;
           of
           this
           cut
           in
           small
           peeces
           ,
           they
           will
           fill
           a
           great
           Cauldron
           ,
           and
           being
           boiled
           with
           Cuskus
           ,
           and
           put
           in
           great
           bowles
           in
           the
           forme
           of
           chaffing-dishes
           ,
           they
           sit
           round
           about
           it
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           after
           they
           haue
           raked
           it
           thorow
           so
           oft
           as
           they
           please
           with
           their
           soule
           fists
           ,
           the
           remainder
           was
           for
           the
           Christian
           slaves
           .
           Some
           of
           this
           broth
           they
           would
           temper
           with
           Cuskus
           pounded
           ,
           and
           putting
           the
           fire
           off
           from
           the
           hearth
           ,
           powre
           there
           a
           bowle
           full
           ,
           then
           cover
           it
           with
           co●les
           till
           it
           be
           baked
           ,
           which
           stewed
           with
           the
           remainder
           of
           the
           broth
           ,
           and
           some
           small
           peeces
           of
           flesh
           ,
           was
           an
           extraordinarie
           daintie
           .
        
         
           The
           better
           sort
           are
           attired
           like
           Turkes
           ,
           
           but
           the
           plaine
           Tartar
           hath
           a
           blacke
           sheepe
           skinne
           over
           his
           backe
           ,
           and
           two
           of
           the
           legs
           tied
           about
           his
           necke
           ;
           the
           other
           two
           about
           his
           middle
           ,
           with
           another
           over
           his
           belly
           ,
           and
           the
           legs
           tied
           in
           the
           like
           manner
           behinde
           him
           :
           then
           two
           more
           made
           like
           a
           paire
           of
           b●ses
           ,
           serveth
           him
           for
           breeches
           ;
           with
           a
           little
           close
           cap
           to
           his
           skull
           of
           blacke
           felt
           ,
           and
           they
           use
           exceeding
           much
           of
           this
           felt
           ,
           for
           carpets
           ,
           for
           bedding
           ,
           for
           Coats
           ,
           and
           Idols
           .
           Their
           houses
           are
           much
           worse
           than
           your
           Irish
           ,
           but
           the
           In-land
           Countreyes
           have
           none
           but
           Carts
           and
           Tents
           ,
           which
           they
           ever
           remove
           from
           Countrey
           to
           Countrey
           ,
           as
           they
           see
           occasion
           ,
           driving
           with
           them
           infinite
           troopes
           of
           blacke
           sheepe
           ,
           Cattell
           and
           Vlgries
           ,
           eating
           all
           vp
           before
           them
           ,
           as
           they
           goe
           .
        
         
           For
           the
           Tartars
           of
           Nagi
           ,
           they
           have
           neither
           Towne
           ,
           nor
           house
           ,
           corne
           ,
           
           nor
           drinke
           ;
           but
           flesh
           and
           milke
           .
           The
           milke
           they
           keepe
           in
           great
           skinnes
           like
           Burracho's
           ,
           which
           though
           it
           be
           never
           so
           sower
           ,
           it
           agreeth
           well
           with
           their
           strong
           stomackes
           .
           They
           live
           all
           in
           Hordias
           ,
           as
           doth
           the
           Crim-Tartars
           ,
           three
           or
           foure
           hundred
           in
           a
           company
           ,
           in
           great
           Carts
           fifteene
           or
           sixteene
           foot
           broad
           ,
           which
           is
           covered
           with
           small
           rods
           ,
           wattled
           together
           in
           the
           forme
           of
           a
           birds
           nest
           turned
           vpwards
           ,
           and
           with
           the
           ashes
           of
           bones
           tempered
           with
           oile
           ,
           Camels
           haire
           ,
           and
           a
           clay
           they
           have
           :
           they
           lome
           them
           so
           well
           ,
           that
           no
           weather
           will
           pierce
           them
           ,
           and
           yet
           verie
           light
           .
           Each
           Hordia
           hath
           a
           Murse
           ,
           which
           they
           obey
           as
           their
           King.
           Their
           Gods
           are
           infinite
           .
           One
           or
           two
           thousand
           of
           those
           glittering
           white
           Carts
           drawen
           with
           Camels
           ,
           Deere
           ,
           Buls
           ,
           and
           Vlgries
           ,
           they
           bring
           round
           in
           a
           ring
           ,
           where
           they
           pitch
           their
           Campe
           ;
           and
           the
           Murse
           ,
           with
           his
           chiefe
           alliances
           ,
           are
           placed
           in
           the
           midst
           .
           They
           doe
           much
           hurt
           when
           they
           can
           get
           any
           Stroggs
           ,
           which
           are
           great
           boats
           used
           upon
           the
           river
           Volga
           ,
           (
           which
           they
           call
           Edle
           )
           to
           them
           that
           dwell
           in
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Perolog
           ,
           and
           would
           doe
           much
           more
           ,
           were
           it
           not
           for
           the
           Muscovites
           Garrisons
           that
           there
           inhabit
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           CHAP.
           XIIII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             description
             of
             the
             Crym-Tartars
             ;
             their
             houses
             and
             carts
             ;
             their
             Idolatry
             in
             their
             lodgings
             .
          
        
         
           NOw
           you
           are
           to
           understand
           ,
           
           
             Tartary
             and
             Scythia
          
           are
           all
           one
           ,
           but
           so
           large
           and
           spacious
           ,
           few
           or
           none
           could
           ever
           perfectly
           describe
           it
           ,
           nor
           all
           the
           severall
           kinds
           of
           those
           most
           barbarous
           people
           that
           inhabit
           it
           .
           Those
           we
           call
           the
           Crym-Tartars
           ,
           border
           upon
           
             Moldavia
             ,
             Podolia
             ,
             Lituania
          
           ,
           and
           Russia
           ,
           are
           much
           more
           regular
           than
           the
           interior
           parts
           of
           Scythia
           .
           This
           great
           Tartarian
           Prince
           ,
           that
           hath
           so
           troubled
           all
           his
           neighbours
           ,
           they
           alwayes
           call
           Chan
           ,
           which
           signifieth
           Emperour
           ;
           but
           we
           ,
           the
           Crym-Tartar
           .
           He
           liveth
           for
           most
           part
           in
           the
           best
           champion
           plaines
           of
           many
           Provinces
           ;
           and
           his
           removing
           Court
           is
           like
           a
           great
           Citie
           of
           houses
           and
           tents
           ,
           drawne
           on
           Carts
           ,
           all
           so
           orderly
           placed
           East
           and
           West
           ,
           on
           the
           right
           and
           left
           hand
           of
           the
           Prince
           his
           house
           ,
           which
           is
           alwayes
           in
           the
           midst
           towards
           the
           South
           ,
           before
           which
           none
           may
           pitch
           their
           houses
           ,
           every
           one
           knowing
           their
           order
           and
           quarter
           ,
           
           as
           in
           an
           Armie
           .
           The
           Princes
           houses
           are
           very
           artificially
           wrought
           ,
           both
           the
           foundation
           ,
           sides
           ,
           and
           roofe
           of
           wickers
           ,
           ascending
           round
           to
           the
           top
           like
           a
           Dove-coat
           ;
           this
           they
           cover
           with
           white
           felt
           ,
           or
           white
           earth
           tempered
           with
           the
           powder
           of
           bones
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           shine
           the
           whiter
           ;
           sometimes
           with
           blacke
           felt
           ,
           curiously
           painted
           with
           vines
           ,
           trees
           ,
           birds
           ,
           and
           beasts
           ;
           the
           breadth
           of
           the
           Carts
           are
           eighteene
           or
           twenty
           foot
           ,
           but
           the
           house
           stretcheth
           foure
           or
           five
           foot
           over
           each
           side
           ,
           and
           is
           drawne
           with
           ten
           or
           twelve
           ,
           or
           for
           more
           state
           ,
           twenty
           Camels
           and
           Oxen.
           
           They
           have
           also
           great
           baskets
           ,
           made
           of
           smaller
           wickers
           like
           great
           chests
           ,
           with
           a
           covering
           or
           the
           same
           ,
           all
           covered
           over
           with
           blacke
           felt
           ,
           rubbed
           over
           with
           tallow
           and
           sheeps
           milke
           ,
           to
           keepe
           out
           the
           raine
           ;
           prettily
           bedecked
           with
           painting
           or
           feathers
           ;
           in
           those
           they
           put
           their
           houshold
           stuffe
           and
           treasure
           ,
           drawne
           upon
           other
           carts
           for
           that
           purpose
           .
           When
           they
           take
           downe
           their
           houses
           ,
           they
           set
           the
           doore
           alwayes
           towards
           the
           South
           ,
           and
           their
           carts
           thirtie
           or
           fortie
           foot
           distant
           on
           each
           side
           ,
           East
           and
           West
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           were
           two
           walls
           :
           the
           women
           also
           have
           most
           curious
           carts
           ;
           every
           one
           of
           his
           wives
           hath
           a
           great
           one
           for
           herselfe
           ,
           and
           so
           many
           other
           for
           her
           attendants
           ,
           that
           they
           seeme
           as
           many
           Courts
           ,
           as
           he
           hath
           wives
           .
           One
           great
           Tartar
           or
           Nobleman
           ,
           will
           have
           for
           his
           particular
           ,
           more
           than
           an
           hundred
           of
           those
           houses
           and
           carts
           ,
           for
           his
           severall
           offices
           and
           uses
           ,
           but
           set
           so
           farre
           from
           each
           other
           ,
           they
           will
           seeme
           like
           a
           great
           village
           .
           
           Having
           taken
           their
           houses
           from
           the
           carts
           ,
           they
           place
           the
           Master
           alwayes
           towards
           the
           North
           ;
           over
           whose
           head
           is
           alwayes
           an
           Image
           like
           a
           Puppet
           ,
           made
           of
           felt
           ,
           which
           they
           call
           his
           brother
           ;
           the
           women
           on
           his
           left
           hand
           ,
           and
           over
           the
           chiefe
           Mistris
           her
           head
           ,
           such
           another
           brother
           ,
           and
           betweene
           them
           a
           little
           one
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           keeper
           of
           the
           house
           ;
           at
           the
           good
           wives
           beds-feet
           is
           a
           kids
           skinne
           ,
           stuffed
           with
           wooll
           ,
           and
           neere
           it
           a
           Puppet
           looking
           towards
           the
           Maids
           ;
           next
           the
           doore
           another
           ,
           with
           a
           dried
           cowes
           udder
           ,
           for
           the
           women
           that
           milke
           the
           kine
           ,
           because
           only
           the
           men
           milke
           mares
           ;
           every
           morning
           those
           
           Images
           in
           their
           orders
           they
           besprinkle
           with
           that
           they
           drinke
           ,
           bee
           it
           Cossmos
           ,
           
           or
           whatsoever
           ,
           but
           all
           the
           white
           mares
           milke
           is
           reserved
           for
           the
           Prince
           .
           Then
           without
           the
           doore
           ,
           thrice
           to
           the
           South
           ,
           every
           one
           bowing
           his
           knee
           in
           honour
           of
           the
           fire
           ;
           then
           the
           like
           to
           the
           East
           ,
           in
           honour
           of
           the
           aire
           ;
           then
           to
           the
           West
           ,
           in
           honour
           of
           the
           water
           ;
           and
           lastly
           to
           the
           North
           ,
           in
           behalfe
           of
           the
           dead
           .
           After
           the
           servant
           hath
           done
           this
           duty
           to
           the
           foure
           quarters
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           he
           returnes
           into
           the
           house
           ,
           where
           his
           fellowes
           stand
           waiting
           ,
           ready
           with
           two
           cups
           and
           two
           basons
           to
           give
           their
           master
           ,
           and
           his
           wife
           that
           lay
           with
           him
           〈◊〉
           night
           ,
           to
           wash
           and
           drinke
           ,
           who
           must
           keepe
           him
           company
           all
           the
           day
           following
           ;
           and
           all
           his
           other
           wives
           come
           thither
           to
           drinke
           ,
           where
           hee
           keepes
           his
           house
           that
           day
           ;
           and
           all
           the
           gifts
           presented
           him
           till
           night
           ,
           are
           laid
           vp
           in
           her
           chests
           ;
           and
           at
           the
           doore
           a
           bench
           full
           of
           cups
           ,
           and
           drinke
           for
           any
           of
           them
           to
           make
           merry
           .
        
      
       
         
           Chap.
           XV.
           
        
         
           
             Their
             feasts
             ;
             common
             diet
             ;
             Princes
             estate
             ;
             buildings
             ;
             tributes
             ;
             lawes
             ;
             slaves
             ;
             entertainment
             of
             Ambassadours
             .
          
        
         
           FOr
           their
           feasts
           they
           have
           all
           sorts
           of
           beasts
           ,
           birds
           ,
           fish
           ,
           fruits
           ,
           
           and
           hearbs
           they
           can
           get
           ,
           but
           the
           more
           variety
           of
           wilde
           ones
           is
           the
           best
           ;
           to
           which
           they
           have
           excellent
           drinke
           made
           of
           rice
           ,
           millit
           ,
           and
           honey
           ,
           like
           wine
           ;
           they
           have
           also
           wine
           ,
           but
           in
           Summer
           they
           drinke
           most
           Cossmos
           ,
           that
           standeth
           ready
           alwayes
           at
           the
           entrance
           of
           the
           doore
           ,
           and
           by
           it
           a
           fidler
           ;
           when
           the
           master
           of
           the
           house
           beginneth
           to
           drinke
           ,
           they
           all
           cry
           ,
           ha
           ,
           ha
           ,
           and
           the
           fidler
           playes
           ,
           then
           they
           all
           clap
           their
           hands
           and
           dance
           ,
           the
           men
           before
           their
           Masters
           ,
           the
           women
           before
           their
           Mistresses
           ;
           and
           ever
           when
           he
           drinks
           ,
           they
           cry
           as
           before
           ;
           then
           the
           fidler
           stayeth
           till
           they
           drinke
           all
           round
           ;
           sometimes
           they
           will
           drinke
           for
           the
           victory
           ;
           and
           to
           provoke
           one
           to
           drinke
           ,
           they
           will
           pull
           him
           by
           the
           ears
           ,
           and
           lugge
           and
           draw
           him
           ,
           to
           stretch
           and
           heat
           him
           ,
           clapping
           their
           hands
           ,
           stamping
           with
           their
           feet
           ,
           and
           dancing
           before
           the
           champions
           ,
           offering
           them
           cups
           ,
           then
           draw
           them
           backe
           againe
           to
           increase
           their
           appetite
           ;
           and
           thus
           continue
           till
           they
           be
           drunke
           ,
           or
           their
           drinke
           done
           ,
           which
           they
           hold
           an
           honour
           ,
           and
           no
           infirmity
           .
        
         
           Though
           the
           ground
           be
           fertile
           ,
           they
           sow
           little
           corne
           ,
           
           yet
           the
           Gentlemen
           have
           bread
           and
           hony-wine
           ;
           grapes
           they
           have
           plenty
           ,
           and
           wine
           privately
           ,
           and
           good
           flesh
           &
           fish
           ;
           but
           the
           common
           sort
           stamped
           millit
           ,
           mingled
           with
           milke
           and
           water
           .
           They
           call
           Cassa
           for
           meat
           ,
           and
           drinke
           any
           thing
           ;
           also
           any
           beast
           unprofitable
           for
           service
           they
           kill
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           like
           to
           die
           ,
           or
           however
           they
           die
           ;
           they
           will
           eat
           them
           ,
           guts
           liver
           and
           all
           ;
           but
           the
           most
           fleshy
           parts
           they
           cut
           in
           thinne
           slices
           ,
           and
           hang
           it
           up
           in
           the
           Sunne
           and
           wind
           wihout
           salting
           ,
           where
           it
           will
           drie
           so
           hard
           ,
           it
           will
           not
           putrifie
           in
           a
           long
           time
           .
           A
           Ramme
           they
           esteeme
           a
           great
           feast
           among
           forty
           or
           fiftie
           ,
           which
           they
           cut
           in
           peeces
           boiled
           or
           roast
           ,
           puts
           it
           in
           a
           great
           bowle
           with
           salt
           and
           water
           ,
           for
           other
           sauce
           they
           have
           none
           ;
           the
           master
           of
           the
           feast
           
           giveth
           every
           one
           a
           peece
           ,
           which
           he
           eateth
           by
           himselfe
           ,
           or
           carrieth
           away
           with
           him
           .
           
           Thus
           their
           hard
           fare
           makes
           them
           so
           infinite
           in
           Cattell
           ,
           and
           their
           great
           number
           of
           captived
           women
           to
           breed
           vpon
           ,
           makes
           them
           so
           populous
           .
           But
           neere
           the
           Christian
           frontiers
           ,
           the
           baser
           sort
           make
           little
           cottages
           of
           wood
           ,
           called
           Vlusi
           ,
           daubed
           over
           with
           durt
           ,
           and
           beasts
           dung
           covered
           with
           sedge
           ;
           yet
           in
           Summer
           they
           leave
           them
           ,
           beginning
           their
           progresse
           in
           Aprill
           ,
           with
           their
           wives
           ,
           children
           ,
           and
           slaves
           ,
           in
           their
           carted
           houses
           ,
           scarce
           convenient
           for
           foure
           or
           five
           persons
           ;
           driving
           their
           flocks
           towards
           Perecopya
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           into
           Taurica
           ,
           or
           Osow
           ,
           a
           towne
           upon
           the
           river
           Tanais
           ,
           which
           is
           great
           and
           swift
           ,
           where
           the
           Turke
           hath
           a
           garrison
           ;
           and
           in
           October
           returne
           againe
           to
           their
           Cottages
           .
           Their
           Clothes
           are
           the
           skinnes
           of
           dogges
           ,
           goats
           ,
           and
           sheepe
           ,
           lined
           with
           cotten
           cloath
           ,
           made
           of
           their
           finest
           wooll
           ,
           for
           of
           their
           worst
           they
           make
           their
           felt
           ,
           which
           they
           use
           in
           aboundance
           ,
           as
           well
           for
           shooes
           and
           caps
           ,
           as
           houses
           ,
           beds
           ,
           and
           Idolls
           ;
           also
           of
           the
           coarse
           wooll
           mingled
           with
           horse
           haire
           ,
           they
           make
           all
           their
           cordage
           .
           
           Notwithstanding
           this
           wandring
           life
           ,
           their
           Princes
           sit
           in
           great
           state
           upon
           beds
           ,
           or
           carpits
           ,
           and
           with
           great
           reverence
           are
           attended
           both
           by
           men
           and
           women
           ,
           and
           richly
           served
           in
           plate
           ,
           and
           great
           silver
           cups
           ,
           delivered
           upon
           the
           knee
           ,
           attired
           in
           rich
           furres
           ,
           lined
           with
           plush
           ,
           or
           taffity
           ,
           or
           robes
           of
           tissue
           .
           These
           Tartars
           possesse
           many
           large
           and
           goodly
           plaines
           ,
           wherein
           feed
           innumerable
           herds
           of
           horse
           and
           cattell
           ,
           as
           well
           wilde
           as
           tame
           ;
           which
           are
           Elkes
           ,
           Bisones
           ,
           Horses
           ,
           Deere
           ,
           Sheepe
           ,
           Goates
           ,
           Swine
           ,
           Beares
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           .
        
         
           
           In
           those
           countries
           are
           the
           ruines
           of
           many
           faire
           Monasteries
           ,
           Castles
           ,
           and
           Cities
           ,
           as
           
             Bacasaray
             ,
             Salutium
             ,
             Almassary
             ,
             Perecopya
             ,
             Cremum
             ,
             Sedacom
             ,
             Capha
             ,
          
           and
           divers
           others
           by
           the
           Sea
           ,
           but
           all
           kept
           with
           strong
           garrisons
           for
           the
           great
           Turke
           ,
           who
           yearely
           by
           trade
           or
           trafficke
           ,
           receiveth
           the
           chiefe
           commodities
           those
           fertile
           countries
           afford
           ,
           as
           Bezer
           ,
           Rice
           ,
           Furres
           ,
           Hides
           ,
           
           Butter
           ,
           Salt
           ,
           Cattell
           ,
           and
           Slaves
           ,
           yet
           by
           the
           spoiles
           they
           get
           from
           the
           secure
           and
           idle
           Christians
           ,
           they
           maintaine
           themselves
           in
           this
           Pompe
           .
           Also
           their
           wives
           ,
           of
           whom
           they
           have
           as
           many
           as
           they
           will
           ,
           very
           costly
           ,
           yet
           in
           a
           constant
           custome
           with
           decency
           .
        
         
           
           They
           are
           Mahometans
           ,
           as
           are
           the
           Turks
           ,
           from
           whom
           also
           they
           have
           their
           Lawes
           ,
           but
           no
           Lawyers
           ,
           nor
           Attournies
           ,
           onely
           Iudges
           ,
           and
           Iustices
           in
           every
           Village
           ,
           or
           Hordia
           ;
           but
           capitall
           criminalls
           ,
           or
           matters
           of
           moment
           ,
           before
           the
           Chan
           himselfe
           ,
           or
           Priuie
           Counsells
           ,
           of
           whom
           they
           are
           alwayes
           heard
           ,
           and
           speedily
           discharged
           ;
           for
           any
           may
           have
           accesse
           at
           any
           time
           to
           them
           ,
           before
           whom
           they
           appeare
           with
           great
           reverence
           ,
           adoring
           their
           Princes
           as
           Gods
           ,
           and
           their
           spirituall
           Iudges
           as
           Saints
           ;
           for
           Iustice
           is
           with
           such
           integrity
           and
           expedition
           executed
           ,
           without
           covetousnesse
           ,
           bribery
           ,
           partiality
           ,
           and
           brawling
           ,
           that
           in
           six
           moneths
           they
           have
           sometimes
           scarce
           six
           causes
           to
           heare
           .
           About
           the
           Princes
           court
           none
           but
           his
           guard
           weares
           any
           weapon
           ,
           but
           abroad
           they
           goe
           very
           strong
           ,
           because
           there
           are
           many
           bandytos
           ,
           and
           Theeves
           .
        
         
           
           They
           use
           the
           
             Hungarians
             ,
             Russians
             ,
             Wallachians
          
           ,
           and
           Moldavian
           slaves
           (
           whereof
           they
           have
           plenty
           )
           as
           beasts
           to
           every
           worke
           ;
           and
           those
           Tartars
           that
           serve
           the
           Chan
           ,
           or
           noblemen
           ,
           have
           only
           victuall
           and
           apparell
           ,
           the
           rest
           are
           generally
           nasty
           ,
           and
           idle
           ,
           naturally
           miserable
           ,
           and
           in
           their
           warres
           better
           theeves
           than
           souldiers
           ,
        
         
         
           Th●s
           Chan
           hath
           yeerely
           a
           Donative
           from
           the
           King
           of
           Poland
           ,
           
           the
           Dukes
           of
           
             Lituania
             ,
             Moldavia
          
           ,
           and
           
             Nagagon
             Tartars
          
           ;
           their
           Messengers
           commonly
           he
           useth
           bountifully
           ,
           and
           verie
           nobly
           ,
           but
           sometimes
           most
           cruelly
           ;
           when
           any
           of
           them
           doth
           bring
           their
           Presents
           ,
           by
           his
           houshold
           Officers
           they
           are
           entertained
           in
           a
           plaine
           field
           ,
           with
           a
           moderate
           proportion
           of
           flesh
           ,
           bread
           and
           wine
           ,
           for
           once
           ;
           but
           when
           they
           come
           before
           him
           ,
           the
           
             Sultaines
             ,
             Tuians
             ,
             Vlans
             ,
             Marhies
             ,
          
           his
           chiefe
           Officers
           and
           Councellors
           attend
           ,
           one
           man
           only
           bringeth
           the
           Ambassadour
           to
           the
           Court
           gate
           ,
           but
           to
           the
           Chan
           he
           is
           led
           betweene
           two
           Councellors
           ;
           where
           s●luting
           him
           upon
           their
           bended
           knees
           ,
           declaring
           their
           message
           ,
           are
           admitted
           to
           eat
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           presented
           with
           a
           great
           silver
           cup
           full
           of
           Mead
           from
           his
           owne
           hand
           ,
           but
           they
           drinke
           it
           upon
           their
           knees
           :
           when
           they
           aredispatched
           ,
           he
           invites
           them
           againe
           ,
           the
           feast
           ended
           ,
           they
           go
           backe
           a
           little
           from
           the
           Palace
           doore
           ,
           and
           rewarded
           with
           silke
           Vestures
           wrought
           with
           gold
           downe
           to
           their
           anckles
           ,
           with
           an
           horse
           or
           two
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           a
           slave
           of
           their
           owne
           Nation
           ;
           in
           them
           robes
           presently
           they
           come
           to
           him
           againe
           ,
           to
           give
           him
           thankes
           ,
           take
           their
           leave
           ,
           and
           so
           depart
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XVI
           .
        
         
           
             How
             he
             levieth
             an
             Armie
             ;
             their
             Armes
             and
             Provision
             ;
             how
             he
             divideth
             the
             spoile
             ;
             and
             his
             service
             to
             the
             
               Great
               Turke
            
             .
          
        
         
           WHen
           he
           intends
           any
           warres
           ,
           
           he
           must
           first
           have
           leave
           of
           the
           Great
           Turke
           ,
           whom
           hee
           is
           bound
           to
           assist
           when
           hee
           commandeth
           ,
           receiving
           daily
           for
           himselfe
           and
           chiefe
           of
           his
           Nobilitie
           ,
           pensions
           from
           the
           Turke
           ,
           that
           holds
           all
           Kings
           but
           slaves
           ,
           that
           pay
           tribute
           or
           are
           subject
           to
           any
           :
           signifying
           his
           intent
           to
           all
           his
           subjects
           ,
           within
           a
           moneth
           commonly
           he
           raiseth
           his
           Armie
           ,
           and
           everie
           man
           is
           to
           furnish
           himselfe
           for
           three
           moneths
           victuals
           ,
           which
           is
           parched
           Millit
           ,
           or
           grownd
           to
           meale
           ,
           which
           they
           ordinarily
           mingle
           with
           water
           (
           as
           is
           said
           )
           hard
           cheese
           or
           cruds
           dried
           ,
           and
           beaten
           to
           powder
           ,
           a
           little
           will
           make
           much
           water
           like
           milke
           ,
           and
           dried
           flesh
           ,
           this
           they
           put
           also
           up
           in
           sackes
           :
           The
           Chan
           and
           his
           Nobles
           have
           some
           bread
           and
           Aquavitae
           ,
           and
           quicke
           cattell
           to
           kill
           when
           they
           please
           ,
           wherewith
           verie
           sparingly
           they
           are
           contented
           .
           Being
           provided
           with
           expert
           Guides
           ,
           and
           got
           into
           the
           Countrey
           he
           intends
           to
           invade
           ,
           he
           sends
           forth
           his
           Scouts
           to
           bring
           in
           what
           prisoners
           they
           can
           ,
           from
           whom
           he
           will
           wrest
           the
           utmost
           of
           their
           knowledge
           fit
           for
           his
           purpose
           :
           having
           advised
           with
           his
           Councell
           ,
           what
           is
           most
           fit
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           the
           Nobilitie
           ,
           according
           to
           their
           antiquitie
           ,
           doth
           march
           ;
           then
           moves
           he
           with
           his
           whole
           Armie
           :
           if
           hee
           finde
           there
           is
           no
           enemie
           to
           oppose
           him
           ,
           he
           adviseth
           how
           farre
           they
           shall
           invade
           ,
           commanding
           everie
           man
           (
           upon
           paine
           of
           his
           life
           )
           to
           kill
           all
           the
           obvious
           Rusticks
           ;
           but
           not
           to
           hurt
           any
           women
           ,
           or
           children
           .
        
         
           Ten
           ,
           or
           fifteene
           thousand
           ,
           he
           commonly
           placeth
           ,
           
           where
           hee
           findeth
           most
           convenient
           for
           his
           standing
           Campe
           ;
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           Armie
           hee
           divides
           
           in
           severall
           troops
           ,
           bearing
           ten
           or
           twelve
           miles
           s●uare
           before
           them
           ,
           and
           ever
           within
           three
           or
           foure
           dayes
           returne
           to
           their
           Campe
           ,
           putting
           all
           to
           fire
           and
           sword
           ,
           but
           that
           they
           carrie
           with
           them
           backe
           to
           their
           Campe
           ;
           and
           in
           this
           scattering
           manner
           he
           will
           invade
           a
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           be
           gone
           with
           his
           prey
           ,
           with
           an
           incredible
           expedition
           .
           But
           if
           he
           understand
           of
           an
           enemie
           ,
           he
           will
           either
           fight
           in
           Ambuscado
           ,
           or
           flie
           ;
           for
           he
           will
           never
           fight
           any
           battell
           if
           he
           can
           chuse
           ,
           but
           upon
           treble
           advantage
           ;
           yet
           by
           his
           innumerable
           flights
           of
           arrowes
           ,
           I
           have
           seene
           flie
           from
           his
           flying
           troopes
           ,
           we
           could
           not
           well
           judge
           ,
           whether
           his
           fighting
           or
           flying
           was
           most
           dangerous
           ,
           so
           good
           is
           h●s
           horse
           ,
           and
           so
           expert
           his
           bowmen
           ;
           but
           if
           they
           be
           so
           intangled
           they
           must
           fight
           ,
           there
           is
           none
           can
           bee
           more
           hardy
           ,
           or
           resolute
           in
           their
           defences
           .
        
         
           Regaining
           his
           owne
           borders
           ,
           
           he
           takes
           the
           tenth
           of
           the
           principall
           captives
           ,
           man
           ,
           woman
           ,
           childe
           ,
           or
           beast
           (
           but
           his
           captaines
           that
           t●ke
           them
           ,
           will
           accept
           of
           some
           particular
           person
           they
           best
           like
           for
           themselves
           )
           the
           rest
           are
           divided
           amongst
           the
           whole
           Armie
           ,
           according
           to
           every
           mans
           desert
           ,
           and
           quality
           ;
           that
           they
           keepe
           them
           ,
           or
           sell
           them
           to
           who
           will
           give
           most
           ;
           but
           they
           will
           not
           forget
           to
           use
           all
           the
           meanes
           they
           can
           ,
           to
           know
           their
           estates
           ,
           friends
           ,
           and
           quality
           ,
           and
           the
           better
           they
           finde
           you
           ,
           the
           worse
           they
           will
           use
           you
           ,
           till
           you
           doe
           agree
           to
           pay
           such
           a
           ransome
           ,
           as
           they
           will
           impose
           upon
           you
           ;
           therefore
           many
           great
           persons
           have
           ●ndured
           much
           misery
           to
           conceale
           themselves
           ,
           because
           their
           ransomes
           areso
           intolerable
           :
           their
           best
           hope
           is
           of
           some
           Christian
           Agent
           ,
           that
           many
           times
           commeth
           to
           redeeme
           slaves
           ,
           either
           with
           mony
           ,
           or
           man
           for
           man
           ;
           those
           Agents
           knowing
           so
           well
           the
           extreme
           covetousnesse
           of
           the
           Tartars
           ,
           doe
           use
           to
           bribe
           some
           Iew
           or
           Merchant
           ,
           that
           feigning
           they
           will
           sell
           them
           againe
           to
           some
           other
           nation
           ,
           are
           oft
           redeemed
           for
           a
           very
           small
           ransome
           .
        
         
           
           But
           to
           this
           Tartarian
           Armie
           ,
           when
           the
           Turke
           commands
           ,
           he
           goeth
           with
           some
           small
           artillery
           ;
           and
           the
           
             Nagagians
             ,
             Perecopens
             ,
             Crimes
             ,
             Osovens
             ,
          
           and
           Cersessians
           ,
           are
           his
           tributaries
           ;
           but
           the
           
             Petigorves
             ,
             Oczaconians
             ,
             Byalogordens
          
           ,
           and
           
             Dobrucen
             Tartars
          
           ,
           the
           Turke
           by
           covenant
           commands
           to
           follow
           him
           ,
           so
           that
           from
           all
           those
           Tartars
           he
           hath
           had
           an
           Army
           of
           an
           hundred
           and
           twenty
           thousand
           excellent
           ,
           swift
           ,
           stomackfull
           Tartarian
           horse
           ,
           for
           foot
           they
           have
           none
           .
           Now
           the
           Chan
           ,
           his
           Sultaines
           and
           nobility
           ,
           use
           
             Turkish
             ,
             Caramanian
             ,
             Arabian
             ,
             Parthian
             ,
          
           and
           other
           strange
           Tartarian
           horses
           ;
           the
           swiftest
           they
           esteeme
           the
           best
           ;
           seldome
           they
           feede
           any
           more
           at
           home
           ,
           than
           they
           have
           present
           use
           for
           ;
           but
           upon
           their
           plaines
           is
           a
           short
           wodde
           like
           heath
           ,
           in
           some
           countries
           like
           gaile
           ,
           full
           of
           berries
           ,
           farre
           much
           better
           than
           any
           grasse
           .
        
         
           
           Their
           Armes
           are
           such
           as
           they
           have
           surprised
           or
           got
           from
           the
           Christians
           or
           Persians
           ,
           both
           brest-plates
           ,
           swords
           ,
           semiteres
           ,
           and
           helmets
           ;
           bowes
           and
           arrowes
           they
           make
           most
           themselves
           ,
           also
           their
           bridles
           and
           saddles
           are
           indifferent
           ,
           but
           the
           nobility
           are
           very
           handsome
           ,
           and
           well
           armed
           like
           the
           Turkes
           ,
           in
           whom
           consisteth
           their
           greatest
           glory
           ;
           the
           ordinary
           sort
           have
           little
           armor
           ,
           some
           a
           plaine
           young
           pole
           unshaven
           ,
           headed
           with
           a
           peece
           of
           iron
           for
           a
           lance
           ;
           some
           an
           old
           Christian
           pike
           ,
           or
           a
           Turks
           cavatine
           ;
           yet
           those
           tattertimallions
           will
           have
           two
           or
           three
           horses
           ,
           some
           
           foure
           or
           five
           ,
           as
           well
           for
           service
           ,
           as
           for
           to
           eat
           ;
           which
           makes
           their
           Armies
           seem
           thrice
           so
           many
           as
           there
           are
           souldiers
           .
           The
           Chan
           himselfe
           hath
           about
           his
           person
           ten
           thousand
           chosen
           Tartars
           and
           Ianizaries
           ,
           some
           small
           Ordnance
           ,
           and
           a
           white
           mares
           taile
           ,
           with
           a
           peece
           of
           greene
           taffity
           on
           a
           great
           Pike
           ,
           is
           carried
           before
           him
           for
           a
           standard
           ;
           because
           they
           hold
           no
           beast
           so
           precious
           as
           a
           white
           mare
           ,
           whose
           milke
           is
           onely
           for
           the
           King
           &
           nobility
           ,
           and
           to
           sacrifice
           to
           their
           Idolls
           ;
           but
           the
           rest
           have
           ensignes
           of
           dive●s
           colours
           .
        
         
           For
           all
           this
           miserable
           knowledge
           ,
           furniture
           ,
           and
           equipage
           ,
           th●
           mischiefe
           they
           doe
           in
           Christendome
           is
           wonderfull
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           their
           hardnesse
           of
           life
           and
           constitution
           ,
           obedience
           ,
           agilitie
           ,
           and
           their
           Emperours
           bountie
           ,
           honours
           ,
           grace
           ,
           and
           dignities
           he
           ever
           bestoweth
           upon
           those
           ,
           that
           have
           done
           him
           any
           memorable
           service
           in
           the
           face
           of
           his
           enemies
           .
        
         
           The
           Caspian
           Sea
           ,
           
           most
           men
           agree
           that
           have
           passed
           it
           ,
           to
           be
           in
           length
           about
           200.
           leagues
           ,
           and
           in
           breadth
           an
           hundred
           &
           fifty
           ,
           environed
           to
           the
           East
           ,
           with
           the
           great
           desarts
           of
           the
           Tartars
           of
           Turkamane
           ;
           to
           the
           West
           ,
           by
           the
           Circasses
           ,
           and
           the
           mountaine
           Caucasus
           ;
           to
           the
           North
           ,
           by
           the
           river
           Volga
           ,
           and
           the
           land
           of
           Nagay
           ;
           and
           to
           the
           South
           ,
           by
           Media
           ,
           and
           Persia
           :
           this
           sea
           is
           fresh
           water
           in
           many
           places
           ,
           in
           others
           as
           salt
           as
           the
           great
           Ocean
           ;
           it
           hath
           many
           great
           rivers
           which
           fall
           into
           it
           ,
           as
           the
           mighty
           river
           of
           Volga
           ,
           which
           is
           like
           a
           sea
           ,
           running
           neere
           two
           thousand
           miles
           ,
           through
           many
           great
           and
           large
           Countries
           ,
           that
           send
           into
           it
           many
           other
           great
           rivers
           ;
           also
           out
           of
           
             Saberya
             ,
             Yaick
          
           ,
           and
           Yem
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           great
           mountaine
           Caucasus
           ,
           the
           river
           
             Sirus
             ,
             Arash
          
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           ,
           yet
           no
           Sea
           neerer
           it
           than
           the
           blacke
           Sea
           ,
           which
           is
           at
           least
           an
           hundred
           leagues
           distant
           :
           in
           which
           Country
           live
           the
           Georgians
           ,
           now
           part
           Armenians
           ,
           part
           Nestorians
           ;
           it
           is
           neither
           found
           to
           increase
           or
           diminish
           ,
           or
           empty
           it selfe
           any
           way
           ,
           except
           it
           be
           under
           ground
           ,
           and
           in
           some
           places
           they
           can
           finde
           no
           ground
           at
           two
           hundred
           fadome
           .
        
         
           Many
           other
           most
           strange
           and
           wonderfull
           things
           are
           in
           the
           land
           of
           Cathay
           towards
           the
           North-east
           ,
           and
           Chyna
           towards
           the
           South-east
           ,
           where
           are
           many
           of
           the
           most
           famous
           Kingdomes
           in
           the
           world
           ;
           where
           most
           arts
           ,
           plenty
           ,
           and
           curiosities
           are
           in
           such
           abundance
           ,
           as
           might
           seeme
           incredible
           ,
           which
           hereafter
           I
           will
           relate
           ,
           as
           I
           have
           briefly
           gathered
           from
           such
           authors
           as
           have
           lived
           there
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XVII
           .
        
         
           
             How
             captaine
             Smith
             escaped
             his
             captivity
             ;
             slew
             the
             Bashaw
             of
             Nalbrits
             in
             Cambia
             ;
             
               his
               passage
               to
            
             Russia
             ,
             Transilvania
             ,
             and
             the
             middest
             of
             Europe
             to
             Affrica
             .
          
        
         
           ALL
           the
           hope
           he
           had
           ever
           to
           be
           delivered
           from
           this
           thraldome
           ,
           
           was
           only
           the
           love
           of
           Tragabigzanda
           ,
           who
           surely
           was
           ignorant
           of
           his
           bad
           usage
           ;
           for
           although
           he
           had
           often
           debated
           the
           matter
           with
           some
           Christians
           ,
           that
           had
           beene
           there
           a
           long
           time
           slaves
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           finde
           how
           to
           make
           an
           escape
           ,
           by
           any
           reason
           or
           possibility
           ;
           but
           God
           beyond
           
           mans
           expectation
           or
           imagination
           helpeth
           his
           servants
           when
           they
           least
           thinke
           of
           helpe
           ,
           as
           it
           hapned
           to
           him
           .
           So
           long
           he
           lived
           in
           this
           miserable
           estate
           ,
           as
           he
           became
           a
           thresher
           at
           a
           grange
           in
           a
           great
           field
           ,
           more
           than
           a
           league
           from
           the
           Tymors
           house
           ;
           the
           Bashaw
           as
           he
           ost
           used
           to
           visit
           his
           granges
           ,
           visited
           him
           ,
           and
           rocke
           occasion
           so
           to
           beat
           ,
           spurne
           ,
           and
           revile
           him
           ,
           that
           forgetting
           all
           reason
           ,
           he
           beat
           out
           the
           Tymors
           braines
           with
           his
           threshing
           bat
           ,
           for
           they
           have
           no
           flailes
           ;
           and
           seeing
           his
           estate
           could
           be
           no
           worse
           than
           it
           was
           ,
           clothed
           himselfe
           in
           his
           clothes
           ,
           hid
           his
           body
           under
           the
           straw
           ,
           filled
           his
           knapsacke
           with
           corne
           ,
           shut
           the
           doores
           ,
           mounted
           his
           horse
           ,
           and
           ranne
           into
           the
           desart
           at
           all
           adventure
           ;
           two
           or
           three
           dayes
           thus
           fearfully
           wandring
           he
           knew
           not
           whither
           ,
           and
           well
           it
           was
           he
           met
           not
           any
           to
           aske
           the
           way
           ;
           being
           even
           as
           taking
           l●ave
           of
           this
           miserable
           world
           ,
           God
           did
           direct
           him
           to
           the
           great
           way
           or
           Castragan
           ,
           as
           they
           call
           it
           ,
           which
           doth
           crosse
           these
           large
           territories
           ,
           and
           generally
           knowne
           among
           them
           by
           these
           markes
           .
        
         
           
           In
           every
           crossing
           of
           this
           great
           way
           is
           planted
           a
           post
           ,
           and
           in
           it
           so
           many
           bobs
           with
           broad
           ends
           ,
           as
           there
           be
           wayes
           ,
           and
           every
           bob
           the
           figure
           painted
           on
           it
           ,
           that
           demonstrateth
           to
           what
           part
           that
           way
           lead●th
           ;
           as
           that
           which
           pointeth
           towards
           the
           Cryms
           Country
           ,
           is
           marked
           with
           a
           halfe
           Monne
           ,
           if
           towards
           the
           Georgians
           and
           Persia
           ,
           a
           blacke
           man
           ,
           full
           of
           white
           spots
           ,
           if
           towards
           China
           ,
           the
           picture
           of
           the
           Sunne
           ,
           if
           towards
           Muscovia
           ,
           the
           signe
           of
           a
           Crosse
           ,
           if
           towards
           the
           habitation
           of
           any
           other
           Prince
           ,
           the
           figure
           whereby
           his
           standard
           is
           knowne
           .
           To
           his
           dying
           spirits
           thus
           God
           added
           some
           comfort
           in
           this
           melancholy
           journey
           ,
           wherein
           if
           he
           had
           met
           any
           of
           that
           vilde
           generation
           ,
           they
           had
           made
           him
           their
           slave
           ,
           or
           knowing
           the
           figure
           engraven
           in
           the
           iron
           about
           his
           necke
           ,
           (
           as
           all
           slaves
           have
           )
           he
           had
           beene
           sent
           backe
           againe
           to
           his
           master
           ;
           sixteene
           dayes
           he
           travelled
           in
           this
           feare
           and
           torment
           ,
           after
           the
           Crosse
           ,
           till
           he
           arrived
           at
           Aecopolis
           ,
           upon
           the
           river
           Don
           ,
           a
           garrison
           of
           the
           Muscovites
           .
           The
           governour
           after
           due
           examination
           of
           those
           his
           hard
           events
           ,
           tooke
           off
           his
           irons
           ,
           and
           so
           kindly
           used
           him
           ,
           he
           thought
           himselfe
           new
           risen
           from
           death
           ,
           and
           the
           good
           Lady
           Callamata
           ,
           largely
           supplied
           all
           his
           wants
           .
        
         
           
           that
           the
           Country
           of
           Cambia
           is
           two
           dayes
           journy
           from
           the
           head
           of
           the
           great
           river
           Bruapo
           ,
           which
           springeth
           from
           many
           places
           of
           the
           mountaines
           of
           Innagachi
           ,
           that
           joyne
           themselves
           together
           in
           the
           Poole
           Kerkas
           ;
           which
           they
           account
           for
           the
           head
           ,
           and
           falleth
           into
           the
           Sea
           Dissabacca
           ,
           called
           by
           some
           the
           lake
           Meotis
           ,
           which
           receiveth
           also
           the
           river
           Tanais
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           rivers
           that
           fall
           from
           the
           great
           Countries
           of
           the
           Circassi
           ,
           the
           Cartaches
           ,
           and
           many
           from
           the
           
             Tauricaes
             ,
             Precopes
             ,
             Cummani
             ,
             Cossunka
             ,
          
           and
           the
           Cryme
           ;
           through
           which
           Sea
           he
           sailed
           ,
           and
           up
           the
           river
           Bruapo
           to
           Nalbrits
           ,
           and
           thence
           through
           the
           desarts
           of
           Circassi
           to
           Aecoplis
           ,
           as
           is
           related
           ;
           where
           he
           stayed
           with
           the
           Governour
           ,
           till
           the
           Convoy
           went
           to
           Coraguaw
           ;
           then
           with
           his
           certificate
           how
           hee
           found
           him
           ,
           and
           had
           examined
           with
           his
           friendly
           letters
           sent
           him
           by
           Zumalacke
           to
           Caragnaw
           ,
           whose
           Governour
           in
           like
           manner
           so
           kindly
           use
           him
           ,
           that
           by
           this
           meanes
           he
           went
           with
           a
           safe
           conduct
           to
           Letch
           ,
           and
           Donka
           ,
           in
           Cologoske
           ,
           and
           thence
           to
           Berniske
           ,
           and
           Newgrod
           in
           Seberia
           ,
           by
           Rezechica
           ,
           upon
           the
           river
           Niper
           ,
           in
           the
           confines
           
           of
           Littuania
           ;
           from
           whence
           with
           as
           much
           kindnesse
           he
           was
           convoyed
           in
           like
           manner
           by
           
             Coroski
             ,
             Duberesko
             ,
             Duzihell
             ,
             Drohobus
             ,
          
           and
           Ostroge
           in
           
             Volonis
             ;
             Saslaw
          
           and
           Lasco
           in
           
             Podolia
             ;
             Halico
          
           and
           Collonia
           in
           Polonia
           ;
           and
           so
           to
           Hermonstat
           in
           Transilvania
           .
           In
           all
           his
           life
           he
           seldome
           met
           with
           more
           resp●ct
           ,
           mirth
           ,
           content
           ,
           and
           entertainment
           ;
           and
           not
           any
           Governour
           where
           he
           came
           ,
           but
           gave
           him
           somewhat
           as
           a
           present
           ,
           besides
           his
           charges
           ;
           seeing
           themselves
           as
           subject
           to
           the
           like
           calamity
           .
           
           Through
           those
           poore
           continually
           forraged
           Countries
           there
           is
           no
           passage
           ,
           but
           with
           the
           Carravans
           or
           Convoyes
           ;
           for
           they
           are
           Countries
           rather
           to
           be
           pitied
           ,
           than
           envied
           ;
           and
           it
           is
           a
           wonder
           any
           should
           make
           warres
           for
           them
           .
           The
           Villages
           are
           onely
           here
           and
           there
           a
           few
           houses
           of
           straight
           Firre
           trees
           ,
           laid
           heads
           and
           points
           above
           one
           another
           ,
           made
           fast
           by
           notches
           at
           the
           ends
           more
           than
           a
           mans
           height
           ,
           and
           with
           broad
           split
           boards
           ,
           pinned
           together
           with
           woodden
           pinnes
           ,
           as
           thatched
           for
           coverture
           .
           In
           ten
           Villages
           you
           shall
           scarce
           finde
           ten
           iron
           nailes
           ,
           except
           it
           be
           in
           some
           extraordinary
           mans
           house
           .
           For
           their
           Townes
           ,
           
             Aecopolis
             ,
             Letch
          
           ,
           and
           D●nko
           ,
           have
           rampiers
           made
           of
           that
           woodden
           walled
           fashion
           ,
           double
           ,
           and
           betwixt
           them
           earth
           and
           stones
           ,
           but
           so
           latched
           with
           crosse
           timber
           ,
           they
           are
           very
           strong
           against
           any
           thing
           but
           fire
           ;
           and
           about
           them
           a
           deepe
           ditch
           ,
           and
           a
           Palizado
           of
           young
           Firre
           trees
           :
           but
           most
           of
           the
           rest
           have
           only
           a
           great
           ditch
           cast
           about
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           ditches
           earth
           is
           all
           their
           rampier
           ;
           but
           round
           well
           environed
           with
           Palizadoes
           .
           Some
           have
           some
           few
           small
           peeces
           of
           small
           Ordnance
           ,
           and
           slings
           ,
           calievers
           ,
           and
           muskets
           ,
           but
           their
           generallest
           weapons
           are
           the
           Russe
           bowes
           and
           arrowes
           ;
           you
           shall
           find
           pavements
           over
           bogges
           ,
           onely
           of
           young
           Firre
           trees
           laid
           crosse
           one
           over
           another
           ,
           for
           two
           or
           three
           houres
           journey
           ,
           or
           as
           the
           passage
           requires
           ,
           and
           yet
           in
           two
           dayes
           travell
           you
           shall
           scarce
           see
           six
           habitations
           .
           Notwithstanding
           to
           see
           how
           their
           Lords
           ,
           Governours
           ,
           and
           Captaines
           are
           civilized
           ,
           well
           attired
           and
           acoutred
           with
           Iewells
           ,
           Sables
           ,
           and
           Horses
           ,
           and
           after
           their
           manner
           with
           curious
           furniture
           ,
           it
           is
           wonderfull
           ;
           but
           they
           are
           all
           Lords
           or
           slaves
           ,
           which
           makes
           them
           so
           subject
           to
           every
           invasion
           .
        
         
           In
           Transilvania
           he
           found
           so
           many
           good
           friends
           ,
           that
           but
           to
           see
           ,
           and
           rejoyce
           himselfe
           (
           after
           all
           those
           encounters
           )
           in
           his
           native
           Country
           ,
           he
           would
           ever
           hardly
           have
           left
           them
           ,
           though
           the
           mirrour
           of
           vertue
           their
           Prince
           was
           absent
           .
           Being
           thus
           glutted
           with
           content
           ,
           and
           neere
           drowned
           with
           joy
           ,
           he
           passed
           high
           Hungaria
           by
           
             Fileck
             ,
             Tocka
             ,
             Cassovia
          
           ,
           and
           Vnderoroway
           ,
           by
           Vlmicht
           in
           Moravia
           ,
           to
           Prague
           in
           Bohemia
           ;
           at
           last
           he
           found
           the
           most
           gracious
           Prince
           Sigismundus
           ,
           with
           his
           Colonell
           at
           Lipswick
           in
           Misenland
           ,
           who
           gave
           him
           his
           Passe
           ,
           intimating
           the
           service
           he
           had
           done
           ,
           and
           the
           honours
           he
           had
           received
           ,
           with
           fifteene
           hundred
           ducats
           of
           gold
           to
           repaire
           his
           losses
           :
           with
           this
           he
           spent
           some
           time
           to
           visit
           the
           faire
           Cities
           and
           Countries
           of
           Drasdon
           in
           
             Saxonie
             ,
             Magdaburgh
          
           and
           
             Brunswicke
             ;
             Cassell
          
           in
           
             Hessen
             ;
             Wittenberg
             ,
             Vilum
          
           ,
           and
           Minikin
           in
           
             Bavaria
             ;
             Aughsbrough
          
           ,
           and
           her
           Vniversities
           ;
           
             Hama
             ,
             Franckford
             ,
             Mentz
          
           ,
           the
           
             Palatinate
             ;
             Wormes
             ,
             Speyre
          
           ,
           and
           Strausborough
           ;
           passing
           Nancie
           in
           Loraine
           ,
           and
           France
           by
           Paris
           to
           Orleans
           ,
           hee
           went
           downe
           the
           river
           of
           Loyer
           ,
           to
           Angiers
           ,
           and
           imbarked
           himselfe
           at
           Nantz
           in
           Britanny
           ,
           for
           Bilbao
           in
           Biskay
           ,
           to
           see
           Burgos-Valiadolid
           ,
           
           the
           admired
           monasterie
           of
           the
           
             Escuriall
             ,
             Madrill
             ,
             Teledo
             ,
             Cordua
             ,
             Cuedyriall
             ,
             Civill
             ,
             Cheryes
             ,
             Cales
             ,
          
           and
           Saint
           Lucas
           in
           Spaine
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XVIII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             observations
             of
             Captaine
             
               Smith
               ;
               Mr.
               Henrie
               Archer
            
             and
             others
             in
             Barbarie
             .
          
        
         
           BEing
           thus
           satisfied
           with
           Europe
           and
           Asia
           ,
           understanding
           of
           the
           wa●res
           in
           Barbarie
           ,
           hee
           went
           from
           Gibralter
           to
           Guta
           and
           Tanger
           ,
           thence
           to
           Saffee
           ,
           where
           growing
           into
           acquaintance
           with
           a
           French
           man
           of
           warre
           ,
           the
           Captaine
           and
           some
           twelve
           more
           went
           to
           Morocco
           ,
           to
           see
           the
           ancient
           monuments
           of
           that
           large
           renowned
           Citie
           :
           it
           was
           once
           the
           principall
           Citie
           in
           Barbarie
           ,
           situated
           in
           a
           goodly
           plaine
           Countrey
           ,
           14.
           miles
           from
           the
           great
           Mount
           Atlas
           ,
           and
           sixtie
           miles
           from
           the
           Atlanticke
           Sea
           ;
           
           but
           now
           little
           remaining
           ,
           but
           the
           Kings
           Palace
           ,
           which
           is
           like
           a
           Citie
           of
           it selfe
           ,
           and
           the
           Christian
           Church
           ,
           on
           whose
           flat
           square
           steeple
           is
           a
           great
           brouch
           of
           iron
           ,
           whereon
           is
           placed
           the
           three
           golden
           Bals
           of
           Affrica
           :
           the
           first
           is
           neere
           three
           Ells
           in
           circumference
           ,
           the
           next
           above
           it
           somewhat
           lesse
           ,
           the
           uppermost
           the
           least
           over
           them
           ,
           at
           it
           were
           an
           halfe
           Ball
           ,
           and
           over
           all
           a
           prettie
           guilded
           Pyramides
           .
           Against
           those
           golden
           Bals
           hath
           been
           shot
           many
           a
           shot
           ,
           their
           weight
           is
           recorded
           700.
           weight
           of
           pure
           gold
           ,
           hollow
           within
           ,
           yet
           no
           shot
           did
           ever
           hit
           them
           ,
           nor
           could
           ever
           any
           Conspirator
           attaine
           that
           honor
           as
           to
           get
           them
           downe
           .
           They
           report
           the
           Prince
           of
           Morocco
           betrothed
           himselfe
           to
           the
           Kings
           Daughter
           of
           Aethiopia
           ,
           he
           dying
           before
           their
           mariage
           ,
           she
           caused
           those
           three
           golden
           Balls
           to
           be
           set
           up
           for
           his
           Monument
           ,
           
           and
           vowed
           virginitie
           all
           her
           life
           .
           The
           Alfantica
           is
           also
           a
           place
           of
           note
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           invironed
           with
           a
           great
           wall
           ,
           wherein
           lye
           the
           goods
           of
           all
           the
           Merchants
           securely
           guarded
           .
           The
           Iuderea
           is
           also
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           a
           Citie
           of
           it selfe
           ,
           where
           dwell
           the
           Iewes
           :
           the
           rest
           for
           the
           most
           part
           is
           defaced
           :
           but
           by
           the
           many
           pinnacles
           and
           towers
           ,
           with
           Balls
           on
           their
           tops
           ,
           hath
           much
           appearance
           of
           much
           sumptuousness
           and
           curiositie
           .
           There
           have
           been
           many
           famous
           Universities
           ,
           which
           are
           now
           but
           stables
           for
           Fowles
           &
           Beasts
           ,
           &
           the
           houses
           in
           most
           parts
           lye
           tumbled
           one
           above
           another
           ;
           the
           walls
           of
           Earth
           are
           with
           the
           great
           fresh
           flouds
           washed
           to
           the
           ground
           ;
           nor
           is
           there
           any
           village
           in
           it
           ,
           but
           tents
           for
           Strangers
           ,
           Larbes
           &
           Moores
           .
           Strange
           tales
           they
           will
           tell
           of
           a
           great
           Garden
           ,
           wherein
           were
           all
           sorts
           of
           Bi●ds
           ,
           Fishes
           ,
           Beasts
           ,
           Fruits
           &
           Fountaines
           ,
           which
           for
           beautie
           ,
           Art
           and
           pleasure
           ,
           exceeded
           any
           place
           knowne
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           though
           now
           nothing
           but
           dung-hils
           ,
           Pigeon-houses
           ,
           shrubs
           and
           bushes
           .
           There
           are
           yet
           many
           excellent
           fountaines
           adorned
           with
           marble
           ,
           and
           many
           arches
           ,
           pillers
           ,
           towers
           ,
           ports
           and
           Temples
           ,
           but
           most
           only
           reliques
           of
           lamentable
           ruines
           and
           sad
           desolation
           .
        
         
           
           When
           
             Mully
             Hamet
          
           reigned
           in
           Barbarie
           ,
           hee
           had
           three
           sonnes
           ,
           
             Mully
             Shecke
             ,
             Mully
             Sidan
          
           ,
           and
           
             Mully
             Befferres
          
           ,
           be
           a
           most
           good
           and
           noble
           King
           ,
           that
           governed
           well
           with
           peace
           and
           plentie
           ,
           till
           his
           Empresse
           ,
           more
           cruell
           
           than
           any
           beast
           in
           Affrica
           ,
           poysoned
           him
           ,
           her
           owne
           daughter
           ,
           
             Mully
             Shecke
          
           his
           eldest
           sonne
           borne
           of
           a
           Portugall
           Ladie
           ,
           and
           his
           daughter
           ,
           to
           bring
           
             Mully
             Sidan
          
           to
           the
           Crowne
           now
           reigning
           ,
           which
           was
           the
           cause
           of
           all
           those
           brawles
           and
           warres
           that
           followed
           betwixt
           those
           Brothers
           ,
           their
           children
           ,
           and
           a
           Saint
           that
           start
           up
           ,
           but
           he
           played
           the
           Devill
           .
           
        
         
           King
           
             Mully
             Hamet
          
           was
           not
           blacke
           ,
           as
           many
           suppose
           ,
           but
           Molata
           ,
           or
           tawnie
           ,
           as
           are
           the
           most
           of
           his
           subjects
           ;
           everie
           way
           noble
           ,
           kinde
           and
           friendly
           ,
           verie
           rich
           and
           pompous
           in
           Sta●e
           and
           Majestie
           ,
           though
           hee
           sitteth
           not
           upon
           a
           Throne
           nor
           Chaire
           of
           Estate
           ,
           but
           crosse
           legged
           upon
           a
           rich
           Carpet
           ,
           as
           doth
           the
           Turke
           ,
           whose
           Religion
           of
           Mahomet
           ,
           with
           an
           incredible
           miserable
           curiositie
           they
           observe
           .
           His
           Ordinarie
           Guard
           is
           at
           least
           5000
           but
           in
           progresse
           he
           goeth
           not
           with
           lesse
           than
           20000.
           horsemen
           ,
           himselfe
           as
           rich
           in
           all
           his
           Equipage
           ,
           as
           any
           Prince
           in
           Christendome
           ,
           and
           yet
           a
           Contributor
           to
           the
           Turke
           .
           
           In
           all
           his
           Kingdome
           were
           so
           few
           good
           Artificers
           ,
           that
           hee
           entertained
           from
           England
           ,
           Gold-smiths
           ,
           Plummers
           ,
           Carvers
           ,
           and
           Polishers
           of
           stone
           ,
           and
           Watch-makers
           ,
           so
           much
           hee
           delighted
           in
           the
           reformation
           of
           workmanship
           ,
           hee
           allowed
           each
           of
           them
           ten
           shillings
           a
           day
           standing
           fee
           ,
           linnen
           ,
           woollen
           ,
           silkes
           ;
           and
           what
           they
           would
           for
           diet
           and
           apparell
           ,
           and
           custome-free
           to
           transport
           ,
           or
           import
           what
           they
           would
           ;
           for
           there
           were
           scarce
           any
           of
           those
           qualities
           in
           his
           Kingdomes
           ,
           but
           those
           ,
           of
           which
           there
           are
           divers
           of
           them
           living
           at
           this
           present
           in
           London
           .
           Amongst
           the
           rest
           ,
           one
           
             M●
             .
             Henry
             Archer
          
           ,
           a
           Watch-maker
           ,
           walking
           in
           Morocco
           ,
           from
           the
           Alfantica
           to
           the
           Iuredea
           ,
           the
           way
           being
           verie
           foule
           ,
           met
           a
           great
           Priest
           ,
           or
           a
           Sante
           (
           as
           they
           call
           all
           great
           Clergy-men
           )
           who
           would
           have
           thrust
           him
           into
           the
           durt
           for
           the
           way
           ;
           but
           Archer
           ,
           not
           knowing
           what
           he
           was
           ,
           gave
           him
           a
           box
           on
           the
           eare
           ,
           presently
           he
           was
           apprehended
           and
           condemned
           to
           have
           his
           tongue
           cut
           out
           ,
           and
           his
           hand
           cut
           off
           :
           but
           no
           sooner
           it
           was
           knowen
           at
           the
           Kings
           Court
           ,
           but
           300.
           of
           his
           Guard
           came
           ,
           and
           broke
           open
           the
           Prison
           ,
           and
           delivered
           him
           ,
           although
           the
           fact
           was
           next
           degree
           to
           Treason
           .
        
         
           Concerning
           this
           Archer
           ,
           there
           is
           one
           thing
           more
           worth
           noting
           :
           
           Not
           farre
           from
           Mount
           Atlas
           ,
           a
           great
           Lionesse
           in
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           day
           ,
           did
           use
           to
           bathe
           her selfe
           ,
           and
           teach
           her
           young
           Puppies
           to
           swimme
           in
           the
           river
           Cauzeff
           ,
           of
           a
           good
           bredth
           ;
           yet
           she
           would
           carrie
           them
           one
           after
           another
           over
           the
           river
           ;
           which
           some
           Moores
           perceiving
           watched
           their
           opportunitie
           ,
           and
           when
           the
           river
           was
           betweene
           her
           and
           them
           ,
           stole
           foure
           of
           her
           whelps
           ,
           which
           she
           perceiving
           ,
           with
           all
           the
           speed
           shee
           could
           passed
           the
           river
           ,
           and
           comming
           neere
           them
           they
           let
           fall
           a
           whelpe
           (
           and
           fled
           with
           the
           rest
           )
           which
           she
           tooke
           in
           her
           mouth
           ,
           and
           so
           returned
           to
           the
           rest
           :
           a
           Male
           and
           a
           Female
           of
           those
           they
           gave
           Mr.
           Archer
           ,
           who
           kept
           them
           in
           the
           Kings
           Garden
           ,
           till
           the
           Male
           killed
           the
           Female
           ,
           then
           he
           brought
           ,
           it
           up
           as
           a
           Puppy-dog
           lying
           upon
           his
           bed
           ,
           till
           it
           grew
           so
           great
           as
           a
           Mastiffe
           ,
           and
           no
           dog
           more
           tame
           or
           gentle
           to
           them
           hee
           knew
           :
           but
           being
           to
           returne
           for
           England
           ,
           at
           Saffee
           he
           gave
           him
           to
           a
           Merchant
           of
           Marsellis
           ,
           that
           presented
           him
           to
           the
           French
           K●ng
           ,
           who
           sent
           him
           to
           King
           Iames
           ,
           where
           it
           was
           kept
           in
           the
           Tower
           seven
           yeeres
           :
           After
           one
           Mr.
           
             Iohn
             Bull
          
           ,
           then
           servant
           to
           Mr.
           Archer
           ,
           with
           divers
           of
           his
           friends
           ,
           went
           to
           see
           the
           Lyons
           ,
           not
           knowing
           any
           thing
           at
           all
           of
           him
           ;
           yet
           this
           rare
           beast
           smelled
           him
           before
           hee
           
           saw
           him
           ,
           whining
           ,
           groaning
           ,
           and
           tumbling
           ,
           with
           such
           an
           expression
           of
           acquaintance
           ,
           that
           being
           informed
           by
           the
           Keepers
           how-hee
           came
           thither
           ;
           Mr.
           Bull
           so
           prevailed
           ,
           the
           Keeper
           opened
           the
           grate
           ,
           and
           Bull
           went
           in
           :
           But
           no
           Dogge
           could
           fawne
           more
           on
           his
           Master
           ,
           than
           the
           Lyon
           on
           him
           ,
           licking
           his
           feet
           ,
           hands
           ,
           and
           face
           ,
           skipping
           and
           tumbling
           to
           and
           fro
           ,
           to
           the
           wonder
           of
           all
           the
           beholders
           ;
           being
           satisfied
           with
           his
           acquaintance
           ,
           he
           made
           shift
           to
           get
           out
           of
           the
           grate
           .
           But
           when
           the
           Lyon
           saw
           his
           friend
           gone
           ,
           no
           beast
           by
           bellowing
           ,
           roaring
           ,
           scratching
           ,
           and
           howling
           ,
           could
           expresse
           more
           rage
           and
           sorrow
           ,
           nor
           in
           foure
           dayes
           after
           would
           he
           either
           eat
           or
           drinke
           .
        
         
           
           In
           Morocco
           ,
           the
           Kings
           Lyons
           are
           all
           together
           in
           a
           Court
           ,
           invironed
           with
           a
           great
           high
           wall
           ;
           to
           those
           they
           put
           a
           young
           Puppy-dogge
           :
           the
           greatest
           Lyon
           had
           a
           sore
           upon
           his
           necke
           ,
           which
           this
           Dogge
           so
           licked
           that
           he
           was
           healed
           :
           the
           Lyon
           defended
           him
           from
           the
           furie
           of
           all
           the
           rest
           ,
           nor
           durst
           they
           eat
           till
           the
           Dogge
           and
           he
           had
           fed
           ;
           this
           Dog
           grew
           great
           ,
           and
           lived
           amongst
           them
           many
           yeeres
           after
           .
        
         
           
           Fez
           also
           is
           a
           most
           large
           and
           plentifull
           Countrey
           ,
           the
           chiefe
           Citie
           is
           called
           Fez
           ,
           divided
           into
           two
           parts
           ;
           old
           Fez
           ,
           containing
           about
           80.
           thousand
           housholds
           ,
           the
           other
           4000.
           pleasantly
           situated
           vpon
           a
           River
           in
           the
           heart
           of
           Barbarie
           ,
           part
           upon
           hils
           ,
           part
           upon
           plaines
           ,
           full
           of
           people
           ,
           and
           all
           sorts
           of
           Merchandise
           .
           The
           great
           Temple
           is
           called
           Carucen
           ,
           in
           bredth
           seventeene
           Arches
           ,
           in
           length
           120.
           borne
           up
           with
           2500.
           white
           marble
           pillars
           :
           under
           the
           chiefe
           Arch
           ,
           where
           the
           Tribunall
           is
           kept
           ,
           hangeth
           a
           most
           huge
           lampe
           ,
           compassed
           with
           110.
           lesser
           ,
           under
           the
           other
           also
           hang
           great
           lamps
           ,
           and
           about
           some
           are
           burning
           fifteene
           hundred
           lights
           .
           They
           say
           they
           were
           all
           made
           of
           the
           bels
           the
           Arabians
           brought
           from
           Spaine
           .
           It
           hath
           three
           gates
           of
           notable
           height
           ,
           Priests
           and
           Officers
           so
           many
           ,
           that
           the
           circuit
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           the
           Yard
           ,
           and
           other
           houses
           ,
           is
           little
           lesse
           than
           a
           mile
           and
           an
           halfe
           in
           compasse
           ;
           there
           are
           in
           this
           Citie
           200.
           
           Schooles
           ,
           200.
           
           Innes
           ,
           400.
           water-mils
           ,
           600.
           water-Conduits
           ,
           700.
           
           Temples
           and
           Oratories
           ;
           but
           fiftie
           of
           them
           most
           stately
           and
           richly
           furnished
           .
           Their
           Alcazer
           or
           Burse
           is
           walled
           about
           ,
           it
           hath
           twelve
           gates
           ,
           and
           fifteen
           walks
           covered
           with
           tents
           ,
           to
           keepe
           the
           Sun
           from
           the
           Merchants
           ,
           and
           them
           that
           come
           there
           .
           The
           Kings
           Palace
           ,
           both
           for
           strength
           and
           beautie
           is
           excellent
           ,
           and
           the
           Citizens
           have
           many
           great
           privileges
           .
           Those
           two
           Countreyes
           of
           Fez
           and
           Morocco
           ,
           are
           the
           best
           part
           of
           all
           Barbarie
           ,
           abounding
           with
           people
           ,
           cattell
           ,
           and
           all
           good
           necessaries
           for
           mans
           use
           .
           For
           the
           rest
           ,
           as
           the
           Larbes
           ,
           or
           Mountainers
           ,
           the
           Kingdomes
           of
           
             Cocow
             ,
             Algier
             ,
             Tripoly
             ,
             Tunis
             ,
          
           and
           Aegypt
           ;
           there
           are
           many
           large
           histories
           of
           them
           in
           divers
           languages
           ,
           
           especially
           that
           writ
           by
           that
           most
           excellent
           Statesman
           ,
           
             Iohn
             de
             Leo
          
           ,
           who
           afterward
           turned
           Christian.
           The
           unknowen
           Countries
           of
           Ginny
           and
           Binne
           ,
           this
           six
           and
           twentie
           yeeres
           have
           beene
           frequented
           with
           a
           few
           English
           ships
           only
           to
           trade
           ,
           especially
           the
           river
           of
           Senaga
           ,
           by
           Captaine
           Brimstead
           ,
           Captaine
           Brockit
           ,
           Mr.
           Crump
           ▪
           and
           divers
           others
           .
           Also
           the
           great
           river
           of
           Gambra
           ,
           by
           Captaine
           Iobson
           ,
           who
           is
           returned
           in
           thither
           againe
           in
           the
           yeere
           1626.
           with
           Mr.
           
             William
             Grent
          
           ,
           and
           thirteene
           or
           fourteene
           others
           ,
           to
           stay
           in
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           to
           discover
           some
           way
           to
           those
           rich
           mines
           of
           Gago
           or
           Tumbatu
           ,
           from
           whence
           is
           supposed
           the
           Moores
           of
           
           Barbarie
           have
           their
           gold
           ,
           and
           the
           certaintie
           of
           those
           supposed
           descriptions
           and
           relations
           of
           those
           interiour
           parts
           ,
           which
           daily
           the
           more
           they
           are
           sought
           into
           ,
           the
           more
           they
           are
           corrected
           .
           For
           surely
           ,
           those
           interiour
           parts
           of
           Affrica
           are
           little
           knowen
           to
           either
           
             English
             ,
             French
          
           ,
           or
           Dutch
           ,
           though
           they
           use
           much
           the
           Coast
           ;
           therefore
           wee
           will
           make
           a
           little
           bold
           with
           the
           observations
           of
           the
           Portugalls
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XIX
           .
        
         
           
             The
             strange
             discoveries
             and
             observations
             of
             the
             Portugalls
             in
             Affrica
             .
          
        
         
           THe
           Portugalls
           on
           those
           pars
           have
           the
           glorie
           ,
           
           who
           first
           coasting
           along
           this
           Westerne
           shore
           of
           Affrica
           ,
           to
           finde
           passage
           to
           the
           
             East
             Indies
          
           ,
           within
           this
           hundred
           and
           fiftie
           yeeres
           ,
           even
           from
           the
           Streights
           of
           Gibralter
           ,
           about
           the
           Cape
           of
           
             Bone
             Esperance
          
           to
           the
           
             Persian
             Gulfe
          
           ,
           and
           thence
           all
           along
           the
           Asian
           Coast
           to
           the
           Moluccas
           ,
           have
           subjected
           many
           great
           Kingdomes
           ,
           erected
           many
           Common-wealths
           ,
           built
           many
           great
           and
           strong
           Cities
           ;
           and
           where
           is
           it
           they
           have
           not
           beene
           by
           trade
           or
           force
           ?
           no
           not
           so
           much
           as
           
             Cape
             de
             Verd
          
           ,
           and
           Sermleone
           ;
           but
           most
           Bayes
           or
           Rivers
           ,
           where
           there
           is
           any
           trade
           to
           bee
           had
           ,
           especially
           gold
           ,
           or
           conveniencie
           for
           refreshment
           ,
           but
           they
           are
           scattered
           ;
           living
           so
           amongst
           those
           Blacks
           ,
           by
           time
           and
           cunning
           they
           seeme
           to
           bee
           naturalized
           amongst
           them
           .
           As
           for
           the
           Isles
           of
           the
           Canaries
           ,
           they
           have
           faire
           Townes
           ,
           many
           Villages
           ,
           and
           many
           thousands
           of
           people
           rich
           in
           commodities
           .
        
         
           
             Ordoardo
             Lopez
          
           ,
           a
           noble
           
             Portugall
             ,
             Anno
             Dom.
          
           1578.
           
           imbarquing
           himselfe
           for
           Congo
           to
           trade
           ,
           where
           he
           found
           such
           entertainment
           ,
           finding
           the
           King
           much
           oppressed
           with
           enemies
           ,
           hee
           found
           meanes
           to
           bring
           in
           the
           Portugalls
           to
           assist
           him
           ,
           whereby
           he
           planted
           there
           Christian
           Religion
           ,
           and
           spent
           m●st
           of
           his
           life
           to
           bring
           those
           Countreyes
           to
           the
           Crowne
           of
           Portugall
           ,
           which
           he
           describeth
           in
           this
           manner
           .
        
         
           The
           Kingdome
           of
           Congo
           is
           about
           600.
           miles
           diameter
           any
           way
           ,
           
           the
           chiefe
           Citie
           called
           
             St.
             Savadore
          
           ,
           seated
           upon
           an
           exceeding
           high
           mountaine
           ,
           150.
           miles
           from
           the
           Sea
           ,
           verie
           fertile
           ,
           and
           inhabited
           with
           more
           than
           100000.
           persons
           ,
           where
           is
           an
           excellent
           prospect
           over
           all
           the
           plaine
           Countreyes
           about
           it
           ,
           well
           watered
           ,
           lying
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           in
           the
           Center
           of
           this
           Kingdome
           ,
           over
           all
           which
           the
           Portugalls
           now
           command
           ,
           though
           but
           an
           handfull
           in
           comparison
           of
           Negroes
           .
           They
           have
           flesh
           and
           fruits
           verie
           plentifull
           of
           divers
           sorts
           .
           
        
         
           This
           Kingdom
           is
           divided
           into
           five
           Provinces
           ,
           viz.
           
             Bamba
             ,
             Sundi
             Pango
             ,
             Batta
          
           and
           Pembo
           ;
           but
           Bamba
           is
           the
           principall
           ,
           and
           can
           affoord
           400000.
           men
           of
           warre
           .
           Elephants
           are
           bred
           over
           all
           those
           Provinces
           ,
           and
           of
           wonderfull
           greatnesse
           ;
           though
           some
           report
           they
           cannot
           kneele
           ,
           nor
           lye
           downe
           ,
           they
           can
           doe
           both
           ,
           and
           have
           their
           joynts
           as
           other
           creatures
           for
           use
           :
           with
           their
           fore-seet
           they
           will
           leape
           upon
           trees
           to
           pull
           downe
           the
           boughes
           ,
           and
           are
           of
           that
           strength
           ,
           they
           will
           shake
           a
           great
           Cocar
           tree
           for
           
           the
           nuts
           ,
           and
           pull
           downe
           a
           good
           tree
           with
           their
           ruskes
           ,
           to
           get
           the
           leaves
           to
           eat
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           sedge
           and
           long
           grasse
           ,
           Cocar
           nuts
           and
           berries
           ,
           &c.
           which
           with
           their
           trunke
           they
           put
           in
           their
           mouth
           ,
           and
           chew
           it
           with
           their
           smaller
           teeth
           ;
           in
           most
           of
           those
           Provinces
           ,
           are
           many
           rich
           mines
           ,
           but
           the
           Negars
           opposed
           the
           Portugalls
           for
           working
           in
           them
           .
        
         
           
           The
           Kingdome
           of
           Angola
           is
           wonderfull
           populous
           ,
           and
           rich
           in
           mines
           of
           silver
           ,
           copper
           ,
           and
           most
           other
           mettalls
           ;
           fruitfull
           in
           all
           manner
           of
           food
           ,
           and
           sundry
           sorts
           of
           cattell
           ,
           but
           dogges
           fl●sh
           they
           love
           better
           than
           any
           other
           meat
           ;
           they
           use
           few
           clothes
           ,
           and
           no
           Armour
           ;
           bowes
           ,
           arrowes
           ,
           and
           clubs
           ,
           are
           their
           weapons
           .
           But
           the
           Portugalls
           are
           well
           armed
           against
           those
           engines
           ,
           and
           doe
           buy
           yearely
           of
           those
           Blacks
           more
           than
           five
           thousand
           sl●ves
           ,
           and
           many
           are
           people
           exceeding
           well
           proportioned
           .
        
         
           
           The
           Anchicos
           are
           a
           most
           valiant
           nation
           ,
           but
           most
           strange
           to
           all
           about
           them
           .
           Their
           Armes
           are
           Bowes
           ,
           short
           and
           small
           ,
           wrapped
           about
           with
           serpents
           skinnes
           ,
           of
           divers
           colours
           ,
           but
           so
           smooth
           you
           would
           thinke
           them
           all
           one
           with
           the
           wood
           ,
           and
           it
           makes
           them
           very
           strong
           ;
           their
           strings
           little
           twigs
           ,
           but
           exceeding
           tough
           and
           flexible
           ;
           their
           arrow●s
           short
           ,
           which
           they
           shoot
           with
           an
           incredible
           quic●nesse
           .
           They
           have
           short
           axes
           of
           brasse
           and
           copper
           for
           swords
           ;
           wonderfull
           loyall
           and
           faithfull
           ,
           and
           exceeding
           simple
           ,
           yet
           so
           active
           ,
           they
           skip
           amongst
           the
           rockes
           like
           goats
           .
           They
           trade
           with
           them
           of
           Nubea
           ,
           
           and
           Congo
           ,
           for
           Lamache
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           small
           kinde
           of
           shell
           fish
           ,
           of
           an
           excellent
           azure
           colour
           ,
           male
           and
           female
           ,
           but
           the
           female
           they
           hold
           most
           pure
           ;
           they
           value
           them
           at
           divers
           prices
           ,
           because
           they
           are
           of
           divers
           sorts
           ,
           and
           those
           they
           use
           for
           coine
           ,
           to
           buy
           and
           sell
           ,
           as
           we
           doe
           gold
           and
           silver
           ;
           nor
           will
           they
           have
           any
           other
           money
           in
           all
           those
           Countries
           ,
           for
           which
           they
           give
           Elephants
           teeth
           ;
           and
           slaves
           for
           salt
           ,
           silke
           ,
           linnen
           cloth
           ,
           glasse-beads
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           Portugall
           commodities
           .
        
         
           
           They
           circumcise
           themselves
           ,
           and
           marke
           their
           faces
           with
           sundry
           flashes
           from
           their
           infancie
           .
           They
           keepe
           a
           shambles
           of
           mans
           flesh
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           beefe
           ,
           or
           other
           victuall
           ;
           for
           when
           they
           cannot
           have
           a
           good
           market
           for
           their
           slaves
           ;
           or
           their
           enemies
           they
           take
           ,
           they
           kill
           ,
           and
           sell
           them
           in
           this
           manner
           ;
           some
           are
           so
           resolute
           ,
           in
           shewing
           how
           much
           they
           scorne
           death
           ,
           they
           will
           offer
           themselves
           and
           slaves
           ,
           to
           this
           butchery
           to
           their
           Prince
           and
           friends
           ;
           and
           though
           there
           be
           many
           nations
           will
           eat
           their
           enemies
           ,
           in
           America
           and
           Asia
           ,
           yet
           none
           but
           those
           are
           knowne
           to
           be
           so
           mad
           ,
           as
           to
           cat
           their
           slaves
           and
           friends
           also
           .
        
         
           
           Religions
           and
           idolls
           they
           have
           as
           many
           ,
           as
           nations
           and
           humours
           ;
           but
           the
           devill
           hath
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           their
           devotions
           ,
           whom
           all
           those
           Blacks
           doe
           say
           is
           white
           ;
           for
           there
           are
           no
           Saints
           but
           Blacks
           .
        
         
           
           But
           besides
           those
           great
           Kingdomes
           of
           
             Congo
             ,
             Angola
          
           ,
           and
           Azichi
           ,
           in
           those
           unfrequented
           parts
           are
           the
           kingdomes
           of
           
             Lango
             ,
             Matania
             ,
             Buttua
             ,
             ●ofola
             ,
             Mozambeche
             ,
             Quivola
             ,
          
           the
           Isle
           of
           Saint
           
             Lawrence
             ,
             Mombaza
             ,
             Meli●da
          
           ,
           the
           Empires
           of
           
             Monomatopa
             ,
             Monemugi
          
           ,
           and
           
             Presbiter
             Iohn
          
           ,
           with
           whom
           they
           have
           a
           kinde
           of
           trade
           ,
           and
           their
           rites
           ,
           customes
           ,
           climates
           ,
           temperatures
           ,
           and
           commodities
           by
           relation
           .
           Also
           of
           great
           Lakes
           ,
           that
           deserve
           the
           names
           of
           Seas
           ,
           and
           huge
           mountaines
           of
           divers
           
           sorts
           ,
           as
           some
           scorched
           with
           heat
           ,
           some
           covered
           with
           snow
           ;
           the
           mountaines
           of
           the
           Sunne
           also
           of
           the
           Moone
           ,
           some
           of
           crystall
           ,
           some
           of
           iron
           ,
           some
           of
           silver
           ,
           and
           mountaines
           of
           gold
           ,
           with
           the
           originall
           of
           Nilus
           ;
           likewise
           sundry
           forts
           of
           cattell
           ,
           fishes
           ,
           Fowles
           ,
           strange
           beasts
           ,
           and
           monstrous
           serpents
           ;
           for
           Affrica
           was
           alwayes
           noted
           to
           be
           a
           fruitfull
           mother
           of
           such
           terrible
           creatures
           ;
           who
           meeting
           at
           their
           watering
           places
           ,
           which
           are
           but
           Ponds
           in
           desart
           places
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           Country
           ,
           and
           their
           extremities
           of
           nature
           ,
           make
           strange
           copulations
           ,
           and
           so
           ingender
           those
           extraordinary
           monsters
           .
           Of
           all
           these
           you
           may
           reade
           in
           the
           history
           of
           this
           
             Edward
             Lopez
          
           ,
           translated
           into
           English
           by
           
             Abraham
             Hartwell
          
           ,
           and
           dedicated
           to
           Iohn
           Lord
           Archbishop
           of
           Canterbury
           ,
           1597.
           
           But
           because
           the
           particul●rs
           are
           most
           concerning
           the
           conversion
           of
           those
           Pagans
           ,
           by
           a
           good
           poore
           Priest
           ,
           that
           first
           converted
           a
           Noble
           man
           ,
           to
           convert
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Nobility
           ;
           sent
           for
           so
           many
           Priests
           and
           ornaments
           into
           Portugall
           ,
           to
           solemnize
           their
           baptismes
           with
           such
           magnificence
           ,
           which
           was
           performed
           with
           such
           strange
           curiosities
           ,
           that
           those
           poore
           Negros
           adored
           them
           as
           Gods
           ,
           till
           the
           P●iests
           grew
           to
           that
           wealth
           ,
           a
           Bishop
           was
           sent
           to
           rule
           over
           them
           ,
           which
           they
           would
           not
           endure
           ,
           which
           endangered
           to
           spoile
           all
           before
           they
           could
           bee
           reconciled
           .
           But
           not
           to
           trouble
           you
           too
           long
           with
           those
           rarities
           of
           uncertainties
           ;
           let
           us
           returne
           againe
           to
           Barbary
           ,
           where
           the
           warres
           being
           ended
           ,
           and
           Befferres
           possessed
           of
           Morocco
           ,
           and
           his
           fathers
           treasure
           ,
           a
           new
           bruit
           arose
           amongst
           them
           ,
           that
           
             Muly
             Sidan
          
           ,
           was
           raising
           an
           Armie
           against
           him
           ,
           who
           after
           tooke
           his
           brother
           Befferres
           prisoner
           ;
           but
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           uncertainty
           ,
           and
           the
           perfidious
           ,
           treacherous
           ,
           bloudy
           murthers
           rather
           than
           warre
           ,
           amongst
           those
           perfidious
           ,
           barbarous
           Moores
           ,
           Smith
           returned
           with
           Merham
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           to
           Saffe
           ,
           and
           so
           aboard
           his
           Ship
           ,
           to
           try
           some
           other
           conclusions
           at
           Sea.
           
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XX.
           
        
         
           
             A
             brave
             Sea
             fight
             betwixt
             two
             Spanish
             men
             of
             warre
             ,
             and
             Captaine
             Merham
             ,
             with
             Smith
             .
          
        
         
           MErham
           a
           captaine
           of
           a
           man
           of
           war
           then
           in
           the
           Road
           ,
           invited
           captaine
           Smith
           ,
           and
           two
           or
           three
           more
           of
           them
           aboord
           with
           him
           ,
           where
           he
           spared
           not
           any
           thing
           he
           had
           to
           expresse
           his
           kindnesse
           ,
           to
           bid
           them
           welcome
           ,
           till
           it
           was
           too
           late
           to
           goe
           on
           shore
           ,
           so
           that
           necessitie
           constrained
           them
           to
           stay
           aboord
           ;
           a
           fairer
           Evening
           could
           not
           bee
           ,
           yet
           ere
           midnight
           such
           a
           storme
           did
           arise
           ,
           they
           were
           forced
           to
           let
           slip
           Cable
           ,
           and
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           put
           to
           Sea
           ;
           spooning
           before
           the
           wind
           ,
           till
           they
           were
           driven
           to
           the
           Canaries
           ;
           in
           the
           calmes
           they
           accommodated
           themselves
           ,
           hoping
           this
           strange
           accident
           might
           yet
           produce
           some
           good
           event
           ;
           not
           long
           it
           was
           before
           they
           tooke
           a
           small
           Barke
           comming
           from
           Teneryf
           ,
           loaded
           with
           Wine
           ;
           three
           or
           foure
           more
           they
           chased
           ,
           two
           they
           tooke
           ,
           but
           found
           little
           in
           them
           ,
           save
           a
           few
           passengers
           ,
           that
           told
           them
           of
           five
           Dutch
           men
           of
           warre
           ,
           about
           the
           Isles
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           stood
           for
           Boyadora
           ,
           
           upon
           the
           Affrican
           shore
           ,
           betwixt
           which
           and
           
             Cape
             Noa
          
           ,
           they
           descried
           to
           saile
           .
           Merham
           intending
           to
           know
           what
           they
           were
           ,
           hailed
           them
           ;
           very
           civilly
           they
           dansed
           their
           topsailes
           ,
           and
           desired
           the
           man
           of
           warre
           to
           come
           aboord
           them
           ,
           and
           take
           what
           he
           would
           ,
           for
           they
           were
           buttwo
           poore
           distressed
           Bi●kiners
           .
           But
           Merham
           the
           old
           fox
           ,
           seeing
           himselfe
           in
           the
           lions
           pawes
           ,
           sprung
           his
           loufe
           ,
           the
           other
           tacked
           after
           him
           ,
           and
           came
           close
           up
           to
           his
           nether
           quarter
           ,
           gave
           his
           broad
           side
           ,
           and
           so
           loufed
           up
           to
           windward
           ;
           the
           Vice-Admirall
           did
           the
           like
           ,
           and
           at
           the
           next
           bout
           ,
           the
           Admirall
           with
           a
           noise
           of
           Trumpets
           ,
           and
           all
           his
           Ordnance
           ,
           murtherers
           ,
           and
           muskets
           ,
           boorded
           him
           on
           his
           broad
           side
           ;
           the
           other
           in
           like
           manner
           on
           his
           ley
           quarter
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           so
           darke
           ,
           there
           was
           little
           light
           ,
           but
           fire
           and
           smoake
           ;
           long
           he
           stayed
           not
           ,
           before
           he
           fell
           off
           ,
           leaving
           4.
           or
           5.
           of
           his
           men
           sprawling
           over
           the
           grating
           ;
           after
           they
           had
           battered
           Merham
           about
           an
           houre
           ,
           they
           boorded
           him
           againe
           as
           before
           ;
           and
           threw
           foure
           kedgers
           or
           grapnalls
           in
           iron
           chaines
           ,
           then
           shearing
           off
           they
           thought
           so
           to
           have
           torne
           downe
           the
           grating
           ;
           but
           the
           Admiralls
           yard
           was
           so
           intangled
           in
           their
           shrouds
           ,
           Merham
           had
           time
           to
           discharge
           two
           crosse
           barre
           shot
           amongst
           them
           ,
           and
           divers
           bolts
           of
           iron
           made
           for
           that
           purpose
           ,
           against
           his
           bow
           ,
           that
           made
           such
           a
           breach
           ,
           he
           feared
           they
           both
           should
           have
           sunke
           for
           company
           ;
           so
           that
           the
           Spaniard
           was
           as
           yare
           in
           slipping
           his
           chained
           Grapnalls
           ,
           as
           Merham
           was
           in
           cutting
           the
           tackling
           ,
           kept
           fast
           their
           yards
           in
           his
           shrouds
           ;
           the
           Vice-admirall
           presently
           cleared
           himselfe
           ,
           but
           spared
           neither
           his
           Ordnance
           nor
           Muskets
           to
           keepe
           Merham
           from
           getting
           away
           ,
           till
           the
           Admirall
           had
           repaired
           his
           leake
           ;
           from
           twelve
           at
           noone
           ,
           till
           six
           at
           night
           ,
           they
           thus
           interchanged
           one
           volly
           for
           another
           ;
           then
           the
           Vice-admirall
           fell
           on
           starne
           ,
           staying
           for
           the
           Admirall
           that
           came
           up
           againe
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           all
           that
           night
           stood
           after
           Merham
           ,
           that
           shaped
           his
           course
           for
           Mamora
           ,
           but
           such
           small
           way
           they
           made
           ,
           the
           next
           morning
           they
           were
           not
           three
           leagues
           off
           from
           
             Cape
             Noa
          
           .
           The
           two
           Spanish
           men
           of
           warre
           ,
           for
           so
           they
           were
           ,
           and
           well
           appointed
           ,
           taking
           it
           in
           scorne
           as
           it
           seemed
           ,
           with
           their
           chase
           ,
           broad
           side
           ,
           and
           starne
           ,
           the
           one
           after
           the
           other
           ,
           within
           Musket
           shot
           ,
           plying
           their
           ordnance
           ;
           and
           after
           an
           houres
           worke
           commanded
           ,
           Merham
           a
           maine
           for
           the
           King
           of
           Spaine
           upon
           faire
           quarter
           ;
           Merham
           dranke
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           so
           discharged
           his
           quarter
           peeces
           :
           which
           pride
           the
           Spaniard
           to
           revenge
           ,
           boorded
           him
           againe
           ,
           and
           many
           of
           them
           were
           got
           to
           the
           top
           to
           unsling
           the
           maine
           saile
           ,
           which
           the
           Master
           and
           some
           others
           from
           the
           round
           house
           ,
           caused
           to
           their
           cost
           to
           come
           tumbling
           downe
           ;
           about
           the
           round
           house
           the
           Spaniards
           so
           pestered
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           forced
           to
           the
           great
           Cablen
           and
           blew
           it
           up
           ;
           the
           smoake
           and
           fire
           was
           so
           vehement
           ,
           as
           they
           thought
           the
           Ship
           on
           fire
           ;
           they
           in
           the
           fore
           castle
           were
           no
           lesse
           assaulted
           ,
           that
           blew
           up
           a
           peece
           of
           the
           grating
           ,
           with
           a
           great
           many
           of
           Spaniards
           more
           ;
           then
           they
           cleared
           themselves
           with
           all
           speed
           ,
           and
           Merham
           with
           as
           much
           expedition
           to
           quench
           the
           fire
           with
           w●t
           clothes
           and
           water
           ,
           which
           beganne
           to
           grow
           too
           fast
           .
           The
           Spaniard
           still
           playing
           upon
           him
           with
           all
           the
           shot
           they
           could
           ;
           the
           open
           places
           presently
           they
           covered
           with
           old
           sailes
           ,
           and
           prepared
           themselves
           to
           fight
           to
           the
           last
           man.
           The
           angry
           Spaniard
           seeing
           the
           fire
           quenched
           ,
           hung
           out
           a
           flagge
           of
           truce
           to
           have
           but
           a
           parley
           ;
           but
           that
           desperate
           
           Merham
           knew
           there
           was
           but
           one
           way
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           would
           have
           none
           ,
           but
           the
           report
           of
           his
           Ordnance
           ,
           which
           hee
           did
           know
           well
           how
           to
           use
           for
           his
           best
           advantage
           .
           Thus
           they
           spent
           the
           next
           after-noone
           ,
           and
           halfe
           that
           night
           ,
           when
           the
           Spanyards
           either
           lost
           them
           ,
           or
           left
           them
           .
           Seven
           and
           twentie
           men
           Merham
           had
           slaine
           ,
           and
           sixteene
           wounded
           ,
           and
           could
           finde
           they
           had
           received
           140.
           great
           shot
           .
           A
           wounded
           Spanyard
           they
           kept
           alive
           confessed
           ,
           they
           had
           lost
           100.
           men
           in
           the
           Admirall
           ,
           which
           they
           did
           feare
           would
           sinke
           ,
           ere
           she
           could
           recover
           a
           Port.
           Thus
           reaccommodating
           their
           sailes
           ,
           they
           sailed
           for
           
             Sancta
             Cruse
             ,
             Cape
             Goa
          
           ,
           and
           Magadore
           ,
           ti●l
           they
           came
           againe
           to
           Saffee
           ,
           and
           then
           he
           returned
           into
           England
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XXI
           .
        
         
           
             The
             continuation
             of
             the
             generall
             Historie
             of
             Virginia
             ;
             the
             
               Summer
               Iles
            
             ;
             and
             
               New
               England
            
             ;
             with
             their
             present
             estate
             from
             1624.
             to
             this
             present
             1629.
             
          
        
         
           COncerning
           these
           Countreyes
           ,
           I
           would
           be
           sorrie
           to
           trouble
           you
           with
           repeating
           one
           thing
           twice
           ,
           as
           with
           their
           Maps
           ,
           Commodities
           ,
           People
           ,
           Government
           &
           Religion
           yet
           knowen
           ,
           the
           beginning
           of
           those
           plantations
           ,
           their
           numbers
           and
           names
           ,
           with
           the
           names
           of
           the
           Adventurers
           ,
           the
           yeerely
           proceedings
           of
           everie
           Governour
           both
           here
           and
           there
           .
           As
           for
           them
           misprisions
           ,
           neglect
           ,
           grievances
           ,
           and
           the
           causes
           of
           all
           those
           rumours
           ,
           losses
           and
           crosses
           that
           have
           happened
           ;
           I
           referre
           you
           to
           the
           Generall
           Historie
           ,
           where
           you
           shall
           finde
           all
           this
           at
           large
           ;
           especially
           to
           those
           pages
           ,
           where
           you
           may
           read
           my
           letter
           of
           advice
           to
           the
           Councell
           and
           Company
           ,
           what
           of
           necessitie
           must
           be
           done
           ,
           or
           lose
           all
           and
           leave
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           pag.
           70.
           what
           commodities
           I
           sent
           home
           ,
           pag.
           163.
           my
           opinion
           and
           offer
           to
           the
           Company
           ,
           to
           feed
           and
           defend
           the
           Colonies
           ,
           pag.
           150.
           my
           account
           to
           them
           here
           of
           my
           actions
           there
           ,
           pag.
           163.
           my
           seven
           answers
           to
           his
           Majesties
           Commissioners
           :
           seven
           questions
           what
           hath
           hindered
           Virginia
           ,
           and
           the
           remedie
           ,
           pag.
           165.
           
           How
           those
           noble
           Gentlemen
           spent
           neere
           two
           yeares
           in
           perusing
           all
           letters
           came
           from
           thence
           ;
           and
           the
           differences
           betwixt
           many
           factions
           ,
           both
           here
           and
           there
           ,
           with
           their
           complaints
           ;
           especially
           about
           the
           Sallerie
           ,
           which
           should
           have
           beene
           a
           new
           office
           in
           London
           ,
           for
           the
           well
           ordering
           the
           sale
           of
           Tobacco
           ,
           that
           2500.
           pounds
           should
           yearely
           have
           beene
           raised
           out
           of
           it
           ,
           to
           pay
           foure
           or
           five
           hundred
           pounds
           yearly
           to
           the
           Governor
           of
           that
           Companie
           ;
           two
           or
           three
           hundred
           to
           his
           Deputie
           ;
           the
           rest
           into
           stipends
           of
           thirtie
           or
           fiftie
           pounds
           yearely
           for
           their
           Clerks
           and
           under
           Officers
           which
           were
           never
           there
           ,
           pag.
           153.
           but
           not
           one
           hundred
           pounds
           for
           all
           them
           in
           Virginia
           ,
           nor
           any
           thing
           for
           the
           most
           part
           of
           the
           Adventurers
           in
           England
           ,
           except
           the
           undertakers
           for
           the
           Lotteries
           ,
           Setters
           out
           of
           ships
           ,
           Adventurers
           of
           commodities
           ,
           also
           their
           Factors
           and
           many
           other
           Officers
           ,
           there
           imployed
           only
           by
           friendship
           to
           raise
           their
           fortunes
           out
           of
           the
           labours
           of
           the
           true
           industrious
           planters
           by
           the
           title
           of
           their
           office
           ,
           who
           
           under
           the
           colour
           of
           sinceritie
           ,
           did
           pillage
           and
           deceive
           all
           the
           rest
           most
           cunningly
           :
           For
           more
           than
           150000.
           pounds
           have
           beene
           spent
           out
           of
           the
           common
           stocke
           ,
           besides
           many
           thousands
           have
           beene
           there
           consumed
           ,
           and
           neere
           7000.
           people
           that
           there
           died
           ,
           only
           for
           want
           of
           good
           order
           and
           government
           ,
           otherwise
           long
           ere
           this
           there
           would
           have
           beene
           more
           than
           20000.
           people
           ,
           wh●re
           after
           twentie
           yeeres
           spent
           onely
           in
           complement
           ,
           and
           trying
           new
           conclusions
           ,
           was
           remaining
           scarce
           1500.
           with
           some
           few
           cattell
           .
        
         
           Then
           the
           Company
           dissolved
           ,
           but
           no
           account
           of
           any
           thing
           ;
           so
           that
           his
           Majestie
           appointed
           Commissioners
           to
           oversee
           ,
           and
           give
           order
           for
           their
           proceedings
           .
           Being
           thus
           in
           a
           manner
           left
           to
           themselves
           ,
           since
           then
           within
           these
           foure
           yeeres
           ,
           you
           shall
           see
           how
           wonderfully
           they
           have
           increased
           beyond
           expectation
           ;
           but
           so
           exactly
           as
           I
           desired
           ,
           I
           cannot
           relate
           unto
           you
           :
           For
           although
           I
           have
           tired
           my selfe
           in
           seeking
           and
           discoursing
           with
           those
           returned
           thence
           ,
           more
           than
           would
           a
           voyage
           to
           Virginia
           ;
           few
           can
           tell
           me
           any
           thing
           ,
           but
           of
           that
           place
           or
           places
           they
           have
           inhabited
           ,
           and
           he
           is
           a
           great
           traveller
           that
           hath
           gone
           up
           &
           downe
           the
           river
           of
           Iames
           Towne
           ,
           been
           at
           
             Pamaunke
             ,
             Smiths
          
           Iles
           ,
           or
           Accomack
           ;
           wherein
           for
           the
           most
           part
           they
           keepe
           one
           tune
           of
           their
           now
           particular
           abundance
           ,
           and
           their
           former
           wants
           ,
           having
           beene
           there
           ,
           some
           sixteene
           yeeres
           ,
           some
           twelve
           ,
           some
           six
           ,
           some
           neere
           twentie
           ,
           &c.
           
           But
           of
           their
           generall
           estate
           ,
           or
           any
           thing
           of
           worth
           ,
           the
           most
           of
           them
           doth
           know
           verie
           little
           to
           any
           purpose
           .
        
         
           Now
           the
           most
           I
           could
           understand
           in
           generall
           ,
           
           was
           from
           the
           relation
           of
           Mr.
           
             Nathaniel
             Cawsey
          
           ,
           that
           lived
           there
           with
           mee
           ,
           and
           returned
           
             Anno
             Dom.
          
           1627.
           and
           some
           others
           affirme
           ;
           Sir
           
             George
             Yerley
          
           was
           Governour
           ,
           Captaine
           
             Francis
             West
          
           ,
           Doctor
           
             Iohn
             Poot
          
           ,
           Captain
           
             Roger
             Smith
          
           ,
           Captaine
           Matthewes
           ,
           Captaine
           Tucker
           ,
           Mr.
           Clabourne
           ,
           and
           Mr.
           Farrer
           of
           the
           Councell
           :
           their
           habitations
           many
           .
           The
           Governour
           ,
           with
           two
           or
           three
           of
           the
           Councell
           ,
           are
           for
           most
           part
           at
           Iames
           Towne
           ,
           the
           rest
           repaire
           thither
           as
           there
           is
           occasion
           ;
           but
           everie
           three
           moneths
           they
           have
           a
           generall
           meeting
           ,
           to
           consider
           of
           their
           publike
           affaires
           .
        
         
           Their
           numbers
           then
           were
           about
           1500.
           
           some
           say
           rather
           2000.
           divided
           into
           seventeene
           or
           eighteene
           severall
           Plantations
           ;
           the
           greatest
           part
           thereof
           towards
           the
           falls
           ,
           are
           so
           inclosed
           with
           Pallizadoes
           they
           regard
           not
           the
           Salvages
           ;
           and
           amongst
           those
           Plantations
           above
           Iames
           Towne
           ,
           they
           have
           now
           found
           meanes
           to
           take
           plentie
           of
           fish
           ,
           as
           well
           with
           lines
           ,
           as
           nets
           ,
           and
           where
           the
           waters
           are
           the
           largest
           ,
           having
           meanes
           ,
           they
           need
           not
           want
           .
           
        
         
           Upon
           this
           River
           they
           seldome
           see
           any
           Salvages
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           woods
           ,
           many
           times
           their
           fires
           :
           yet
           some
           few
           there
           are
           ,
           that
           upon
           their
           opportunitie
           have
           slaine
           some
           few
           stragglers
           ,
           which
           have
           beene
           revenged
           with
           the
           death
           of
           so
           many
           of
           themselves
           ;
           but
           no
           other
           attempt
           hath
           beene
           made
           upon
           them
           this
           two
           or
           three
           yeares
           .
        
         
           Their
           Cattle
           ,
           
           namely
           Oxen
           ,
           Kine
           ,
           Buls
           ,
           they
           imagine
           to
           be
           about
           2000.
           
           Goats
           great
           store
           and
           great
           increase
           ;
           the
           wilde
           Hogs
           ,
           which
           were
           infinite
           ,
           are
           destroyed
           and
           eaten
           by
           the
           Salvages
           :
           but
           no
           family
           is
           so
           poore
           ,
           that
           hath
           not
           tame
           Swine
           sufficient
           ;
           and
           for
           Poultrie
           ,
           he
           is
           a
           verie
           
           bad
           husband
           breedeth
           not
           an
           hundred
           in
           a
           yeere
           ,
           and
           the
           richer
           sort
           doth
           daily
           feed
           on
           them
           .
        
         
           For
           bread
           they
           have
           plentie
           ,
           and
           so
           good
           ,
           
           that
           those
           that
           make
           it
           well
           ,
           better
           cannot
           be
           :
           divers
           have
           much
           English
           corne
           ,
           especially
           Mr.
           
             Abraham
             Perce
          
           ,
           which
           prepared
           this
           yeere
           to
           sow
           two
           hundred
           acres
           of
           English
           wheat
           ,
           and
           as
           much
           with
           barley
           ,
           feeding
           daily
           about
           the
           number
           of
           sixtie
           persons
           at
           his
           owne
           charges
           .
        
         
           For
           drinke
           ,
           some
           malt
           the
           Indian
           corne
           ,
           others
           barley
           ,
           
           of
           which
           they
           make
           good
           Ale
           ,
           both
           strong
           and
           small
           ,
           and
           such
           plentie
           thereof
           ,
           few
           of
           the
           upper
           Planters
           drinke
           any
           water
           :
           but
           the
           better
           sort
           are
           well
           furnished
           with
           Sacke
           ,
           Aquavitae
           ,
           and
           good
           English
           Beere
           .
        
         
           Their
           servants
           commonly
           feed
           upon
           Milke
           Homini
           ,
           
           which
           is
           bruized
           Indian
           corne
           pounded
           ,
           and
           boiled
           thicke
           ,
           and
           milke
           for
           the
           sauce
           ;
           but
           boiled
           with
           milke
           ,
           the
           best
           of
           all
           will
           oft
           feed
           on
           it
           ,
           and
           leave
           their
           fl●sh
           ;
           with
           milke
           ,
           butter
           and
           cheese
           ;
           with
           fish
           ,
           Bulls
           flesh
           ,
           for
           they
           seldome
           kill
           any
           other
           ,
           &c.
           
           And
           everie
           one
           is
           so
           applyed
           to
           his
           labour
           about
           Tobacco
           and
           Corne
           ,
           which
           doth
           yeeld
           them
           them
           such
           profit
           ,
           they
           never
           regard
           any
           food
           from
           the
           Salvages
           ,
           nor
           have
           they
           any
           trade
           or
           conference
           with
           them
           ,
           but
           upon
           meere
           accidents
           and
           defiances
           :
           and
           now
           the
           Merchants
           have
           left
           it
           ,
           there
           have
           gone
           so
           many
           voluntarie
           ships
           within
           this
           two
           yeeres
           ,
           as
           have
           furnished
           them
           with
           Apparell
           ,
           Sacke
           ,
           Aquavitae
           ,
           and
           all
           necessaries
           ,
           much
           better
           than
           ever
           before
           .
        
         
           For
           Armes
           ,
           there
           is
           scarce
           any
           man
           but
           he
           is
           furnished
           with
           a
           Peece
           ,
           
           a
           Iacke
           ,
           a
           Coat
           of
           Maile
           ,
           a
           Sword
           ,
           or
           Rapier
           ;
           and
           euerie
           Holy-day
           ,
           everie
           Plantation
           doth
           exercise
           their
           men
           in
           Armes
           ,
           by
           which
           meanes
           ,
           hunting
           and
           fowling
           ,
           the
           most
           part
           of
           them
           are
           most
           excellent
           mark-men
           .
        
         
           For
           Discoveries
           they
           have
           made
           none
           ,
           
           nor
           any
           other
           commoditie
           than
           Tobacco
           doe
           they
           apply
           themselves
           unto
           ,
           though
           never
           any
           was
           planted
           at
           first
           .
           And
           whereas
           the
           Countrey
           was
           heretofore
           held
           most
           intemperate
           and
           contagious
           by
           many
           ,
           now
           they
           have
           houses
           ,
           lodgings
           and
           victuall
           ,
           and
           the
           Sunne
           hath
           power
           to
           exhale
           up
           the
           moyst
           vapours
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           where
           they
           have
           cut
           downe
           the
           wood
           ,
           which
           before
           it
           could
           not
           ,
           being
           covered
           with
           spreading
           tops
           of
           high
           trees
           ;
           they
           finde
           it
           much
           more
           healthfull
           than
           before
           ;
           nor
           for
           their
           numbers
           ,
           few
           Countreyes
           are
           lesse
           troubled
           with
           death
           ,
           sicknesse
           ,
           or
           any
           other
           disease
           ,
           nor
           where
           overgrowne
           women
           become
           more
           fruitfull
           .
        
         
           Since
           this
           ,
           Sir
           
             George
             Yerley
          
           died
           1628.
           
           Captaine
           West
           succeeded
           him
           ;
           
           but
           about
           a
           yeere
           after
           returned
           for
           England
           :
           Now
           Doctor
           Poot
           is
           Governour
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Councell
           as
           before
           :
           Iames
           Towne
           is
           yet
           their
           chiefe
           seat
           ,
           most
           of
           the
           wood
           destroyed
           ,
           little
           corne
           there
           planted
           ,
           but
           all
           converted
           into
           pasture
           and
           gardens
           ,
           wherein
           doth
           grow
           all
           manner
           of
           herbs
           and
           roots
           we
           have
           in
           England
           in
           abundance
           ,
           and
           as
           good
           grasse
           as
           can
           be
           .
           Here
           most
           of
           their
           Cattle
           doe
           feed
           ,
           their
           Owners
           being
           most
           some
           one
           way
           ,
           some
           another
           ,
           about
           their
           plantations
           ,
           and
           returne
           againe
           when
           they
           please
           ,
           or
           any
           shipping
           comes
           in
           to
           trade
           .
           Here
           in
           winter
           they
           have
           hay
           for
           their
           Cattell
           ,
           but
           in
           other
           places
           they
           browze
           upon
           wood
           ,
           and
           the
           great
           huskes
           of
           their
           corne
           ,
           with
           some
           corne
           in
           
           them
           ,
           
           doth
           keepe
           them
           well
           Mr.
           Hutchins
           sa●th
           ,
           the●
           h●ve
           2000.
           
           C●●●le
           ,
           and
           about
           5000.
           people
           ;
           but
           Master
           
             Flond
             ,
             Iohn
             Davis
             ,
             William
             Emerson
             ,
          
           and
           divers
           others
           ,
           
           say
           ,
           about
           five
           thousand
           people
           ,
           and
           five
           t●ousand
           kine
           ,
           
           calves
           ,
           ox●n
           ,
           and
           bull●
           ;
           for
           goa●s
           ,
           hogs
           ,
           a●d
           poult●y
           ;
           corne
           ,
           fish
           ,
           deere
           ,
           and
           many
           sorts
           of
           other
           wilde
           be●sts
           ;
           and
           fowle
           in
           their
           season
           ,
           they
           have
           so
           much
           more
           than
           they
           spend
           ,
           
           they
           are
           able
           to
           feed
           thr●e
           or
           foure
           hundred
           men
           more
           than
           they
           have
           ;
           and
           doe
           oft
           much
           releeve
           many
           ships
           ,
           both
           there
           ,
           and
           for
           their
           returne
           ;
           and
           this
           last
           yeare
           was
           there
           at
           least
           two
           or
           th●ee
           and
           twenty
           saile
           .
           They
           have
           oft
           much
           salt
           fi●h
           from
           
             New
             England
          
           ,
           but
           fresh
           fish
           enough
           ,
           when
           they
           will
           take
           it
           ;
           Peaches
           in
           abundance
           at
           Kecoughtan
           ;
           Apples
           ,
           Peares
           ,
           Apricocks
           ,
           Vines
           ,
           figges
           ,
           and
           other
           fruits
           some
           have
           planted
           ,
           that
           prosper●d
           ●xceedin●ly
           ,
           but
           their
           diligence
           about
           Tobacco
           ,
           left
           them
           to
           be
           spoiled
           by
           the
           c●ttell
           ,
           yet
           now
           they
           beginne
           to
           revive
           ;
           Mistresse
           Pearce
           ,
           an
           honest
           indus●rious
           woman
           ,
           hath
           beene
           there
           neere
           twentie
           yeares
           ,
           and
           now
           returned
           ,
           sait●
           ,
           shee
           hath
           a
           Garden
           at
           Iames
           towne
           ,
           
           containing
           three
           ●r
           s●me
           a●●e●
           ,
           where
           in
           one
           yeare
           shee
           hath
           gathered
           neere
           an
           hundred
           b●shels
           of
           ●x●ellent
           figges
           ;
           and
           that
           of
           her
           owne
           provision
           she
           can
           keepe
           a
           b●tter
           house
           in
           Virginia
           ,
           than
           here
           in
           London
           for
           3.
           or
           400.
           pounds
           a
           yeare
           ,
           yet
           went
           thither
           with
           little
           or
           nothing
           .
           They
           have
           some
           tame
           geese
           ,
           ducks
           ,
           and
           turkies
           .
           The
           masters
           now
           do
           so
           traine
           up
           their
           servants
           and
           youth
           in
           shooting
           deere
           ,
           and
           fowle
           ,
           that
           the
           youths
           will
           kill
           them
           as
           well
           as
           their
           Mast●●s
           .
           They
           have
           two
           brew-houses
           ,
           but
           they
           finde
           the
           Indian
           corne
           so
           much
           better
           than
           ours
           ,
           they
           beginne
           to
           leave
           sow●●g
           it
           .
           Their
           Cities
           and
           Townes
           are
           onely
           scattered
           houses
           ,
           they
           call
           plantations
           ,
           as
           are
           our
           Country
           Villages
           ,
           but
           no
           Ordnance
           mounted
           .
           The
           Forts
           Captaine
           Smith
           left
           a
           building
           ,
           so
           ruined
           ,
           there
           is
           scarce
           mention
           where
           they
           were
           ;
           no
           discoveries
           of
           any
           thing
           more
           ,
           than
           the
           curing
           of
           Tobacco
           ,
           by
           which
           hitherto
           ,
           being
           so
           present
           a
           commodity
           of
           gaine
           ,
           it
           hath
           brought
           them
           to
           this
           abundance
           ;
           but
           that
           they
           are
           so
           disjoynted
           ,
           and
           every
           one
           commander
           of
           himselfe
           ,
           to
           plant
           what
           he
           will
           :
           they
           are
           now
           so
           well
           provided
           ,
           that
           they
           are
           able
           to
           subsist
           ;
           and
           if
           they
           would
           joyne
           together
           ,
           
           now
           to
           worke
           upon
           Sope-ashes
           ,
           Iron
           ,
           R●pe-oile
           ,
           Mader
           ,
           Pitch
           and
           Tarre
           ,
           Flax
           and
           Hempe
           ;
           as
           for
           their
           Tobacco
           ,
           there
           comes
           from
           many
           places
           such
           abundance
           ,
           and
           the
           charge
           so
           great
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           worth
           the
           bringing
           home
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           gone
           ,
           and
           now
           a
           going
           ,
           divers
           Ships
           ,
           as
           Captaine
           Perse
           ,
           Captaine
           Prine
           ,
           with
           Sir
           
             Iohn
             Harvy
          
           to
           be
           their
           governour
           ,
           with
           two
           or
           three
           hundred
           people
           ;
           there
           is
           also
           some
           Bristow
           ,
           and
           other
           parts
           of
           the
           West
           Country
           a
           preparing
           ,
           which
           I
           heartily
           pray
           to
           God
           to
           blesse
           ,
           and
           send
           them
           a
           happy
           and
           prosperous
           ,
           voyage
           .
        
         
           Nathaniel
           Causie
           ,
           Master
           Hutchins
           ,
           Master
           Floud
           ,
           Iohn
           Davis
           ,
           William
           Emerson
           ,
           Master
           William
           Barnet
           ,
           Master
           Cooper
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
        
      
       
         
         
           CHAP.
           XXII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             proceedings
             and
             present
             estate
             of
             the
             
               Summer
               Iles
            
             ,
             from
             
               An.
               Dom.
               1624
            
             to
             this
             present
             1629.
             
          
        
         
           FRom
           the
           
             Summer
             Iles
          
           ,
           Master
           Ireland
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           report
           ,
           their
           Forts
           ,
           O●dnance
           ,
           and
           proceedings
           ,
           are
           much
           as
           they
           were
           in
           the
           yeare
           1622.
           as
           you
           may
           read
           in
           the
           generall
           History
           ,
           page
           199.
           
           Captaine
           Woodhouse
           governour
           .
           There
           are
           few
           sorts
           of
           any
           fruits
           in
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           ,
           but
           they
           grow
           there
           in
           abundance
           ;
           yet
           the
           fertility
           of
           the
           soile
           in
           many
           places
           decayeth
           ,
           being
           planted
           every
           yeare
           ;
           for
           their
           Plantaines
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           most
           delicate
           fruit
           ,
           they
           have
           lately
           found
           a
           way
           ,
           by
           pickling
           ,
           or
           drying
           them
           ,
           to
           bring
           them
           over
           into
           England
           ,
           there
           beinq
           no
           such
           fruit
           in
           Europe
           ,
           &
           wonderfull
           for
           increase
           .
           For
           fish
           ,
           flesh
           ,
           figs
           ,
           wine
           ,
           and
           all
           sorts
           of
           most
           excellent
           hearbs
           ,
           fruits
           ,
           and
           rootes
           they
           have
           in
           abundance
           .
           In
           this
           Governours
           time
           ,
           a
           kinde
           of
           Whale
           ,
           or
           rather
           a
           Iubarta
           ,
           was
           driven
           on
           shore
           in
           Southampton
           tr●be
           from
           the
           west
           ,
           over
           an
           infinite
           number
           of
           rocks
           ,
           so
           bruised
           ,
           that
           the
           water
           in
           the
           Bay
           where
           she
           lay
           ;
           was
           all
           oily
           ,
           and
           the
           rocks
           about
           it
           all
           bedasht
           with
           Parmacitty
           ,
           congealed
           like
           ice
           ,
           a
           good
           quantity
           we
           gathered
           ,
           with
           which
           we
           commonly
           cured
           any
           byle
           ,
           hurt
           ,
           or
           bruise
           ;
           some
           burnt
           it
           in
           their
           lamps
           ,
           which
           blowing
           out
           ,
           the
           very
           snuffe
           will
           burne
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           there
           is
           any
           of
           the
           oile
           remaining
           ,
           for
           two
           or
           three
           dayes
           together
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           Governour
           ,
           was
           Captaine
           
             Philip
             Bell
          
           ,
           
           whose
           time
           being
           expired
           ,
           Captaine
           
             Roger
             Wodd
          
           possessed
           his
           place
           ,
           a
           worthy
           Gentleman
           of
           good
           desert
           ,
           and
           hath
           lived
           a
           long
           time
           in
           the
           Country
           ;
           their
           numbers
           are
           about
           two
           or
           three
           thousand
           ,
           men
           ,
           women
           ,
           and
           children
           ,
           who
           increase
           there
           exceedingly
           ;
           their
           greatest
           complaint
           ,
           is
           want
           of
           apparell
           ,
           and
           too
           much
           custome
           ,
           and
           too
           many
           officers
           ;
           the
           pity
           is
           ,
           there
           ,
           are
           more
           men
           than
           women
           ,
           yet
           no
           great
           mischiefe
           ,
           because
           there
           is
           so
           much
           lesse
           pride
           :
           the
           cattell
           they
           have
           increase
           exceedingly
           ;
           their
           forts
           are
           well
           maintained
           by
           the
           Merchants
           here
           ,
           and
           Planters
           there
           ;
           to
           be
           briefe
           ,
           this
           I
           le
           is
           an
           excellent
           bit
           ,
           to
           rule
           great
           horse
           .
        
         
           All
           the
           Cohow
           birds
           and
           Egbirds
           are
           gone
           ;
           seldome
           any
           wilde
           cats
           seene
           ;
           no
           Rats
           to
           speake
           of
           ;
           but
           the
           wormes
           are
           yet
           very
           troublesome
           ;
           the
           people
           very
           healthfull
           ;
           and
           the
           Ravens
           gone
           ;
           fish
           enough
           ,
           but
           not
           so
           neere
           ,
           the
           shore
           as
           it
           used
           ,
           by
           the
           much
           beating
           it
           ;
           it
           is
           an
           I
           le
           that
           hath
           such
           a
           rampire
           and
           a
           ditch
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           quantity
           so
           manned
           ,
           victualled
           ,
           and
           fortified
           ,
           as
           few
           in
           the
           world
           doe
           exceed
           it
           ,
           or
           is
           like
           it
           .
        
         
           The
           22.
           of
           March
           ,
           two
           ships
           came
           from
           thence
           ;
           
           the
           Peter-Bonaventure
           ,
           neere
           two
           hundred
           tunnes
           ,
           and
           sixteene
           peeces
           of
           Ordnance
           ;
           the
           Captaine
           ,
           
             Thomas
             Sherwin
          
           ;
           The
           Master
           ,
           Master
           
             Edward
             Some
          
           ,
           like
           him
           in
           condition
           ,
           a
           goodly
           ,
           lusty
           ,
           proper
           valiant
           man
           :
           the
           Lydia
           ,
           wherein
           was
           Master
           
             Anthony
             Thorne
          
           ,
           a
           smaller
           ship
           ;
           were
           chased
           by
           eleuen
           ships
           of
           Dunkerk
           ;
           being
           thus
           overmatched
           ,
           Captaine
           Sherwin
           was
           taken
           by
           them
           in
           Turbay
           ,
           only
           his
           valiant
           Master
           was
           slaine
           ;
           the
           ship
           with
           about
           
           seventy
           English
           men
           ,
           they
           carried
           betwixt
           Dover
           and
           Callis
           ,
           to
           Dunk●rk
           ;
           but
           the
           Lydia
           safely
           recovered
           Dartmouth
           .
        
         
           These
           noble
           adventurers
           for
           all
           those
           losses
           ,
           patiently
           doe
           beare
           them
           ;
           but
           they
           hope
           the
           King
           and
           state
           will
           understand
           it
           is
           worth
           keeping
           ,
           though
           it
           afford
           nothing
           but
           Tobacco
           ,
           and
           that
           now
           worth
           little
           or
           nothing
           ,
           custome
           and
           fraught
           payed
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           worth
           keeping
           ,
           and
           not
           supplanting
           ;
           though
           great
           men
           feele
           not
           those
           losses
           ,
           yet
           Gardiners
           ,
           Carpenters
           ,
           and
           Smiths
           doe
           pay
           for
           it
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           relation
           of
           
             Robert
             Chesteven
          
           ,
           and
           others
           .
        
      
       
         
           Chap.
           XXIII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             proceedings
             and
             present
             estate
             of
             
               New
               England
            
             ,
             Since
             1614.
             to
             this
             present
             1629.
             
          
        
         
           WHen
           I
           went
           first
           to
           the
           North
           part
           of
           Virginia
           ,
           where
           the
           Westerly
           Colony
           had
           beene
           planted
           ,
           it
           had
           dissolved
           it selfe
           within
           a
           yeare
           ,
           and
           there
           was
           not
           one
           Christian
           in
           all
           the
           land
           .
           I
           was
           set
           forth
           at
           the
           sole
           charge
           of
           foure
           Merchants
           of
           London
           ;
           the
           Country
           being
           then
           reputed
           by
           your
           westerlings
           ,
           a
           most
           rockie
           ,
           barren
           ,
           desolate
           desart
           ;
           but
           the
           good
           returne
           I
           brought
           from
           thence
           ,
           
           with
           the
           maps
           and
           relations
           I
           made
           of
           the
           Country
           ,
           which
           I
           made
           so
           manifest
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           did
           beleeve
           me
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           well
           embraced
           ,
           both
           by
           the
           Londoners
           ,
           and
           Westerlings
           ,
           for
           whom
           I
           had
           promised
           to
           undertake
           it
           ,
           thinking
           to
           have
           joyned
           them
           all
           together
           ,
           but
           that
           might
           well
           have
           become
           a
           worke
           for
           Hercules
           .
           Betwixt
           them
           long
           there
           was
           much
           contention
           ;
           the
           Londoners
           indeed
           went
           bravely
           forward
           ;
           but
           in
           three
           or
           foure
           yeares
           ,
           I
           and
           my
           friends
           consumed
           many
           hundred
           pounds
           amongst
           the
           Plimothians
           ,
           who
           only
           sed
           me
           but
           with
           delayes
           ,
           promises
           ,
           and
           excuses
           ,
           but
           no
           performance
           of
           any
           thing
           to
           any
           purpose
           .
           In
           the
           interim
           ,
           many
           particular
           ships
           went
           thither
           ,
           and
           finding
           my
           relations
           true
           ,
           and
           that
           I
           had
           not
           taken
           that
           I
           brought
           home
           from
           the
           French
           men
           ,
           as
           had
           beene
           reported
           ;
           yet
           further
           for
           my
           paines
           to
           discredit
           me
           ,
           and
           my
           calling
           it
           
             New
             England
          
           ,
           they
           obscured
           it
           ,
           and
           shadowed
           it
           ,
           with
           the
           title
           of
           Cannada
           ,
           till
           at
           my
           humble
           suit
           ,
           it
           pleased
           our
           most
           Royall
           King
           Charles
           ,
           whom
           God
           long
           keepe
           ,
           blesse
           ,
           and
           preserve
           ,
           then
           Prince
           of
           Wales
           ,
           to
           confirme
           it
           with
           my
           map
           and
           booke
           ,
           by
           the
           the
           title
           of
           
             New
             England
          
           ;
           the
           gaine
           thence
           returning
           did
           make
           the
           same
           thereof
           so
           increase
           ,
           that
           thirty
           ,
           forty
           ,
           or
           fifty
           saile
           ,
           went
           yearly
           only
           to
           trade
           and
           fish
           ;
           but
           nothing
           would
           bee
           done
           for
           a
           plantation
           ,
           till
           about
           some
           hundred
           ,
           of
           your
           Brownists
           of
           
             England
             ,
             Amsterdam
          
           ,
           and
           Leyden
           ,
           went
           to
           
             New
             Plimouth
          
           ,
           whose
           humorous
           ignorances
           ,
           caused
           them
           for
           more
           than
           a
           yeare
           ,
           to
           endure
           a
           wonderfull
           deale
           of
           misery
           ,
           
           with
           an
           infinite
           patience
           ;
           saying
           my
           books
           and
           maps
           were
           much
           better
           cheape
           to
           teach
           them
           ,
           than
           my selfe
           ;
           many
           other
           have
           used
           the
           
           like
           good
           husbandry
           ,
           that
           have
           payed
           soundly
           in
           trying
           their
           selfewilled
           conclusions
           ;
           but
           those
           in
           time
           doing
           well
           ,
           divers
           others
           have
           in
           small
           handfulls
           undertaken
           to
           goe
           there
           ,
           to
           be
           severall
           Lords
           and
           Kings
           of
           themselves
           ,
           but
           most
           vanished
           to
           nothing
           ;
           notwithstanding
           the
           fishing
           ships
           ,
           made
           such
           good
           returnes
           ,
           at
           last
           it
           was
           ingrossed
           by
           twenty
           Pattenties
           ,
           that
           divided
           my
           map
           into
           twenty
           parts
           ,
           and
           cast
           lots
           for
           their
           shares
           ;
           but
           mony
           not
           comming
           in
           as
           they
           expected
           ,
           procured
           a
           Proclamation
           ,
           none
           should
           goe
           thither
           without
           their
           licences
           to
           fish
           ;
           but
           for
           every
           thirty
           tunnes
           of
           shipping
           ,
           to
           pay
           them
           five
           pounds
           ;
           besides
           ,
           upon
           great
           penalties
           ,
           neither
           to
           trade
           with
           the
           natives
           ,
           cut
           downe
           wood
           for
           their
           stages
           ,
           without
           giving
           satisfaction
           ,
           though
           all
           the
           Country
           is
           nothing
           but
           wood
           ,
           and
           none
           to
           make
           use
           of
           it
           ,
           with
           many
           such
           other
           pretences
           ,
           for
           to
           make
           this
           Country
           plant
           it selfe
           ,
           by
           its
           owne
           wealth
           :
           hereupon
           most
           men
           grew
           so
           discontented
           ,
           that
           few
           or
           none
           would
           goe
           ;
           so
           that
           the
           Pattenties
           ,
           who
           never
           one
           of
           them
           had
           beene
           there
           ,
           seeing
           those
           projects
           would
           not
           prevaile
           ,
           have
           since
           not
           hindred
           any
           to
           goe
           that
           would
           ,
           that
           within
           these
           few
           last
           yeares
           ,
           more
           have
           gone
           thither
           than
           ever
           .
        
         
           Now
           this
           yeare
           1629.
           a
           great
           company
           of
           people
           of
           good
           ranke
           ,
           
           zeal
           ,
           meanes
           ,
           and
           quality
           ,
           have
           made
           a
           great
           stocke
           ,
           and
           with
           six
           good
           ships
           in
           the
           moneths
           of
           Aprill
           and
           May
           ,
           they
           set
           saile
           from
           Thames
           ,
           for
           the
           Bay
           of
           the
           Massachuselts
           ,
           otherwise
           called
           Charles
           River
           ;
           viz.
           the
           
             George
             Bonaventure
          
           ,
           of
           twenty
           peeces
           of
           Ordnance
           ,
           the
           Talbot
           nineteene
           ,
           the
           Lions-whelpe
           eight
           ,
           the
           May-flower
           fourteene
           ,
           the
           
             Foure
             Sisters
          
           ,
           foureteene
           ,
           the
           Pilgrim
           foure
           ,
           with
           three
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           men
           ,
           women
           ,
           and
           children
           ;
           also
           an
           hundred
           and
           fifteene
           head
           of
           Cattell
           ,
           as
           horse
           ,
           mares
           ,
           and
           neat
           beast
           ;
           one
           and
           forty
           goats
           ,
           some
           Conies
           ,
           with
           all
           provision
           for
           houshold
           ,
           and
           apparell
           ;
           six
           peeces
           of
           great
           Ordnance
           for
           a
           Fort
           ,
           with
           Muskets
           ,
           Pikes
           ,
           Corselets
           ,
           Drums
           ,
           Colours
           ,
           with
           all
           provisions
           necessary
           for
           a
           plantation
           ,
           for
           the
           good
           of
           man
           ;
           other
           particulars
           I
           understand
           of
           no
           more
           ,
           than
           is
           writ
           in
           the
           generall
           historie
           of
           those
           Countries
           .
        
         
           But
           you
           are
           to
           understand
           that
           the
           noble
           Lord
           chiefe
           Iustice
           Popham
           ,
           Iudge
           Doderege
           ;
           the
           Right
           Honourable
           Earles
           of
           
             Pembroke
             ,
             Southampton
             ,
             Salesbury
          
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           ,
           as
           I
           take
           it
           ,
           they
           did
           all
           thinke
           ,
           as
           I
           and
           them
           went
           with
           me
           ,
           did
           ;
           That
           had
           those
           two
           Countries
           beene
           planted
           ,
           as
           it
           was
           intended
           ,
           that
           no
           other
           nation
           should
           come
           plant
           betwixt
           us
           .
           If
           ever
           the
           King
           of
           Spaine
           and
           we
           should
           fall
           foule
           ,
           those
           Countries
           being
           so
           capable
           of
           all
           materialls
           for
           shipping
           ,
           by
           this
           might
           have
           beene
           owners
           of
           a
           good
           Fleet
           of
           ships
           ,
           and
           to
           have
           releeved
           a
           whole
           Navy
           from
           England
           upon
           occasion
           ;
           yea
           ,
           and
           to
           have
           furnished
           England
           with
           the
           most
           Easterly
           commodities
           ;
           and
           now
           since
           ,
           seeing
           how
           conveniently
           the
           
             Summer
             Iles
          
           fell
           to
           our
           shares
           ,
           so
           neere
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           ,
           wee
           might
           with
           much
           more
           facility
           than
           the
           Dutchmen
           hav●
           invaded
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           ,
           that
           doth
           now
           put
           in
           practice
           ,
           what
           so
           long
           hath
           beene
           advised
           on
           ,
           by
           many
           an
           honest
           English
           States-man
           .
           
        
         
           Those
           Countries
           Ca●taine
           Smith
           oft
           times
           used
           to
           call
           his
           children
           that
           never
           had
           mother
           ;
           &
           well
           he
           might
           ,
           for
           few
           fathers
           ever
           payed
           dearer
           for
           so
           little
           consent
           ;
           and
           for
           those
           that
           would
           truly
           understand
           ,
           how
           
           many
           strange
           accidents
           hath
           befallen
           them
           and
           him
           ;
           how
           oft
           up
           ,
           how
           oft
           downe
           ,
           sometimes
           neere
           desperate
           ,
           and
           ere
           long
           flourishing
           ,
           cannot
           but
           conceive
           Gods
           infinite
           mercies
           and
           favours
           towards
           them
           .
           Had
           his
           designes
           beene
           to
           have
           perswaded
           men
           to
           a
           mine
           of
           gold
           ,
           though
           few
           doth
           conceive
           either
           the
           charge
           or
           paines
           in
           refining
           it
           ,
           nor
           the
           power
           nor
           care
           to
           defend
           it
           ;
           or
           some
           new
           Invention
           to
           passe
           to
           the
           South
           Sea
           ;
           or
           some
           strange
           plot
           to
           invade
           some
           strange
           Monastery
           :
           or
           some
           portable
           Countrie
           ;
           or
           some
           chargeable
           Fleet
           to
           take
           some
           rich
           Carocks
           in
           the
           
             East
             Indies
          
           ;
           or
           Letters
           of
           Mart
           to
           rob
           some
           poore
           Merchants
           ;
           what
           multitudes
           of
           both
           people
           and
           mony
           ,
           would
           contend
           to
           be
           first
           imployed
           :
           but
           in
           those
           noble
           endevours
           (
           now
           )
           how
           few
           of
           quality
           ,
           unlesse
           it
           be
           to
           beg
           some
           Monopolie
           ;
           and
           those
           seldome
           seeke
           the
           common
           good
           ,
           but
           the
           commons
           goods
           ;
           as
           you
           may
           reade
           at
           large
           in
           his
           generall
           history
           ,
           page
           217
           ,
           218
           ,
           219.
           his
           generall
           observations
           and
           reasons
           for
           this
           plantation
           ;
           for
           yet
           those
           Countries
           are
           not
           so
           forward
           but
           they
           may
           become
           as
           miserable
           as
           ever
           ,
           if
           better
           courses
           be
           not
           taken
           than
           is
           ;
           as
           this
           Smith
           will
           plainly
           demonstrate
           to
           his
           Majesty
           ;
           or
           any
           other
           noble
           person
           of
           ability
           ,
           liable
           generously
           to
           undertake
           it
           ;
           how
           within
           a
           short
           time
           to
           make
           Virginia
           able
           to
           resist
           any
           enemy
           ,
           that
           as
           yet
           lieth
           open
           to
           all
           ;
           and
           yeeld
           the
           King
           more
           custome
           within
           these
           few
           yeares
           ,
           in
           certaine
           staple
           commodities
           ,
           than
           ever
           it
           did
           in
           Tobacco
           ;
           which
           now
           not
           being
           worth
           bringing
           home
           ,
           the
           custome
           will
           bee
           as
           uncertaine
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           as
           dangerous
           to
           the
           plantations
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XXIIII
           .
        
         
           
             A
             briefe
             discourse
             of
             divers
             voyages
             made
             unto
             the
             goodly
             Countrey
             of
             Guiana
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             River
             of
             the
             Amazons
             ;
             relating
             also
             the
             present
             Plantation
             there
             .
          
        
         
           IT
           is
           not
           unknowen
           how
           that
           most
           industrious
           &
           honourable
           Knight
           Sir
           
             Walter
             Rauleigh
          
           ,
           in
           the
           yeare
           of
           our
           Lord
           1595.
           taking
           the
           I
           le
           of
           Trinidado
           ,
           fell
           with
           the
           Coast
           of
           Guiana
           Northward
           of
           the
           Line
           ten
           degrees
           ,
           and
           coasted
           the
           Coast
           ;
           and
           searched
           up
           the
           River
           Oranoca
           :
           where
           understanding
           that
           twentie
           severall
           voyages
           had
           beene
           made
           by
           the
           Spanyards
           ,
           in
           discovering
           this
           Coast
           and
           River
           ;
           to
           finde
           a
           passage
           to
           the
           great
           Citie
           of
           Mano
           ,
           called
           by
           them
           the
           Eldorado
           ,
           or
           the
           Golden
           Citie
           :
           he
           did
           his
           utmost
           to
           have
           found
           some
           better
           satisfaction
           than
           relations
           :
           But
           meanes
           failing
           him
           ,
           
           hee
           left
           his
           trustie
           servant
           
             Francis
             Sparrow
          
           to
           seeke
           it
           ,
           who
           wandring
           up
           and
           downe
           those
           Countreyes
           ,
           some
           foureteene
           or
           fifteene
           yeares
           ,
           unexpectedly
           returned
           :
           I
           have
           heard
           him
           say
           ,
           he
           was
           led
           blinded
           into
           this
           Citie
           by
           Indians
           ;
           but
           little
           ,
           discourse
           of
           any
           purpose
           touching
           the
           largenesse
           of
           the
           report
           of
           it
           ;
           his
           body
           seeming
           as
           a
           man
           of
           an
           uncurable
           consumption
           ,
           short●●
           dyed
           here
           after
           in
           England
           .
           There
           are
           above
           thirtie
           faire
           rivers
           that
           fall
           into
           the
           Sea
           ,
           betweene
           the
           River
           of
           Amazons
           and
           Oranoca
           ,
           which
           are
           some
           nine
           degrees
           asunder
           .
        
         
         
           In
           the
           yeare
           1605.
           
           Captaine
           Ley
           ,
           brother
           to
           that
           noble
           Knight
           S●r
           
             Oliver
             Ley
          
           ,
           
           with
           divers
           others
           ,
           planted
           himselfe
           in
           the
           River
           Weapoco
           ,
           wherein
           I
           should
           have
           beene
           a
           partie
           ;
           but
           hee
           dyed
           ,
           and
           there
           lyes
           ●urie●
           ,
           and
           the
           supply
           miscarrying
           ,
           the
           rest
           escaped
           as
           they
           could
           .
        
         
           S●r
           
             Thomas
             Roe
          
           ,
           well
           k●ow●n
           to
           be
           a
           most
           noble
           Gentleman
           ,
           
           before
           he
           went
           Lord
           Ambassadour
           to
           the
           Great
           Mogoll
           ,
           or
           the
           Great
           Turke
           .
           spent
           a
           yeare
           or
           two
           upon
           this
           Coast
           ,
           and
           about
           the
           River
           of
           the
           Amazones
           ,
           wherein
           he
           most
           imployed
           Captaine
           
             Matthew
             Morton
          
           ,
           
           an
           expert
           Sea-man
           in
           the
           discoverie
           of
           this
           famous
           River
           ,
           a
           Gentleman
           that
           was
           the
           first
           shot
           and
           mortally
           supposed
           wounded
           to
           death
           ,
           with
           me
           in
           Virginia
           ,
           yet
           si●ce
           h●th
           beene
           twice
           with
           command
           in
           the
           
             East
             Indies
          
           ;
           Also
           Captaine
           
             William
             White
          
           ,
           
           and
           divers
           others
           worthy
           and
           industrious
           Gentlemen
           ,
           both
           before
           and
           since
           ,
           hath
           spent
           much
           time
           and
           charge
           to
           discover
           it
           more
           perfitly
           ,
           but
           nothing
           more
           effected
           for
           a
           Plantation
           ,
           t●●●ic
           was
           undertaken
           by
           Captaine
           
             Robert
             Harcote
          
           ,
           1609.
           
        
         
           This
           worthy
           Gentleman
           ,
           
           after
           he
           had
           by
           Commission
           made
           a
           discoverie
           to
           his
           minde
           ,
           left
           his
           brother
           
             Michael
             Harcote
          
           ,
           with
           some
           fiftie
           or
           sixtie
           m●n
           in
           the
           River
           Weapoco
           ,
           and
           so
           presently
           returned
           to
           England
           ,
           where
           he
           obtained
           by
           the
           favour
           of
           Prince
           Henrie
           ,
           a
           large
           Patent
           for
           all
           that
           Coast
           called
           Guiana
           ,
           together
           with
           the
           famous
           River
           of
           Amazones
           ,
           to
           him
           and
           his
           heires
           :
           but
           so
           many
           troubles
           here
           surprized
           him
           ,
           though
           he
           did
           his
           best
           to
           supply
           them
           ,
           he
           was
           not
           able
           ,
           only
           some
           few
           hee
           sent
           over
           as
           passengers
           with
           certaine
           Du●ch-men
           ,
           but
           to
           small
           purpose
           .
           Thus
           this
           businesse
           lay
           dead
           for
           divers
           yeeres
           ,
           till
           Sir
           
             Walter
             Rauleigh
          
           ,
           accompanied
           with
           many
           valiant
           Souldiers
           and
           brave
           Gentlemen
           ,
           went
           his
           last
           voyage
           to
           Guiana
           ,
           amongst
           the
           which
           was
           Captaine
           
             Roger
             North
          
           ,
           brother
           to
           the
           Right
           Honourable
           the
           Lord
           
             Dudley
             North
          
           ,
           who
           upon
           this
           voyage
           having
           stayed
           and
           seene
           divers
           Rivers
           upon
           this
           Coast
           ,
           tooke
           such
           a
           liking
           to
           those
           Countreyes
           ,
           having
           had
           before
           this
           voyage
           more
           perf●ct
           and
           particular
           information
           of
           the
           excellencie
           of
           the
           great
           River
           of
           the
           Amazones
           ,
           above
           any
           of
           the
           rest
           ,
           by
           certaine
           Englishmen
           returned
           so
           rich
           from
           thence
           in
           good
           commodities
           ,
           they
           would
           not
           goe
           with
           Sir
           
             Walter
             Rauleigh
          
           in
           search
           of
           gold
           ;
           that
           after
           his
           returne
           for
           England
           ,
           he
           end●voured
           by
           his
           best
           abilities
           to
           interest
           his
           Countrey
           and
           st●te
           in
           those
           f●re
           Regions
           ,
           which
           by
           the
           way
           of
           Lette●s
           Patents
           unto
           divers
           Noblemen
           and
           Gentlemen
           of
           qualitie
           ,
           erected
           into
           a
           company
           and
           perpetu●tie
           for
           trade
           and
           plantation
           ,
           not
           knowing
           of
           the
           Interest
           of
           Captaine
           Harcote
           .
        
         
           Where
           upon
           accompanied
           with
           120.
           
           Gentlemen
           and
           others
           ,
           with
           a
           ship
           ,
           
           a
           pi●nace
           and
           two
           sh●llops
           ,
           to
           remaine
           in
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           hee
           set
           saile
           from
           Plimouth
           the
           last
           of
           April
           1620
           ,
           and
           within
           seven
           weekes
           after
           hee
           arrived
           well
           in
           the
           Amazones
           ,
           only
           with
           the
           losse
           of
           one
           old
           man
           :
           some
           hundred
           leagues
           they
           ran
           up
           the
           River
           to
           settle
           his
           men
           ,
           where
           the
           sight
           of
           the
           Countrey
           and
           people
           so
           contented
           them
           ,
           that
           never
           men
           thought
           themselves
           ,
           more
           happie
           :
           Some
           English
           and
           Irish
           that
           had
           lived
           there
           some
           eight
           yeeres
           ,
           on●y
           supplyed
           by
           the
           Dutch
           ,
           hee
           reduced
           to
           his
           company
           and
           to
           leave
           the
           Dutch
           :
           having
           made
           a
           good
           voyage
           ,
           to
           the
           value
           of
           more
           than
           the
           charge
           ,
           he
           returned
           to
           Englangd
           with
           divers
           good
           
           commodities
           besides
           Tobacco
           :
           So
           that
           it
           may
           well
           be
           conceived
           ,
           that
           if
           this
           action
           had
           not
           beene
           thus
           crossed
           ,
           the
           Ge●eralitie
           of
           England
           had
           by
           this
           time
           beene
           wonne
           and
           encouraged
           therein
           .
           But
           the
           time
           was
           not
           yet
           come
           ,
           that
           God
           would
           have
           this
           great
           businesse
           effected
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           great
           power
           the
           Lord
           Gundamore
           ,
           Amb●ssadour
           for
           the
           King
           of
           Spaine
           ,
           had
           in
           England
           ,
           to
           crosse
           and
           ruine
           those
           proceedings
           ,
           and
           so
           unfortunate
           Captaine
           North
           was
           in
           this
           businesse
           ,
           hee
           was
           twice
           committed
           prisoner
           to
           the
           Tower
           ,
           and
           the
           goods
           detained
           ,
           till
           they
           were
           spoiled
           ,
           who
           beyond
           all
           others
           was
           by
           much
           the
           greatest
           Adventurer
           and
           Loser
           .
        
         
           
           Notwithstanding
           all
           this
           ,
           those
           that
           he
           had
           left
           in
           the
           Amazons
           would
           not
           abandon
           the
           Countrey
           .
           Captaine
           
             Thomas
             Painton
          
           ,
           a
           worthy
           Gentleman
           ,
           his
           Lieutenant
           dead
           .
           Captaine
           
             Charles
             Parker
          
           ,
           brother
           to
           the
           Right
           Honourable
           the
           Lord
           Morley
           ,
           lived
           there
           six
           yeares
           after
           ;
           Mr.
           
             Iohn
             Christmas
          
           ,
           five
           yeares
           ,
           so
           well
           ,
           they
           would
           not
           returne
           ,
           although
           they
           might
           ,
           with
           divers
           ether
           Gentle-men
           of
           qualitie
           and
           others
           :
           all
           thus
           destitute
           of
           any
           supplyes
           from
           England
           .
           But
           all
           authoritie
           being
           d●ssolved
           ,
           want
           of
           government
           did
           more
           wrong
           their
           proceedings
           ,
           than
           all
           other
           crosses
           whatsoever
           .
           Some
           releefe
           they
           had
           sometime
           from
           the
           Dutch
           ,
           who
           knowing
           their
           estates
           ,
           gave
           what
           they
           pleased
           and
           tooke
           what
           they
           list
           .
           Two
           brothers
           Gentlemen
           ,
           Thomas
           and
           
             William
             Hixon
          
           ,
           who
           stayed
           three
           yeares
           there
           ,
           are
           now
           gone
           to
           stay
           in
           the
           Amazons
           ,
           in
           the
           ships
           lately
           sent
           thither
           .
        
         
           The
           businesse
           thus
           remaining
           in
           this
           sort
           ,
           three
           private
           men
           left
           of
           that
           Company
           ,
           named
           Mr
           
             Thomas
             Warriner
             ,
             Iohn
             Rhodes
          
           ,
           and
           
             Robert
             Bims
          
           ,
           having
           lived
           there
           about
           two
           yeares
           ,
           came
           for
           England
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           free
           from
           the
           disorders
           that
           did
           grow
           in
           the
           Amazons
           for
           want
           of
           Government
           amongst
           their
           Countrey-men
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           quiet
           amongst
           themselves
           ,
           made
           meanes
           to
           set
           themselves
           out
           for
           St.
           Christophers
           ;
           their
           whole
           number
           being
           but
           fifteene
           persons
           ,
           that
           payed
           for
           their
           passage
           in
           a
           ship
           going
           for
           Virginia
           ,
           where
           they
           remained
           a
           yeare
           before
           they
           were
           supplyed
           ,
           and
           then
           that
           was
           but
           foure
           or
           five
           men
           .
           Thus
           this
           I
           le
           ,
           by
           this
           small
           beginning
           ,
           having
           no
           interruption
           by
           their
           owne
           Countrey
           ,
           hath
           now
           got
           the
           start
           of
           the
           Continent
           and
           maine
           Land
           of
           Guiana
           ,
           which
           hath
           beene
           layd
           apart
           and
           let
           alone
           untill
           that
           Captaine
           North
           ,
           ever
           watching
           his
           best
           opportunitie
           and
           advantage
           of
           time
           in
           the
           state
           ,
           hath
           now
           againe
           pursued
           and
           set
           on
           foot
           his
           former
           designe
           .
           Captaine
           Harco●e
           being
           now
           willing
           to
           surrender
           his
           grant
           ,
           and
           to
           joyne
           with
           Captaine
           North
           ,
           in
           passing
           a
           new
           Patent
           ,
           and
           to
           erect
           a
           company
           for
           trade
           and
           plantation
           in
           the
           Amazons
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Coast
           and
           Countrey
           of
           Guiana
           for
           ever
           .
           Whereupon
           ,
           they
           have
           sent
           this
           present
           yeare
           in
           Ianuarie
           ,
           and
           since
           1628.
           foure
           ships
           with
           neere
           two
           hundred
           persons
           ;
           the
           first
           ship
           with
           112.
           men
           ,
           not
           one
           miscarried
           ;
           that
           rest
           went
           since
           ,
           not
           yet
           heard
           of
           ,
           and
           are
           preparing
           another
           with
           their
           best
           expedition
           :
           and
           since
           Ianuarie
           is
           gone
           from
           Holland
           ,
           100.
           
           English
           and
           Irish
           ,
           conducted
           by
           the
           old
           Planters
           .
        
         
           This
           great
           River
           lieth
           under
           the
           Line
           ,
           the
           two
           chiefe
           head
           lands
           North
           and
           South
           ,
           are
           about
           three
           degrees
           asunder
           ,
           the
           mouth
           of
           it
           is
           
           so
           full
           of
           many
           great
           and
           small
           Iles
           ,
           it
           is
           an
           easie
           matter
           for
           an
           unexperienced
           Pilot
           to
           lose
           his
           way
           .
           It
           is
           held
           one
           of
           the
           greatest
           rivers
           in
           America
           ,
           and
           as
           most
           men
           thinke
           ,
           in
           the
           world
           :
           and
           commeth
           downe
           with
           such
           a
           fresh
           ,
           it
           maketh
           the
           Sea
           fresh
           more
           than
           thirtie
           miles
           from
           the
           shore
           .
           Captaine
           North
           having
           seated
           his
           men
           about
           an
           hundred
           leagues
           in
           the
           Maine
           ,
           sent
           Captaine
           
             William
             White
          
           ,
           with
           th●rtie
           Gentlemen
           and
           others
           ,
           in
           a
           pinuace
           of
           thirtie
           tun
           ,
           to
           discover
           further
           ,
           which
           they
           did
           some
           two
           hundred
           leagues
           ,
           where
           they
           found
           the
           River
           to
           divide
           it selfe
           in
           two
           parts
           ,
           till
           then
           all
           full
           of
           Ilands
           ,
           and
           a
           Countrey
           most
           healthfull
           ,
           pleasant
           and
           fruitfull
           ;
           for
           they
           found
           food
           enough
           ,
           and
           all
           returned
           safe
           &
           in
           good
           health
           :
           In
           this
           discoverie
           they
           saw
           many
           Townes
           well
           inhabited
           ,
           some
           with
           three
           hundred
           people
           ,
           some
           with
           five
           ,
           six
           ,
           or
           seven
           hundred
           ;
           and
           of
           some
           they
           understood
           to
           be
           of
           so
           many
           thousands
           ,
           most
           differing
           verie
           much
           ,
           especially
           in
           their
           languages
           :
           whereof
           they
           suppose
           by
           those
           Indians
           ,
           they
           understand
           are
           many
           hundreds
           more
           ,
           unfrequented
           till
           then
           by
           any
           Christian
           ,
           most
           of
           them
           starke
           naked
           ,
           both
           men
           ,
           women
           and
           children
           ,
           but
           they
           saw
           not
           any
           such
           giant-like
           women
           as
           the
           Rivers
           name
           importeth
           .
           But
           for
           those
           where
           Captaine
           North
           hath
           feated
           his
           company
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           knowen
           where
           Indians
           were
           ever
           so
           kinde
           to
           any
           Nation
           ,
           not
           sparing
           any
           paines
           ,
           danger
           or
           labour
           ,
           to
           feed
           and
           maintaine
           them
           .
           The
           English
           following
           their
           buildings
           ,
           fortifications
           and
           sugar-workes
           ;
           for
           which
           they
           have
           sent
           most
           expert
           men
           ,
           and
           with
           them
           all
           things
           necessarie
           for
           that
           purpose
           ;
           to
           effect
           which
           ,
           they
           want
           not
           the
           helpe
           of
           those
           kinde
           Indians
           to
           produce
           ;
           and
           many
           other
           good
           commodities
           ,
           which
           (
           God
           willing
           )
           will
           ere
           long
           make
           plaine
           and
           apparent
           to
           this
           Kingdome
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Adventurers
           and
           Well-willers
           to
           this
           Plantation
           ,
           to
           bee
           well
           worthy
           the
           cherishing
           and
           following
           with
           all
           alacritie
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XXV
           .
        
         
           
             The
             beginning
             and
             proceedings
             of
             the
             new
             plantation
             of
             
               St.
               Christopher
            
             by
             Captaine
             Warner
             .
          
        
         
           MAster
           
             Ralfe
             Merifield
          
           and
           others
           ,
           
           having
           furnished
           this
           worhty
           industrious
           Gentleman
           ,
           hee
           arrived
           at
           St.
           Christophers
           ,
           as
           is
           said
           ,
           with
           fifteene
           men
           ,
           the
           28.
           of
           Ianuarie
           ,
           1623.
           viz.
           
             William
             Tested
             ,
             Iohn
             Rhodes
             ,
             Robert
             Bims
             ,
          
           Mr.
           Benifield
           ,
           Sergeant
           Iones
           ,
           Mr.
           
             Ware
             ,
             William
             Royle
             ,
             Rowland
             Grascocke
             ,
          
           Mr.
           Bond
           ,
           Mr.
           Langley
           ,
           Mr.
           
             Weaver
             ,
             Edward
             Warner
          
           their
           Captaines
           sonne
           ,
           and
           now
           Deputy-Governour
           till
           his
           fathers
           returne
           ,
           Sergeant
           Aplon
           ,
           one
           Sailor
           and
           a
           Cooke
           :
           At
           their
           arrivall
           they
           found
           three
           French-men
           ,
           who
           sought
           to
           oppose
           Captaine
           Warner
           ,
           and
           to
           set
           the
           Indians
           upon
           us
           ;
           but
           at
           last
           we
           all
           became
           friends
           ,
           and
           lived
           with
           the
           Indians
           a
           moneth
           ,
           then
           we
           built
           a
           Fort
           ,
           and
           a
           house
           ,
           and
           planting
           fruits
           ,
           by
           September
           we
           made
           a
           crop
           of
           Tobacco
           ;
           but
           upon
           the
           nineteenth
           of
           September
           came
           a
           Hericano
           and
           blew
           it
           away
           ,
           
           all
           this
           while
           wee
           lived
           upon
           Cassada
           bread
           ,
           Potatoes
           ,
           Plantines
           ,
           Pines
           ,
           
           Turtels
           ,
           Guanes
           ,
           and
           fish
           plentie
           ;
           for
           drinke
           wee
           h●d
           Nicnobbie
           .
        
         
           
           The
           18.
           of
           March
           1624.
           arrived
           Captaine
           Iefferson
           with
           three
           men
           passengers
           in
           the
           Hope-well
           of
           London
           ,
           with
           some
           trade
           for
           the
           Indians
           ,
           and
           then
           we
           had
           another
           crop
           of
           Tobacco
           ,
           in
           the
           meane
           time
           the
           French
           had
           planted
           thems●lves
           in
           the
           other
           end
           of
           the
           I
           le
           ;
           with
           this
           crop
           Captaine
           Warner
           returned
           for
           England
           in
           September
           ,
           1625.
           
        
         
           
           In
           his
           absence
           came
           in
           a
           French
           pinnace
           ,
           under
           the
           command
           of
           
             Monsieur
             de
             Nombe
          
           ,
           that
           told
           us
           ,
           the
           Indians
           had
           slaine
           some
           Frenchmen
           in
           other
           of
           the
           Charybes
           Iles
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           were
           six
           Peryagoes
           ,
           which
           are
           huge
           great
           trees
           formed
           as
           your
           Canowes
           ,
           but
           so
           laid
           out
           on
           the
           sides
           with
           boords
           ,
           
           they
           will
           seeme
           like
           a
           little
           Gally
           :
           six
           of
           those
           ,
           with
           about
           soure
           or
           five
           hundred
           strange
           Indians
           came
           unto
           us
           ,
           we
           bade
           them
           be
           gone
           ,
           but
           they
           would
           not
           ;
           whereupon
           we
           and
           the
           French
           joyned
           together
           ,
           and
           upon
           the
           fifth
           of
           November
           set
           upon
           them
           ,
           and
           put
           them
           to
           flight
           :
           upon
           New-yeares
           Even
           they
           came
           againe
           ,
           found
           three
           English
           going
           about
           the
           I
           le
           ,
           whom
           they
           slue
           .
        
         
           
           Vntill
           the
           fourth
           of
           August
           ,
           we
           stood
           upon
           our
           guard
           ,
           living
           upon
           the
           spoile
           and
           did
           nothing
           .
           But
           now
           Captaine
           Warner
           arriving
           againe
           with
           neere
           an
           hundred
           people
           ,
           then
           we
           fell
           to
           worke
           and
           planting
           as
           before
           ;
           
           but
           upon
           the
           fourth
           of
           September
           ,
           came
           such
           a
           Hericano
           ,
           as
           blew
           downe
           all
           our
           houses
           ,
           Tobacco
           ,
           and
           two
           Drums
           into
           the
           aire
           we
           know
           not
           whither
           ,
           drove
           two
           ships
           on
           shore
           that
           were
           both
           split
           ;
           all
           our
           provision
           thus
           lost
           ,
           we
           were
           very
           miserable
           ,
           living
           onely
           on
           what
           we
           could
           get
           in
           the
           wilde
           woods
           ,
           
           we
           made
           a
           small
           party
           of
           French
           and
           English
           to
           goe
           aboord
           for
           provision
           ,
           but
           in
           their
           returning
           home
           ,
           eight
           French
           men
           were
           slaine
           in
           the
           harbour
           .
        
         
           
           Thus
           wee
           continued
           till
           neere
           Iune
           that
           the
           Tortels
           came
           in
           ,
           1627.
           but
           the
           French
           being
           like
           to
           starve
           ,
           sought
           to
           surprize
           us
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Cassado
           ,
           Potatos
           ,
           and
           Tobacco
           we
           had
           planted
           ,
           but
           we
           did
           prevent
           them
           .
           The
           26.
           of
           October
           ,
           came
           in
           Captaine
           
             William
             Smith
          
           ,
           in
           the
           Hope-well
           ,
           with
           some
           Ordnance
           ,
           shot
           and
           powder
           ,
           from
           the
           Earle
           of
           Carlile
           ;
           with
           Captaine
           Pelham
           and
           thirty
           men
           ,
           about
           that
           time
           also
           came
           the
           Plow
           ;
           also
           a
           small
           ship
           of
           Bristow
           ,
           with
           Captaine
           Warners
           wife
           ,
           and
           six
           or
           seven
           women
           more
           .
           
        
         
           Vpon
           the
           25.
           of
           November
           ,
           the
           Indians
           set
           upon
           the
           French
           ,
           for
           some
           injury
           about
           their
           women
           ,
           and
           slew
           six
           and
           twentie
           French
           men
           ,
           five
           English
           ,
           and
           three
           Indians
           .
           Their
           weapons
           are
           bowes
           and
           arrowes
           ;
           their
           bowes
           are
           never
           bent
           ,
           but
           the
           string
           lies
           flat
           to
           the
           bow
           ;
           their
           arrowes
           a
           small
           reed
           ,
           foure
           or
           five
           foot
           long
           ,
           headed
           some
           with
           the
           poysoned
           sting
           of
           the
           taile
           of
           a
           Stingray
           ,
           some
           with
           iron
           ,
           some
           with
           wood
           ,
           but
           all
           so
           poysoned
           ,
           
           that
           if
           they
           draw
           but
           bloud
           ,
           the
           hurt
           is
           incurable
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           day
           came
           in
           Captaine
           
             Charles
             Saltonstall
          
           ,
           a
           young
           Gentleman
           ,
           son
           of
           Sir
           
             Samuell
             Saltonstall
          
           ,
           who
           brought
           with
           him
           good
           store
           of
           all
           commodities
           to
           releeve
           the
           plantation
           ;
           but
           by
           reason
           some
           Hollanders
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
           had
           bin
           there
           lately
           before
           him
           ,
           who
           carried
           away
           with
           them
           all
           the
           Tobacco
           ,
           he
           was
           forced
           to
           put
           away
           all
           his
           commodities
           upon
           trust
           till
           the
           next
           crop
           ;
           in
           the
           meane
           time
           hee
           resolved
           there
           to
           stay
           ,
           and
           imploy
           himselfe
           &
           his
           company
           in
           planting
           Tobacco
           ,
           hoping
           
           thereby
           to
           make
           a
           voyage
           ,
           but
           before
           he
           cou●d
           be
           ready
           to
           returne
           for
           
             England
             ,
             a
             Hericano
          
           h●pu●●g
           ,
           his
           ship
           was
           split
           ,
           to
           his
           great
           losse
           ,
           being
           sol●
           Merc●ant
           and
           owner
           himselfe
           ,
           notwithstand●ng
           forced
           to
           pay
           to
           the
           Governour
           ,
           the
           fi
           lt
           part
           of
           his
           Tobacco
           ,
           and
           for
           fraught
           to
           England
           ,
           three
           pence
           a
           pound
           ,
           and
           nine
           pence
           a
           pound
           custome
           ,
           wh●ch
           amounts
           together
           to
           more
           than
           thre●score
           pound
           in
           the
           hundred
           pound
           ,
           to
           the
           great
           d●scouragement
           of
           him
           and
           many
           others
           ,
           that
           intended
           well
           to
           those
           plantations
           .
           Neverthelesse
           he
           is
           gone
           againe
           this
           present
           yeare
           1629.
           with
           a
           ship
           of
           about
           three
           hundred
           tunnes
           ,
           and
           very
           neere
           two
           hundred
           people
           ,
           with
           Sir
           
             William
             Tuffton
          
           Govenour
           for
           the
           Barbados
           ,
           and
           divers
           gentlemen
           ,
           and
           all
           manner
           of
           commodities
           fit
           for
           a
           plantation
           .
        
         
           Captaine
           Prinne
           ,
           Captaine
           Stone
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           ,
           came
           in
           about
           Christmas
           ;
           so
           that
           this
           last
           yeare
           there
           hath
           beene
           about
           thirtie
           saile
           of
           
             English
             ,
             French
          
           ,
           and
           Dutch
           ships
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Indians
           forced
           out
           of
           the
           I
           le
           ,
           for
           they
           had
           done
           much
           mischiefe
           amongst
           the
           French
           ,
           in
           cutting
           their
           throats
           ,
           burning
           their
           houses
           ,
           and
           spoyling
           their
           Tobacco
           ;
           amongst
           :
           the
           rest
           Tegramund
           ,
           a
           little
           childe
           the
           Kings
           sonne
           ,
           his
           parents
           being
           slaine
           ,
           or
           fled
           ,
           was
           by
           great
           chance
           saved
           ,
           and
           carefully
           brought
           to
           England
           by
           Master
           Merifield
           ,
           who
           brought
           him
           from
           thence
           and
           bringeth
           him
           up
           as
           his
           owne
           children
           .
        
         
           It
           lyeth
           seventeene
           degrees
           Northward
           of
           the
           line
           ,
           
           about
           an
           hundred
           and
           twenty
           leagues
           from
           the
           
             Cape
             de
             tres
             Puntas
          
           ,
           the
           neerest
           maine
           land
           in
           America
           ,
           it
           is
           about
           eight
           leagues
           in
           length
           ,
           and
           foure
           in
           bredth
           ;
           an
           Iland
           amongst
           100.
           
           Iles
           in
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           ,
           called
           the
           Caribes
           ,
           where
           ordinarily
           all
           them
           that
           frequent
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           ,
           refresh
           themselves
           ;
           those
           most
           of
           them
           are
           rocky
           ,
           little
           ,
           and
           mountainous
           ,
           yet
           frequented
           with
           the
           Canibals
           ;
           many
           of
           them
           inhabited
           ,
           as
           Saint
           Domingo
           ,
           Saint
           Mattalin
           ,
           Saint
           Lucia
           ,
           Saint
           
             Vincent
             ,
             Granada
          
           ,
           and
           Margarita
           ,
           to
           the
           Southward
           ;
           Northward
           ,
           none
           but
           Saint
           Christophers
           ,
           and
           it
           but
           lat●ly
           ,
           yet
           they
           will
           be
           ranging
           
             Marigalanta
             ,
             Guardalupo
             ,
             Deceado
             ,
             Monserat
             ,
             Antigua
             ,
             Mevis
             ,
             Bernardo
             ,
          
           Saint
           Martin
           ,
           and
           Saint
           Bartholomew
           ,
           but
           the
           worst
           of
           the
           foure
           Iles
           possessed
           by
           the
           Spanyard
           ,
           as
           Portorico
           or
           Iamica
           ,
           is
           better
           than
           them
           all
           ;
           as
           for
           Hispaniola
           ,
           and
           Cuba
           ,
           they
           are
           worthy
           the
           title
           of
           two
           rich
           Kingdomes
           ,
           the
           rest
           not
           respected
           by
           the
           Spanyards
           ,
           for
           want
           of
           harbors
           ,
           and
           their
           better
           choice
           of
           good
           land
           ,
           and
           profit
           in
           the
           maine
           .
           But
           Captaine
           Warner
           ,
           having
           beene
           very
           familiar
           with
           Captaine
           Painton
           ,
           in
           the
           Amazon
           ,
           hearing
           his
           information
           of
           this
           St.
           Christophers
           ;
           and
           having
           made
           a
           yeares
           tryall
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           returned
           for
           England
           ,
           ioyning
           with
           Master
           Merifield
           ,
           and
           his
           friends
           ,
           got
           Letters
           Pattents
           ,
           from
           King
           Iames
           ,
           to
           plant
           and
           possesse
           it
           .
           Since
           then
           ,
           the
           Right
           Honourable
           the
           Earle
           of
           Carlile
           ,
           hath
           got
           Letters
           Pattents
           also
           ,
           not
           only
           of
           that
           ,
           but
           all
           the
           Caribes
           Iles
           about
           it
           ,
           who
           is
           now
           chiefe
           Lord
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           English
           his
           tenants
           ,
           that
           doe
           possesse
           them
           ;
           over
           whom
           he
           appointeth
           such
           Governours
           and
           Officers
           ,
           as
           their
           affaires
           require
           ;
           and
           although
           there
           be
           a
           great
           custome
           imposed
           upon
           them
           ,
           considering
           their
           other
           charges
           ,
           both
           to
           feed
           and
           maintaine
           themselves
           ;
           yet
           there
           is
           there
           ,
           and
           now
           a
           going
           ,
           neere
           upon
           the
           number
           of
           three
           thousand
           people
           ;
           where
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           rockinesse
           and
           thicknesse
           of
           the
           woods
           in
           the
           I
           le
           ,
           it
           is
           
           difficult
           to
           passe
           ,
           and
           such
           a
           snuffe
           of
           the
           Sea
           goeth
           on
           the
           shore
           ,
           ten
           m●y
           better
           defend
           ,
           
           than
           fifty
           assault
           .
           In
           this
           I
           le
           are
           many
           springs
           ,
           but
           yet
           water
           is
           scarce
           againe
           in
           many
           places
           ;
           the
           valleyes
           and
           sides
           of
           the
           hills
           very
           fertile
           ,
           but
           the
           mountaines
           harsh
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           sulphurous
           composition
           ;
           all
           overgrowne
           with
           
             Palmetas
             ,
             Cotten
          
           trees
           ,
           
             Lignum
             vitae
          
           ,
           and
           divers
           other
           sorts
           ,
           but
           none
           like
           any
           in
           Christendome
           ,
           except
           those
           carried
           thither
           ;
           the
           aire
           very
           pleasant
           and
           healthfull
           ,
           but
           exceeding
           ●ot
           ,
           yet
           so
           tempered
           with
           coole
           breaths
           ,
           it
           seemes
           very
           temperate
           to
           them
           ,
           that
           are
           a
           little
           used
           to
           it
           ;
           the
           trees
           being
           alwaies
           greene
           ,
           the
           daies
           and
           nights
           alwayes
           very
           neere
           equall
           in
           length
           ,
           alwayes
           Summer
           ;
           only
           they
           have
           in
           their
           seasons
           great
           gusts
           and
           raines
           ,
           and
           somtimes
           a
           Hericano
           ,
           which
           is
           an
           overgrowne
           ,
           and
           a
           most
           violent
           storme
           .
        
         
           
           In
           some
           of
           those
           Iles
           ,
           are
           cattell
           ,
           goats
           ,
           and
           hogges
           ,
           but
           here
           none
           but
           what
           they
           must
           carry
           ;
           Gwanes
           they
           have
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           little
           harmelesse
           beast
           ,
           like
           a
           Crokadell
           ,
           or
           Aligator
           ,
           very
           fat
           and
           good
           meat
           ,
           she
           layes
           egges
           in
           the
           sand
           ,
           as
           doth
           the
           land
           Crabs
           ,
           which
           live
           here
           in
           abundance
           ,
           like
           Conies
           in
           Boroughs
           ,
           unlesse
           about
           May
           ,
           when
           they
           come
           downe
           to
           the
           Sea
           side
           ,
           to
           lay
           in
           the
           sand
           ,
           as
           the
           other
           ;
           and
           all
           their
           egges
           are
           hatched
           by
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           Sunne
           .
        
         
           
           From
           May
           to
           September
           they
           have
           good
           store
           of
           Tortasses
           ,
           that
           come
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           to
           lay
           their
           egges
           in
           the
           sand
           ,
           and
           are
           hatched
           as
           the
           other
           ;
           they
           will
           lay
           halfe
           a
           pecke
           at
           a
           time
           ,
           and
           neere
           a
           bushell
           ere
           they
           have
           done
           ;
           and
           are
           round
           like
           Tenis-balls
           :
           this
           fish
           is
           like
           veale
           in
           taste
           ,
           the
           fat
           of
           a
           brownish
           colour
           ,
           very
           good
           and
           wholsome
           .
           We
           seeke
           them
           in
           the
           nights
           ,
           where
           we
           finde
           them
           on
           shore
           ,
           we
           turne
           them
           upon
           their
           backs
           ,
           till
           the
           next
           day
           we
           fetch
           them
           home
           ,
           for
           they
           can
           never
           returne
           themselves
           ,
           being
           so
           hard
           a
           cart
           may
           goe
           over
           them
           ;
           and
           so
           bigge
           ,
           one
           will
           suffice
           forty
           or
           fifty
           men
           to
           dinner
           .
           Divers
           sorts
           of
           other
           fish
           they
           have
           in
           abundance
           ,
           and
           Prawnes
           most
           great
           and
           excellent
           ,
           but
           none
           will
           keepe
           sweet
           scarce
           twelve
           houres
           .
        
         
           
           The
           best
           and
           greatest
           is
           a
           
             Passer
             Flaminga
          
           ,
           which
           walking
           at
           her
           length
           is
           as
           tall
           as
           a
           man
           ;
           Pigeons
           ,
           and
           
             Turtle
             Doves
          
           in
           abundance
           ;
           some
           Parrots
           ,
           wilde
           Hawkes
           ,
           but
           divers
           other
           sorts
           of
           good
           Sea
           fowle
           ,
           whose
           names
           we
           know
           not
           .
        
         
           
           Cassado
           is
           a
           root
           planted
           in
           the
           ground
           ,
           of
           a
           wonderfull
           increase
           ,
           and
           will
           make
           very
           good
           white
           bread
           ,
           but
           the
           Iuyce
           ranke
           poyson
           ,
           yet
           boyled
           ,
           better
           than
           wine
           ;
           
             Potatos
             ,
             Cabbages
          
           and
           Radish
           plenty
           .
        
         
           
           Mayes
           ,
           like
           the
           Virginia
           wheat
           ;
           we
           have
           Pine-apples
           ,
           neere
           so
           bigge
           as
           an
           Hartichocke
           ,
           but
           the
           most
           daintiest
           taste
           of
           any
           fruit
           ;
           Plantnais
           ,
           an
           excellent
           ,
           and
           a
           most
           increasing
           fruit
           ;
           Apples
           ,
           Prickell
           Peares
           ,
           and
           Pease
           ,
           but
           differing
           all
           from
           ours
           .
           There
           is
           Pepper
           that
           groweth
           in
           a
           little
           red
           huske
           ,
           as
           bigge
           as
           a
           Walnut
           ,
           about
           foure
           inches
           in
           length
           ,
           but
           the
           long
           cods
           are
           small
           ,
           and
           much
           stronger
           ,
           and
           better
           for
           use
           ,
           than
           that
           from
           the
           
             East
             Indies
          
           .
           There
           is
           two
           sorts
           of
           Cotten
           ,
           the
           silke
           Cotten
           as
           in
           the
           
             East
             Indies
          
           ,
           groweth
           upon
           a
           small
           stalke
           ,
           as
           good
           for
           beds
           as
           downe
           ;
           the
           other
           upon
           a
           shrub
           ,
           and
           beareth
           a
           cod
           bigger
           than
           a
           Walnut
           ,
           full
           of
           Cotten
           wooll
           :
           Anotto
           also
           groweth
           upon
           a
           shrub
           ,
           with
           a
           cod
           like
           the
           other
           ,
           and
           nine
           or
           ten
           on
           a
           bunch
           ,
           full
           of
           Anotto
           ,
           very
           
           good
           for
           Dyers
           ,
           though
           wilde
           ;
           Sugar
           Canes
           ,
           not
           tame
           ,
           4.
           or
           5.
           foot
           high
           ;
           also
           Mast●cke
           ,
           and
           Locus
           trees
           ;
           g●eat
           and
           hard
           timber
           ,
           Gourds
           ,
           Muske
           Melons
           ,
           Water
           Melons
           ,
           Lettice
           ,
           P●rsly
           ;
           all
           places
           naturally
           beare
           pursl●ine
           of
           it selfe
           ;
           Sope-berries
           like
           a
           Musket
           bullet
           ,
           that
           washeth
           as
           white
           as
           Sope
           ;
           in
           the
           middle
           of
           the
           root
           is
           a
           thing
           like
           a
           sedge
           ,
           a
           very
           good
           f●uit
           ,
           we
           call
           Pengromes
           ;
           a
           Pappaw
           is
           as
           great
           as
           an
           apple
           ,
           coloured
           like
           an
           Orange
           ,
           and
           good
           to
           eat
           ;
           a
           small
           hard
           nut
           ,
           like
           a
           hazell
           nut
           ,
           growes
           close
           to
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           like
           this
           growes
           on
           the
           Palmetas
           ,
           which
           we
           call
           a
           Mucca
           nut
           ;
           Mustard-seed
           will
           grow
           to
           a
           great
           tree
           ,
           but
           beares
           no
           seed
           ,
           yet
           the
           leaves
           will
           make
           good
           mustard
           ;
           the
           Mancinell
           tree
           the
           fruit
           is
           poyson
           ;
           good
           figs
           in
           abundance
           ;
           but
           the
           Palmeta
           serveth
           to
           build
           Forts
           and
           houses
           ,
           the
           leaves
           to
           cover
           them
           ,
           and
           many
           other
           uses
           ;
           the
           iuyce
           we
           draw
           from
           them
           ,
           till
           we
           sucke
           them
           to
           death
           ,
           (
           is
           held
           restorative
           )
           and
           the
           top
           for
           meat
           doth
           serve
           us
           as
           Cabbage
           ;
           but
           oft
           we
           want
           poudered
           Beefe
           ,
           and
           Bacon
           ,
           and
           many
           other
           needfull
           necessaries
           .
        
         
           by
           Thomas
           Simons
           ,
           Rowland
           Grascocke
           ,
           Nicholas
           Burgh
           ,
           
             and
             others
          
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XXVI
           .
        
         
           
             The
             first
             planting
             of
             the
             Barbados
             .
          
        
         
           THe
           Barbados
           lies
           South-west
           and
           by
           South
           ,
           an
           hundred
           leagues
           from
           Saint
           Christophers
           ,
           threescore
           leagues
           West
           and
           South
           from
           Trinidado
           ,
           and
           some
           fourescore
           leagues
           from
           
             Cape
             de
             Salinos
          
           ,
           the
           next
           part
           of
           the
           maine
           .
           The
           first
           planters
           brought
           thither
           by
           Captaine
           
             Henry
             Powel
          
           ,
           were
           forty
           English
           ,
           with
           seven
           or
           eight
           Negros
           ;
           then
           he
           went
           to
           Disacuba
           in
           the
           maine
           ,
           where
           he
           got
           thirty
           Indians
           ,
           men
           ,
           women
           ,
           and
           children
           ,
           of
           the
           Arawacos
           ,
           enemies
           both
           to
           the
           Caribes
           ,
           
           and
           the
           Spaniards
           .
           The
           I
           le
           is
           most
           like
           a
           triangle
           ,
           each
           side
           forty
           or
           fifty
           miles
           square
           ,
           some
           exceeding
           great
           rocks
           ,
           but
           the
           most
           part
           exceeding
           good
           ground
           ;
           abounding
           with
           an
           infinite
           number
           of
           Swine
           ,
           some
           Turtles
           ,
           and
           many
           sorts
           of
           excellent
           fish
           ;
           many
           great
           ponds
           wherein
           is
           Ducke
           and
           Mallard
           ;
           excellent
           clay
           for
           pots
           ,
           wood
           and
           stone
           for
           building
           ,
           and
           a
           spring
           neere
           the
           middest
           of
           the
           I
           le
           of
           Bitume
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           liquid
           mixture
           like
           Tarre
           ,
           that
           by
           the
           great
           raines
           falls
           from
           the
           tops
           of
           the
           mountaines
           ,
           it
           floats
           upon
           the
           water
           in
           such
           abundance
           ,
           that
           drying
           up
           ,
           it
           remaines
           like
           great
           rocks
           of
           pitch
           ,
           and
           as
           good
           as
           pitch
           for
           any
           use
           .
        
         
           The
           Mancinell
           apple
           ,
           is
           of
           a
           most
           pleasant
           sweet
           smell
           ,
           
           of
           the
           bignesse
           of
           a
           Crab
           ,
           but
           ranke
           poyson
           ,
           yet
           the
           Swine
           and
           Birds
           have
           wit
           to
           shun
           it
           ;
           great
           store
           of
           exceeding
           great
           Locus
           trees
           ,
           two
           or
           three
           fadome
           about
           ,
           of
           a
           great
           height
           ,
           that
           beareth
           a
           cod
           full
           of
           meale
           ,
           will
           m●ke
           bread
           in
           time
           of
           necessity
           .
           A
           tree
           like
           a
           Pine
           ,
           beareth
           a
           fruit
           so
           great
           as
           a
           Muske
           Melon
           ,
           which
           hath
           alwayes
           ripe
           fruit
           ,
           flowers
           ,
           or
           greene
           fruit
           ,
           which
           will
           refresh
           two
           or
           three
           men
           ,
           and
           very
           comfortable
           ;
           Plumb
           trees
           
           many
           ,
           the
           fruit
           great
           and
           yellow
           ,
           which
           but
           strained
           into
           water
           in
           foure
           and
           twenty
           houres
           will
           be
           very
           good
           drinke
           ;
           wilde
           figge
           trees
           there
           are
           many
           ;
           all
           those
           fruits
           doe
           fat
           the
           hogges
           ,
           yet
           at
           some
           times
           of
           the
           yeare
           they
           are
           so
           leane
           ,
           as
           carrion
           ;
           Gwane
           trees
           beare
           a
           fruit
           so
           bigge
           as
           a
           Peare
           ,
           good
           and
           wholsome
           ;
           Palmetaes
           of
           three
           severall
           f●rrs
           ;
           Papawes
           ,
           Prickle
           Peares
           good
           to
           eat
           or
           make
           drinke
           ;
           Cedar
           trees
           very
           tall
           and
           great
           ;
           Fusticke
           trees
           are
           very
           great
           and
           the
           wood
           yellow
           ,
           good
           for
           dying
           ;
           sope
           berries
           ,
           the
           kernell
           so
           bigge
           as
           a
           sloe
           ,
           and
           good
           to
           eat
           ;
           Pumpeons
           in
           abundance
           ;
           Goads
           so
           great
           as
           will
           make
           good
           great
           bottles
           ,
           and
           cut
           in
           two
           peeces
           good
           dishes
           and
           platters
           ;
           many
           small
           brooks
           of
           very
           good
           water
           ;
           Ginni
           wheat
           ,
           Cassado
           ,
           Pines
           and
           Plantaines
           ;
           all
           things
           we
           there
           plant
           doe
           grow
           exceedingly
           ,
           so
           well
           as
           Tobacco
           ;
           the
           corne
           ,
           pease
           ,
           and
           beanes
           ,
           cut
           but
           away
           the
           stalke
           ,
           young
           sprigs
           will
           grow
           ,
           and
           so
           beare
           fruit
           for
           many
           yeares
           together
           ,
           without
           any
           more
           planting
           ;
           the
           I
           le
           is
           overgrowne
           with
           wod
           or
           great
           reeds
           ,
           those
           wods
           w●ich
           are
           soft
           are
           exceeding
           light
           and
           full
           of
           pitch
           ,
           and
           those
           that
           are
           hard
           ,
           are
           so
           hard
           and
           great
           ,
           they
           are
           as
           hard
           to
           cut
           as
           stone
           .
        
         
           
           Master
           
             Iohn
             Powell
          
           came
           thither
           the
           fourth
           of
           August
           1627.
           with
           forty
           five
           men
           ,
           where
           we
           stayed
           three
           weeks
           ,
           and
           then
           returning
           ,
           left
           behind
           us
           about
           an
           hundred
           people
           ,
           and
           his
           sonne
           
             Iohn
             Powell
          
           for
           his
           Deputy
           ,
           as
           Governour
           ;
           but
           there
           have
           beene
           so
           many
           factions
           amongst
           them
           ,
           I
           cannot
           from
           so
           many
           variable
           relations
           give
           you
           any
           certainty
           for
           their
           orderly
           Government
           :
           for
           all
           those
           plenties
           ,
           much
           misery
           they
           have
           endured
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           their
           weaknesse
           at
           their
           landing
           ,
           and
           long
           st●y
           without
           supplies
           ;
           therefore
           those
           that
           goe
           thither
           ,
           it
           were
           good
           they
           carry
           good
           provision
           with
           them
           ;
           but
           the
           I
           le
           is
           most
           healthfull
           ,
           and
           all
           things
           planted
           doe
           increase
           abundantly
           :
           and
           by
           this
           time
           there
           is
           ,
           and
           now
           a
           going
           ,
           about
           the
           number
           of
           fifteene
           or
           sixteene
           hundred
           people
           .
        
         
           Sir
           
             William
             Curtine
          
           ,
           and
           Captaine
           
             Iohn
             Powell
          
           ,
           were
           the
           first
           and
           chiefe
           adventurers
           to
           the
           planting
           this
           fortunate
           I
           le
           ;
           which
           had
           beene
           oft
           frequented
           by
           men
           of
           Warre
           to
           refresh
           themselves
           ,
           and
           set
           up
           their
           shallops
           ;
           being
           so
           farre
           remote
           from
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Iles
           ,
           they
           never
           were
           troubled
           with
           any
           of
           the
           Indies
           .
           Harbours
           they
           have
           none
           ,
           but
           exceeding
           good
           Rodes
           ,
           which
           with
           a
           small
           charge
           might
           bee
           very
           well
           fortified
           ;
           it
           doth
           ebbe
           and
           flow
           foure
           or
           five
           foot
           ,
           and
           they
           cannot
           perceive
           there
           hath
           ever
           beene
           any
           Hericano
           in
           that
           I
           le
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           relations
           of
           Captaine
           
             Iohn
             White
          
           ,
           and
           Captaine
           Wolverstone
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XXVII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             first
             plantation
             of
             the
             I
             le
             of
             Mevis
             .
          
        
         
           BEcause
           I
           have
           ranged
           and
           lived
           amongst
           those
           Ilands
           ,
           what
           my
           authours
           cannot
           tell
           me
           ,
           
           I
           thinke
           it
           no
           great
           errour
           in
           helping
           them
           to
           tell
           it
           my selfe
           .
           In
           this
           little
           I
           le
           of
           Mevis
           ,
           more
           than
           twenty
           
           yeares
           agoe
           ,
           I
           have
           remained
           a
           good
           time
           together
           ,
           to
           wod
           ,
           and
           water
           and
           refresh
           my
           men
           ;
           it
           is
           all
           woddy
           ,
           but
           by
           the
           Sea
           side
           Southward
           there
           are
           sands
           like
           downes
           ,
           where
           a
           thousand
           men
           may
           quarter
           themselves
           conveniently
           ;
           but
           in
           most
           places
           the
           wod
           groweth
           close
           to
           the
           water
           side
           ,
           at
           a
           high
           water
           marke
           ,
           and
           in
           some
           places
           so
           thicke
           of
           a
           soft
           spungy
           wood
           like
           a
           wilde
           figge
           tree
           ,
           you
           cannot
           get
           through
           it
           ,
           but
           by
           m●king
           your
           w●y
           with
           hatchets
           ,
           or
           fauchions
           :
           whether
           it
           was
           the
           dew
           of
           those
           trees
           ,
           or
           of
           some
           others
           ,
           I
           am
           not
           certaine
           ,
           but
           many
           of
           our
           men
           became
           so
           to●mented
           with
           a
           burning
           sw●lling
           all
           over
           their
           bodies
           ,
           they
           seemed
           like
           se●ld●d
           men
           ,
           and
           neere
           mad
           with
           paine
           ;
           here
           we
           found
           a
           great
           Poole
           ,
           
           wherein
           bathing
           themselves
           ,
           they
           found
           much
           ease
           ;
           and
           fi●ding
           it
           fed
           with
           a
           pleasant
           small
           streame
           that
           came
           out
           of
           the
           woods
           ,
           we
           found
           the
           head
           halfe
           a
           m●le
           within
           the
           land
           ,
           distilling
           from
           a
           many
           of
           rocks
           ,
           by
           which
           they
           were
           well
           cured
           in
           two
           or
           three
           dayes
           .
           Such
           factions
           here
           we
           had
           ,
           as
           commonly
           attend
           such
           voyages
           ,
           that
           a
           paire
           of
           gallowes
           was
           m●de
           ,
           but
           Captaine
           Smith
           ,
           for
           whom
           they
           were
           intended
           ,
           could
           not
           be
           perswaded
           to
           use
           them
           ;
           but
           not
           any
           one
           of
           the
           inventers
           ,
           but
           their
           lives
           by
           iustice
           fell
           into
           his
           power
           ,
           to
           determine
           of
           at
           his
           pleasure
           ,
           whom
           with
           much
           mercy
           he
           favoured
           ,
           that
           most
           basely
           and
           u●justly
           would
           have
           betrayed
           him
           .
        
         
           The
           last
           yeare
           ,
           1628.
           
           Master
           Littleton
           ,
           
           with
           some
           others
           got
           a
           Pattent
           of
           the
           Earle
           of
           Carlile
           ,
           to
           plant
           the
           I
           le
           called
           the
           Barbados
           ,
           thirty
           leagues
           Northward
           of
           Saint
           Christophers
           ;
           which
           by
           report
           of
           their
           informers
           ,
           and
           undertakers
           ,
           for
           the
           excellencie
           and
           pleasantnesse
           thereof
           ,
           they
           called
           Dulcina
           ,
           but
           when
           they
           came
           there
           ,
           they
           found
           it
           such
           a
           ba●ren
           rocke
           ,
           they
           left
           it
           ;
           although
           they
           were
           told
           as
           much
           before
           ,
           they
           would
           not
           beleeve
           it
           ,
           perswading
           themselves
           ,
           those
           contradicters
           would
           get
           it
           for
           themselves
           ,
           was
           thus
           by
           their
           cunning
           opinion
           ,
           the
           deceiver
           of
           themselves
           ;
           for
           seeing
           it
           lie
           conveniently
           for
           their
           purpose
           in
           a
           map
           ,
           they
           had
           not
           patience
           to
           know
           the
           goodnesse
           or
           badnesse
           ,
           the
           inconvenience
           nor
           probabilities
           of
           the
           quality
           ,
           nor
           quantity
           ;
           which
           errour
           doth
           predominate
           in
           most
           of
           our
           home-bred
           adventurers
           ,
           that
           will
           have
           all
           things
           as
           they
           conceit
           and
           would
           have
           it
           ;
           and
           the
           more
           they
           are
           contradicted
           ,
           the
           more
           hot
           they
           are
           ;
           but
           you
           may
           see
           by
           many
           examples
           in
           the
           generall
           history
           ,
           how
           difficult
           a
           matter
           it
           is
           ,
           to
           gather
           the
           t●uth
           from
           amongst
           so
           many
           forren
           and
           severall
           relations
           ,
           except
           you
           have
           exceeding
           good
           experience
           both
           of
           the
           Countries
           ,
           people
           ,
           and
           their
           conditions
           ;
           and
           those
           ignorant
           undertakings
           ,
           have
           beene
           the
           great●st
           hind●rance
           of
           all
           those
           plantations
           .
           
        
         
           At
           last
           because
           they
           would
           be
           absolute
           ,
           they
           came
           to
           Mevis
           ,
           a
           little
           I
           le
           by
           Saint
           Christophers
           ;
           where
           they
           seated
           themselv●s
           ,
           well
           furnished
           with
           all
           necessaries
           ,
           being
           about
           the
           number
           of
           an
           hundred
           ,
           and
           since
           increased
           to
           an
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           persons
           ,
           whereof
           many
           were
           old
           planters
           of
           Saint
           Christophers
           ,
           especially
           Master
           
             Anthony
             Hinton
          
           ,
           and
           Master
           
             Edward
             Tompson
          
           .
           But
           because
           all
           those
           Iles
           for
           most
           part
           are
           so
           capable
           to
           produce
           ,
           and
           in
           nature
           like
           each
           other
           ,
           let
           this
           discourse
           serve
           for
           the
           description
           of
           them
           all
           .
           Thus
           much
           concerning
           those
           plantations
           ,
           which
           now
           after
           all
           this
           time
           ,
           losse
           ,
           and
           charge
           ,
           should
           they
           be
           abandoned
           ,
           suppressed
           ,
           and
           dissolved
           ,
           were
           most
           lamentable
           ;
           and
           surely
           seeing
           they
           all
           strive
           so
           much
           about
           this
           Tobacco
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           fraught
           thereof
           ,
           and
           other
           charges
           are
           so
           great
           ,
           and
           so
           open
           to
           any
           enemie
           ,
           by
           that
           commodity
           they
           cannot
           long
           subsist
           .
        
         
           And
           it
           is
           a
           wonder
           to
           me
           to
           see
           such
           miracles
           of
           mischiefes
           in
           men
           ;
           how
           
           greedily
           they
           pursue
           to
           dispossesse
           the
           planters
           of
           the
           Name
           of
           Christ
           Iesus
           ,
           yet
           say
           they
           are
           Christians
           ,
           when
           so
           much
           of
           the
           world
           is
           unpossessed
           ;
           yea
           ,
           and
           better
           land
           than
           they
           so
           much
           strive
           for
           ,
           murthering
           so
           many
           Christians
           ,
           burning
           and
           spoiling
           so
           many
           cities
           ,
           villages
           ,
           and
           Countries
           ,
           and
           subverting
           so
           many
           kingdomes
           ,
           when
           so
           much
           lieth
           vast
           ,
           or
           only
           possessed
           by
           a
           few
           poore
           Savages
           ,
           that
           more
           serve
           the
           Devill
           for
           feare
           ,
           than
           God
           for
           love
           ;
           whose
           ignorance
           we
           pretend
           to
           reforme
           ,
           but
           couetousnesse
           ,
           humours
           ,
           ambition
           ,
           faction
           ,
           and
           pride
           ,
           hath
           so
           many
           instruments
           ,
           we
           performe
           very
           little
           to
           any
           purpose
           ;
           nor
           is
           there
           either
           honour
           or
           profit
           to
           be
           got
           by
           any
           that
           are
           so
           vile
           ,
           to
           undertake
           the
           subversion
           ,
           or
           hinderance
           of
           any
           honest
           intended
           christian
           plantation
           .
        
         
           Now
           to
           conclude
           the
           travels
           and
           adventures
           of
           Captaine
           Smith
           ;
           
           how
           first
           he
           planted
           Virginia
           ,
           and
           was
           set
           ashore
           with
           about
           an
           hundred
           men
           in
           the
           wilde
           woods
           ;
           how
           he
           was
           taken
           prisoner
           by
           the
           Savages
           ,
           by
           the
           King
           of
           Pamaunke
           tied
           to
           a
           tree
           to
           be
           shot
           to
           death
           ,
           led
           up
           and
           downe
           their
           Country
           to
           be
           shewed
           for
           a
           wonder
           ;
           fatted
           as
           he
           thought
           ,
           for
           a
           sacrifice
           for
           their
           Idoll
           ,
           before
           whom
           they
           conjured
           him
           three
           dayes
           ,
           with
           strange
           dances
           and
           invocations
           then
           brought
           him
           before
           their
           Emperor
           Powhatan
           ,
           that
           commanded
           him
           to
           be
           slaine
           ;
           how
           his
           daughter
           Pocahontas
           saved
           his
           life
           ,
           returned
           him
           to
           Iames
           towne
           ,
           releeved
           him
           and
           his
           famished
           company
           ,
           which
           was
           but
           eight
           and
           thirty
           to
           possesse
           those
           large
           dominions
           ;
           how
           he
           discovered
           all
           the
           severall
           nations
           ,
           upon
           the
           rivers
           falling
           into
           the
           Bay
           of
           Chisapeacke
           ;
           stung
           neere
           to
           death
           with
           a
           most
           poysoned
           taile
           of
           a
           fish
           called
           Stingray
           :
           how
           Powhatan
           out
           of
           his
           Country
           tooke
           the
           kings
           of
           Pamaunke
           and
           Paspahegh
           prisoners
           ,
           forced
           thirty
           nine
           of
           those
           kings
           to
           pay
           him
           contribution
           ,
           subjected
           all
           the
           Savages
           :
           how
           Smith
           was
           blowne
           up
           with
           gunpowder
           ,
           and
           returned
           for
           England
           to
           be
           cured
           .
        
         
           Also
           how
           hee
           brought
           our
           new
           England
           to
           the
           subjection
           of
           the
           kingdome
           of
           great
           Britaine
           ;
           his
           fights
           with
           the
           Pirats
           ,
           left
           alone
           amongst
           a
           many
           French
           men
           of
           Warre
           ,
           and
           his
           ship
           ran
           from
           him
           ;
           his
           Sea-fights
           for
           the
           French
           against
           the
           Spaniards
           ;
           their
           bad
           usage
           of
           him
           ;
           how
           in
           France
           in
           a
           little
           boat
           he
           escaped
           them
           ;
           was
           adrift
           all
           such
           a
           stormy
           night
           at
           Sea
           by
           himselfe
           ,
           when
           thirteene
           French
           Ships
           were
           split
           ,
           or
           driven
           on
           shore
           by
           the
           I
           le
           of
           Ree
           ,
           the
           generall
           and
           most
           of
           his
           men
           drowned
           ,
           when
           God
           to
           whom
           be
           all
           honour
           and
           praise
           ,
           brought
           him
           safe
           on
           shore
           to
           all
           their
           admirations
           that
           escaped
           ;
           you
           may
           read
           at
           large
           in
           his
           generall
           history
           of
           Virginia
           ,
           the
           
             Summer
             Iles
          
           ,
           and
           
             New
             England
          
           .
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           XXVIII
           .
        
         
           
             The
             bad
             life
             ,
             qualities
             and
             conditions
             of
             Pyrats
             ;
             and
             how
             they
             taught
             the
             Turks
             and
             Moores
             to
             become
             men
             of
             warre
             .
          
        
         
           AS
           in
           all
           lands
           where
           there
           are
           many
           people
           ,
           there
           are
           some
           theeves
           ,
           so
           in
           all
           Seas
           much
           frequented
           ,
           there
           are
           some
           pyrats
           ;
           the
           most
           ancient
           within
           the
           memory
           of
           threescore
           yeares
           was
           one
           Callis
           ,
           who
           most
           refreshed
           himselfe
           upon
           the
           Coast
           of
           
             Wales
             ;
             Clinton
          
           and
           Pursser
           his
           companions
           ,
           who
           grew
           famous
           ,
           till
           Queene
           Elizabeth
           of
           blessed
           memory
           ,
           hanged
           
           them
           at
           
             Wapping
             ;
             Flemming
          
           was
           as
           expert
           and
           as
           much
           sought
           for
           as
           they
           ,
           yet
           such
           a
           friend
           to
           his
           Country
           ,
           that
           discovering
           the
           
             Spanish
             Armado
          
           ,
           he
           voluntarily
           came
           to
           Plimouth
           ,
           yeelded
           himselfe
           freely
           to
           my
           Lord
           Admirall
           ,
           and
           gave
           him
           notice
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           comming
           ;
           which
           good
           warning
           came
           so
           happily
           and
           unexpectedly
           ,
           that
           he
           had
           his
           pardon
           ,
           &
           a
           good
           reward
           ;
           some
           few
           Pirats
           there
           then
           remained
           ;
           notwithstanding
           it
           is
           incredible
           how
           many
           great
           and
           rich
           pr●zes
           the
           little
           barques
           of
           the
           West
           Country
           daily
           brought
           home
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           their
           small
           charge
           ;
           
           for
           there
           are
           so
           many
           difficulties
           in
           a
           great
           N●vy
           ,
           by
           wind
           and
           weather
           ,
           victuall
           ,
           sicknesse
           ,
           losing
           and
           finding
           one
           another
           ,
           they
           seldome
           defray
           halfe
           the
           charge
           :
           but
           for
           the
           grace
           ,
           state
           ,
           and
           defence
           of
           the
           Coast
           and
           narrow
           Seas
           ,
           a
           great
           Navy
           is
           most
           necessary
           ,
           but
           not
           to
           attempt
           any
           farre
           voyage
           ,
           except
           there
           be
           such
           a
           competent
           stocke
           ,
           they
           want
           not
           wherewith
           to
           furnish
           and
           supply
           all
           things
           with
           expedition
           ;
           but
           to
           the
           purpose
           .
        
         
           After
           the
           death
           of
           our
           most
           gracious
           Queene
           Elizabeth
           ,
           
           of
           blessed
           memory
           ,
           our
           Royall
           King
           Iames
           ,
           who
           from
           his
           infancy
           had
           reigned
           in
           peace
           with
           all
           Nations
           ;
           had
           no
           imployment
           for
           those
           men
           of
           warre
           ,
           so
           that
           those
           that
           were
           rich
           rested
           with
           that
           they
           had
           ;
           those
           that
           were
           poore
           and
           had
           nothing
           but
           from
           hand
           to
           mouth
           ,
           turned
           Pirats
           ;
           some
           ,
           because
           they
           became
           sleighted
           of
           those
           for
           whom
           they
           had
           got
           much
           wealth
           ;
           some
           ,
           for
           that
           they
           could
           nor
           get
           their
           due
           ;
           some
           ,
           that
           had
           lived
           bravely
           ,
           would
           not
           abase
           themselves
           to
           poverty
           ;
           some
           vainly
           ,
           only
           to
           get
           a
           name
           ;
           others
           for
           revenge
           ,
           covetousnesse
           ,
           or
           as
           ill
           ;
           and
           as
           they
           found
           themselves
           more
           and
           more
           oppressed
           ,
           their
           passions
           increasing
           with
           discontent
           ,
           made
           them
           turne
           Pirats
           .
        
         
           Now
           because
           they
           grew
           hatefull
           to
           all
           Christian
           Princes
           ,
           
           they
           retired
           to
           Barbary
           ,
           where
           although
           there
           be
           not
           many
           good
           Harbours
           ,
           but
           
             Tunis
             ,
             Argier
             ,
             Sally
             ,
             Mamora
             ,
          
           and
           Tituane
           ,
           there
           are
           many
           convenient
           Rodes
           ,
           or
           the
           open
           Sea
           ,
           which
           is
           their
           chiefe
           Lordship
           :
           For
           their
           best
           harbours
           Massalqueber
           ,
           the
           townes
           of
           
             Oran
             ,
             Mellila
             ,
             Tanger
          
           ,
           and
           Cuta
           ,
           within
           the
           Streights
           ,
           are
           possessed
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ;
           without
           the
           Streights
           they
           have
           also
           Arzella
           ,
           and
           
             Mazagan
             ;
             Mamora
          
           likewise
           they
           have
           lately
           taken
           ,
           and
           fortified
           .
           Ward
           a
           poore
           English
           sailer
           ,
           and
           Dansker
           a
           Dutchman
           ,
           made
           first
           here
           their
           Marts
           ,
           when
           the
           Moores
           knew
           scarce
           how
           to
           saile
           a
           ship
           ;
           Bishop
           was
           Ancient
           ,
           and
           did
           little
           hurt
           ;
           but
           Easton
           got
           so
           much
           ,
           as
           made
           himselfe
           a
           Marquesse
           in
           Savoy
           ;
           and
           Ward
           lived
           like
           a
           Bashaw
           in
           Barbary
           ;
           those
           were
           the
           first
           that
           taught
           the
           Moores
           to
           be
           men
           of
           warre
           .
           
             Gennings
             ,
             Harris
             ,
             Tompson
          
           ,
           and
           divers
           others
           ,
           were
           taken
           in
           Ireland
           ,
           a
           Coast
           they
           much
           frequented
           ,
           and
           died
           at
           
             Wapping
             .
             Hewes
             ,
             Bough
             ,
             Smith
             ,
             Walsingam
             ,
             Ellis
             ,
             Collins
             ,
             Sawkwell
             ,
             Wollistone
             ,
             Barrow
             ,
             Wilson
             ,
             Sayres
             ,
          
           and
           divers
           others
           ,
           all
           these
           were
           Captaines
           amongst
           the
           Pirats
           ,
           whom
           King
           Iames
           mercifully
           pardoned
           ;
           and
           was
           it
           not
           strange
           ,
           a
           few
           of
           these
           should
           command
           the
           Seas
           .
           Notwithstanding
           the
           Malteses
           ,
           the
           Pope
           ,
           
             Florentines
             ,
             Genoeses
             ,
             French
             ,
             Dutch
             ,
          
           and
           English
           ,
           Gallies
           ,
           and
           Men
           of
           Warre
           ,
           they
           would
           rob
           before
           their
           faces
           ,
           and
           even
           at
           their
           owne
           Ports
           ,
           yet
           seldome
           more
           than
           three
           ,
           foure
           ,
           five
           or
           six
           in
           a
           Fleet
           :
           many
           times
           they
           had
           very
           good
           ships
           ,
           and
           well
           manned
           ,
           
           but
           commonly
           in
           such
           factions
           amongst
           themselves
           ,
           and
           so
           riotous
           ,
           quarrellous
           ,
           treacherous
           ,
           blasphemous
           ,
           and
           villanous
           ,
           it
           is
           more
           than
           a
           wonder
           they
           could
           so
           long
           continue
           ,
           to
           doe
           so
           much
           mischiefe
           ;
           and
           all
           they
           got
           ,
           they
           basely
           consumed
           it
           amongst
           
             Iewes
             ,
             Turks
             ,
             Moores
          
           ,
           and
           whores
           .
        
         
           The
           best
           was
           ,
           they
           would
           seldome
           goe
           to
           Sea
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           they
           could
           
           possibly
           live
           on
           shore
           ,
           being
           comp●led
           of
           
             English
             ,
             French
             ,
             Dutch
          
           ,
           and
           Moores
           ,
           (
           but
           very
           few
           Spanyards
           ,
           or
           Italians
           )
           commonly
           running
           one
           from
           another
           ,
           till
           they
           became
           so
           disjoynted
           ,
           disordered
           ,
           debawched
           ,
           and
           miserable
           ,
           that
           the
           Turks
           and
           Moores
           beganne
           to
           command
           them
           as
           slaves
           ,
           and
           force
           them
           to
           instruct
           them
           in
           their
           best
           skill
           ,
           which
           many
           an
           accursed
           runnagado
           ,
           or
           Christian
           turned
           Turke
           did
           ,
           till
           they
           have
           made
           those
           Sally
           men
           ,
           or
           Moores
           of
           Barbary
           so
           powerfull
           as
           they
           be
           ,
           
           to
           the
           terror
           of
           all
           the
           Straights
           ,
           and
           many
           times
           they
           take
           purchase
           in
           the
           maine
           Ocean
           ,
           yea
           sometimes
           even
           in
           the
           narrow
           Seas
           in
           England
           ,
           and
           those
           are
           the
           most
           cruell
           villaines
           in
           Turkie
           ,
           or
           Barbarie
           ;
           whose
           natives
           are
           very
           noble
           ,
           and
           of
           good
           natures
           ,
           in
           comparison
           of
           them
           .
        
         
           
           To
           conclude
           ,
           the
           misery
           of
           a
           Pirate
           (
           although
           many
           are
           as
           sufficient
           Seamen
           as
           any
           )
           yet
           in
           regard
           of
           his
           superflu●ty
           ,
           you
           shall
           finde
           it
           such
           ,
           that
           any
           wise
           man
           would
           rather
           live
           amongst
           wilde
           beasts
           ,
           than
           them
           ;
           therefore
           let
           all
           unadvised
           persons
           take
           heed
           ,
           how
           they
           entertaine
           that
           quality
           ;
           and
           I
           could
           wish
           Merchants
           ,
           Gentlemen
           ,
           and
           all
           setters
           forth
           of
           ships
           ,
           not
           to
           bee
           sparing
           of
           a
           competent
           pay
           ,
           nor
           true
           payment
           ;
           for
           neither
           Sould●ers
           nor
           Sea-men
           can
           live
           without
           meanes
           ,
           but
           necessity
           will
           force
           them
           to
           steale
           ;
           and
           when
           they
           are
           once
           entered
           into
           that
           trade
           ,
           they
           are
           hardly
           reclaimed
           .
           Those
           titles
           of
           Sea-men
           and
           Souldiers
           ,
           have
           beene
           most
           worthily
           honoured
           and
           esteemed
           ,
           but
           now
           regarded
           for
           most
           part
           ,
           but
           as
           the
           scumme
           of
           the
           world
           ;
           regaine
           therefore
           your
           wonted
           reputations
           ,
           and
           endevour
           rather
           to
           adventure
           to
           those
           faire
           plantations
           of
           our
           English
           Nation
           ;
           which
           however
           in
           the
           beginning
           were
           scorned
           and
           contemned
           ,
           yet
           now
           you
           see
           how
           many
           rich
           and
           gallant
           people
           come
           from
           thence
           ,
           who
           went
           thither
           as
           poore
           as
           any
           Souldier
           or
           Sailer
           ,
           and
           gets
           more
           in
           one
           yeare
           ,
           than
           you
           by
           Piracie
           in
           seven
           .
           I
           intreat
           you
           therefore
           to
           consider
           ,
           how
           many
           thousands
           yearely
           goe
           thither
           ;
           also
           how
           many
           Ships
           and
           Sailers
           are
           imployed
           to
           transport
           them
           ,
           and
           what
           custome
           they
           yearely
           pay
           to
           our
           most
           Royall
           King
           Charles
           ,
           whose
           prosperity
           and
           his
           Kingdomes
           good
           ,
           I
           humbly
           beseech
           the
           immortall
           God
           ever
           to
           preserve
           and
           increase
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
         
      
    
     
       
         
         
           
             
               Part
               of
               the
               Trauels
               of
               Cap
               t
               
                 IOHN
                 SMITH
              
               amongst
               
                 TVRKES
                 ,
                 TARTARS
              
               and
               others
               extracted
               out
               of
               the
               HISTORY
               by
               
                 IOHN
                 PAYN
              
            
             
               Capt.
               SMITH
               throwne
               into
               the
               Sea
               ,
               gott
               safe
               to
               Shoree
               ,
               and
               was
               releeued
               Chap
               2
            
             
               How
               hee
               releeued
               OLVMPAGH
               by
               a
               stratagem
               of
               Lights
               Chap.
               4
            
             
               The
               Siege
               of
               REGALL
               in
               Transiluania
               Chap.
               7
            
             
               His
               three
               single
               Combats
               Chap.
               7.
               
               His
               Encounter
               with
               TVRBASHAW
               Chap.
               7.
               
            
             
               His
               Combat
               with
               GRVALGO
               .
               Cap
               t
               of
               three
               hundred
               horsmen
               .
               Chap.
               7.
               
            
             
               How
               he
               slew
               BONNY
               :
               MVLGRO
               .
               Chap.
               7.
               
            
             
               Cap
               t
               SMITH
               led
               Captiue
               to
               the
               BASHAW
               of
               NALBRITS
               in
               TARTARIA
               .
               Chap.
               12.
               
            
             
               Three
               TVRKS
               heads
               in
               a
               banner
               giuen
               him
               for
               Armes
               .
               Chap.
               ●
               .
               How
               he
               was
               presented
               to
               Prince
               SIGISMVNDVS
               .
               Chap.
               8.
               
            
             
               Cap
               t
               SMITH
               Killeth
               the
               BASHAW
               of
               Nalbrits
               and
               on
               his
               horse
               escapeth
               .
               Chap.
               17.
               
            
          
        
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A12471-e3690
           
             *
             Nulla
             fides
             pietasque
             viris
             ,
             qui
             castra
             sequuntur
             .
          
           
             *
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             Hom.
             Odyst
             .
             ●c
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e4020
           
             *
             Appius
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e5340
           
             A
             notable
             villan●
             of
             foure
             ●rench
             Gallants
             .
          
           
             A
             Carralue
             is
             in
             value
             a
             penny
             .
          
           
             ●ere
             he
             incounned
             one
             of
             the
             theeves
             .
          
           
             The
             noblenesle
             of
             the
             Earle
             of
             Ployer
             .
          
           
             An
             inhumane
             act
             of
             the
             Provin●ialls
             in
             casting
             〈◊〉
             over-board
             .
          
           
             Capt.
             
               La
               Roche
            
             releeves
             him
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e6570
           
             A
             desperate
             sea-fight
             .
          
           
             The
             Popes
             holy
             Staires
             brought
             from
             Ierusalem
             ,
             whereon
             (
             they
             say
             )
             Christ
             went
             up
             to
             
               Pontious
               Pilate
            
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e7320
           
             The
             siege
             of
             Olumpagh
             .
          
           
             An
             excellent
             Stratagem
             .
          
           
             Another
             Stratagem
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e7870
           
             The
             siege
             of
             
               Alba
               Regalis
            
             .
          
           
             The
             effect
             of
             good
             〈◊〉
             -
             work●
             .
          
           
             A
             worthy
             exploit
             of
             Earle
             Rosworme
             .
          
           
             Earle
             Meldritch
             takes
             the
             Bashaw
             prisoner
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e8460
           
             A
             brave
             encounter
             of
             the
             Turkes
             Armie
             with
             the
             Christians
             .
          
           
             Duke
             Mercury
             overthroweth
             
               Assan
               Rassa
            
          
           
             Duke
             Mercury
             divideth
             his
             Armie
             .
          
           
             Duke
             〈◊〉
             and
             his
             brother
             in
             law
             ere
             suddenly
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e9180
           
             The
             unhappie
             siege
             of
             Caniza
             .
          
           
             Earle
             Meldritch
             serveth
             Prince
             Sigismundus
             .
          
           
             Earle
             Meldritch
             maketh
             incursions
             to
             discover
             Regall
             .
          
           
             Moyses
             besiegeth
             Regall
             .
          
           
             Three
             single
             Combates
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e10070
           
             Regall
             assaulted
             and
             taken
             .
          
           
             The
             Patent
             .
          
           
             The
             same
             in
             English.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e11330
           
             Busca
             in
             Transilvania
             overthroweth
             Moyses
             .
          
           
             Sigismundus
             yeeldeth
             his
             country
             to
             E●s●a
             .
          
           
             Busca
             assisteth
             Rodoll
             in
             Wallachia
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e12060
           
             A
             battell
             betwixt
             Rodoll
             and
             Ieremie
             .
          
           
             Wallachia
             subjected
             to
             the
             Emperour
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e12710
           
             The
             battell
             of
             Rottenton
             .
          
           
             Ex●racted
             out
             of
             a
             Booke
             intituled
             ,
             The
             w●r●es
             of
             
               Hungaria
               ,
               Wall●●hia
            
             ,
             and
             Moldavia
             ,
             written
             by
             
               Francisco
               F●rneza
            
             ,
             a
             lea●ned
             Italian
             ,
             the
             Princes
             Secretarie
             ,
             and
             translated
             by
             Mr.
             ●urchas
             .
          
           
             The
             English
             men
             in
             this
             Battell
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e13310
           
             How
             he
             was
             sent
             into
             Tartaria
             .
          
           
             The
             description
             of
             the
             Dissabacca
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Smith
             his
             usage
             in
             Tar●●ria
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e13840
           
             The
             Tymors
             diet
             of
             Cambia
             is
             as
             the
             Turkes
             .
          
           
             The
             Slaves
             diet
             .
          
           
             The
             Attire
             o●
             those
             Tartars
             .
          
           
             The
             Tartars
             of
             Nagi
             and
             their
             manners
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e14330
           
             The
             description
             of
             the
             Crym-Tartars
             Court.
             
          
           
             His
             houses
             and
             carts
             .
          
           
             Baskets
             .
          
           
             Their
             idolatrie
             in
             their
             lodgings
             .
          
           
             Cossmos
             is
             M●●e●
             m●●ke
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e14540
           
             Their
             feasts
             .
          
           
             Their
             common
             diet
             .
          
           
             How
             they
             become
             populous
             .
          
           
             Their
             Princes
             state
             .
          
           
             Ancient
             buildings
             .
          
           
             Commodities
             for
             tribute
             to
             the
             Turke
             .
          
           
             Go●d
             lawes
             ,
             yet
             no
             lawyers
             .
          
           
             Their
             slaves
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e14950
           
             How
             he
             levieth
             an
             Armie
             .
          
           
             The
             manner
             of
             his
             warres
             .
          
           
             How
             he
             divides
             the
             spoile
             .
          
           
             How
             the
             Chan
             doth
             serve
             the
             great
             Turke
             .
          
           
             Their
             Armes
             .
          
           
             A
             description
             of
             the
             Caspian
             Sea.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e15620
           
             How
             Smith
             es●●
             ▪
             his
             captivity
             .
          
           
             Their
             guides
             in
             those
             Countries
             .
          
           
             The
             description
             of
             Ca●bia
             ,
             This
             is
             as
             much
             as
             he
             could
             learne
             of
             those
             wilde
             Countries
             ,
             and
             his
             passage
             to
             R●ssia
             .
          
           
             His
             observations
             in
             his
             journey
             to
             Transilvania
             ,
             through
             the
             midst
             of
             Europ●
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e16730
           
             The
             three
             golden
             Bals
             of
             Affr●ca
             .
          
           
             The
             description
             of
             Morocco
             .
          
           
             A
             bloudie
             ●mpresle
             .
          
           
             King
             
               Mully
               Ha●et
            
             ,
             ●t
             the
             Great
             Ze●ss
             of
             Barbar●e
             .
          
           
             His
             great
             love
             to
             English
             m●n
             .
          
           
             The
             strange
             love
             of
             a
             Lyon.
             
          
           
             Another
             kinde
             Lyon
             in
             Morocco
             .
          
           
             The
             description
             of
             Fez.
             
          
           
             A
             briefe
             description
             of
             the
             most
             unknowen
             parts
             of
             Affrica
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e17970
           
             How
             the
             Portugalls
             coasted
             to
             the
             
               East
               Ind●es
            
             .
          
           
             Or
             Edward
             .
          
           
             The
             Kingdom
             :
             of
             Congo
             .
          
           
             Wilde
             Elephants
             .
          
           
             The
             Kingdome
             of
             Angola
             .
          
           
             The
             Kingdome
             of
             Anchicos
             .
          
           
             A
             st●ange
             mony
             .
          
           
             A
             snambles
             of
             mans
             flesh
             .
          
           
             Their
             religions
             and
             Idols
             .
          
           
             Divers
             nations
             yet
             unknowne
             ,
             and
             the
             wonders
             of
             Affrica
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e19370
           
             Their
             estate
             1●27
             .
          
           
             Their
             numbers
             .
          
           
             Their
             condition
             with
             the
             Salvages
             .
          
           
             Their
             increase
             of
             Cattle
             and
             Poultrie
             .
          
           
             Plenty
             of
             Corne.
             
          
           
             Their
             drinke
             .
          
           
             Their
             servants
             diet
             .
          
           
             Their
             Armes
             and
             exercise
             .
          
           
             Their
             health
             and
             discoveries
             .
          
           
             The
             present
             estate
             of
             Virginia
             ,
             1629.
             
          
           
             Mas●●r
             Hat●hins
             .
          
           
             Five
             ●ho●s●nd
             p●●●le
             .
          
           
             ●ive
             thou●●nd
             ca●e●●
             .
          
           
             G●a●s
             ,
             Ho●●and
             Poult●y
             ●is●●ce
             .
          
           
             Good
             Hospitality
             .
          
           
             Commod●ties
             worth
             making
             ,
             Bla●ke
             Walnut
             Ash
             for
             P●●es
             ,
             Oke
             for
             planks
             ,
             knees
             for
             Ships
             ,
             Cip●esse
             for
             Chests
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e20290
           
             The
             present
             estate
             of
             the
             
               Summer
               Iler
            
             .
             1629.
             
          
           
             An
             evill
             mischance
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e20710
           
             Considerations
             ●bout
             the
             losse
             of
             ●ime
             .
          
           
             The
             effect
             of
             niggardlinesse
             .
          
           
             A
             new
             plan●a●●on
             1629
             
          
           
             Notes
             of
             inconvenience
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e21240
           
             Sparrow
             left
             to
             seeke
             the
             great
             Citie
             of
             Mano
             .
          
           
             C●p●●ine
             
               〈◊〉
               L●y
            
             .
          
           
             Sir
             
               Th●m●●
               R●e
            
          
           
             Cap●a●n
             M●●●●●
          
           
             Capta●ne
             Wh●●e
             .
          
           
             Cap●ain
             H●ne●
             .
          
           
             Captain
             
               Roger
               North.
            
             
          
           
             Nota
             ben●
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e22420
           
             1623.
             
          
           
             A
             Hericano
          
           
             ●●24
             .
          
           
             ●●●5
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             ●●●●●h
             ●●e
             
               〈◊〉
               Ind●●●●
            
             .
          
           
             1625
             
          
           
             〈◊〉
             
          
           
             〈◊〉
             ●●en●h
             ●●●●ne
             .
          
           
             162●
             
          
           
             T●●ce
             〈…〉
             
          
           
             The
             arrivall
             of
             many
             English
             ●●●p●
             .
          
           
             The
             description
             of
             the
             lie
             .
          
           
             The
             springs
             ,
             temper
             ,
             and
             seasons
             .
          
           
             A
             strange
             hat●hung
             of
             eg●es
             ●or
             b●●sts
             .
          
           
             fish
             .
          
           
             ●●●ds
             .
          
           
             Roots
             .
          
           
             Fruits
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e24060
           
             A
             ●eseripu●n●●
             the
             l●●
             .
          
           
             Fruits
             and
             tree
             .
          
           
             Their
             numbers
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e24380
           
             The
             description
             of
             the
             I
             le
             .
          
           
             T●e
             Ma●
             .
          
           
             A
             gr●●t
             mispr●●●●●
             
          
           
             Their
             numbers
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A12471-e24890
           
             The
             d●s●cul●es
             of
             a
             great
             Navie
             .
          
           
             What
             ocasioneth
             Pirats
             .
          
           
             Their
             chiefe
             randevouz
             .
          
           
             Their
             conditions
             .
          
           
             R●nna●●d●
             .
          
           
             Advertisement
             for
             wilde
             heads
             .